Page 1

OPHIR ESCAPED REMNANT TEN YAHSHEARDATH FROM TEN TRIBES

An undated handout photo released to Reuters February 6, 2009 shows an ancient manuscript which authorities in northern Cyprus believe is an ancient version of the Bible written in Syriac, a dialect of the native language of Yahshu’a. The manuscript was found in a police raid on suspected antiquity smugglers. Turkish Cypriot police testified in a court hearing they believe the manuscript could be about 2,000 years old. Experts were however divided over the provenance of the manuscript, and whether it was an original, which would render it priceless, or a fake.

TEN DATUH LEAD BY DATU PUTIH


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE NUMBER

SECTION I TO ALL ELDERS OF CONGREGATION OF YAHWEH AND YAHSHU’A MESSIAH …………….1 FOUR FOUNDATIONS STATUTE FOREVER …………………………………………………………………7

SECTION II AARON SON LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER………………………………………………………1 WELLHAUSEN HYPOTHESIS ……………………………………………………………………………….……..3 THE GOLGOTHA CONSPIRACY……………………………………………………………………………………...25

SECTION III GOLGOTHA CONSPIRACY………………………………………………………………………………………………1 SABWATAN SA GOLGOTHA………………………………………………………………………………………….16 CHRONOLOGICAL EVENTS……………………………………………………………………………………………30 TRIBE OF LEVI……………………………………………………………………………………………………….……..41 THE PHILIPPINES IS OPHIR……………………………………………………………………………………..…….50


SECTION I


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

TO

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

ALL ELDERS OF

CONGREGATION

OF

AND YahYah (John) 5:39-40 Search the scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me. And ye will not come to me, that ye might have life.

Psalm 111 Praise ye . I will praise upright, and in the congregation. The works of

with my whole heart, in the assembly of the

are great, sought out of all them that have pleasure therein.

His work is honourable and glorious: and his righteousness endureth for ever. He hath made his wonderful works to be remembered: compassion.

is gracious and full of

He hath given meat unto them that fear him: he will ever be mindful of his covenant. He hath shewed his people the power of his works, that he may give them the heritage of the heathen. The works of his hands are verity and judgment; all his commandments are sure. They stand fast for ever and ever, and are done in truth and uprightness. He sent redemption unto his people: he hath commanded his covenant for ever: holy and reverend is his name. The fear of is the beginning of wisdom: a good understanding have all they that do his commandments: his praise endureth for ever. Page 1


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

ask for the old paths, where is the good way, and walk therein Jeremiah 6:16 Thus saith , Stand ye in the ways, and see, and ask for the old paths, where is the good way, and walk therein, and ye shall find rest for your souls. But they said, We will not walk therein.

Cursed be the man that trusteth in man Jeremiah 17:5-6 Thus saith ; Cursed be the man that trusteth in man, and maketh flesh his arm, and whose heart departeth from . For he shall be like the heath in the desert, and shall not see when good cometh; but shall inhabit the parched places in the wilderness, in a salt land and not inhabited.

Blessed is the man that trusteth in Jeremiah 17:7 Blessed is the man that trusteth in

, and whose hope

is.

false Messiahs and false prophets shall rise Mark 13:22-23 For false Messiahs and false prophets shall rise, and shall shew signs and wonders, to seduce, if it were possible, even the elect. But take ye heed: behold, I have foretold you all things.

Take heed that no man deceive you Matthew 24:4 And deceive you.

answered and said unto them, Take heed that no man

Remove not the ancient landmark Proverbs 22:28 Remove not the ancient landmark, which thy fathers have set. Proverbs 23:10 Remove not the old landmark; and enter not into the fields of the fatherless:

Page 2


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

sent unto us all Levites servants the prophets to remind us Prophet of

J eremiah is a Levite

Prophet Jeremiah 35:15 I have sent also unto you all my servants the prophets, rising up early and sending them, saying, Return ye now every man from his evil way, and amend your doings, and go not after other elohim to serve them, and ye shall dwell in the land which I have given to you and to your fathers: but ye have not inclined your ear, nor hearkened unto me.

Come, and let us return unto Prophet of

Malachi is a Levite

Prophet Malachi 3:7 Even from the days of your fathers ye are gone away from mine ordinances, and have not kept them. Return unto me, and I will return unto you, saith of hosts. But ye said, Wherein shall we return?

Prophet of

Hosea is a Levite

Prophet Hosea 6:1 Come, and let us return unto us; he hath smitten, and he will bind us up.

Prophet of

: for he hath torn, and he will heal

Jeremiah is a Levite

Prophet Jeremiah 46:27 But fear not thou, O my servant Jacob, and be not dismayed, O Israel: for, behold, I will save thee from afar off, and thy seed from the land of their captivity; and Jacob shall return, and be in rest and at ease, and none shall make him afraid

Page 3


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

will give us an heart to know and return to Prophet of

Jeremiah is a Levite

Prophet Jeremiah 24:7 And I will give them an heart to know me, that I am : and they shall be my people, and I will be their Elohim: for they shall return unto me with their whole heart. Prophet Jeremiah 4:1 If thou wilt return, O Israel, saith , return unto me: and if thou wilt put away thine abominations out of my sight, then shalt thou not remove. Prophet of

Isaiah is a Levite

Prophet Isaiah 51:11 Therefore the redeemed of shall return, and come with singing unto Zion; and everlasting joy shall be upon their head: they shall obtain gladness and joy; and sorrow and mourning shall flee away. Prophet Isaiah 35:10 And the ransomed of shall return, and come to Zion with songs and everlasting joy upon their heads: they shall obtain joy and gladness, and sorrow and sighing shall flee away. Prophet Isaiah 10:22 For though thy people Israel be as the sand of the sea, yet a remnant of them shall return: the consumption decreed shall overflow with righteousness.

is merciful Prophet of

Jeremiah is a Levite

Prophet Jeremiah 3:12 Go and proclaim these words toward the north, and say, Return, thou backsliding Israel, saith ; and I will not cause mine anger to fall upon you: for I am merciful, saith , and I will not keep anger for ever. Prophet of

Isaiah is a Levite

Prophet Isaiah 55:7 Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto , and he will have mercy upon him; and to our Elohim, for he will abundantly pardon.

Page 4


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

Prophet Isaiah 44:22 I have blotted out, as a thick cloud, thy transgressions, and, as a cloud, thy sins: return unto me; for I have redeemed thee.

our pride will caused us not to return to Prophet of

Hosea is a Levite

Prophet Hosea 7:10 And the pride of Israel testifieth to his face: and they do not return to their Elohim, nor seek him for all this.

will destroy His people, since they return not from their ways the old paths where it is the good way Prophet of

Jeremiah is a Levite

Jeremiah 15:7 And I will fan them with a fan in the gates of the land; I will bereave them of children, I will destroy my people, since they return not from their ways. Jeremiah 5:3 O , are not thine eyes upon the truth? thou hast stricken them, but they have not grieved; thou hast consumed them, but they have refused to receive correction: they have made their faces harder than a rock; they have refused to return.

The Deceiver PROPHETS OF BAAL Prophet of Jeremiah 23:21 I have not sent these prophets, yet they ran: I have not spoken to them, yet they prophesied. Prophet of Jeremiah 23:22 But if they had stood in my counsel, and had caused my people to hear my words, then they should have turned them from their evil way, and from the evil of their doings. Prophet of Elohim afar off?

Jeremiah 23:23 Am I an Elohim at hand, saith

, and not an

Page 5


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

Prophet of see him? saith

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

Jeremiah 23:24 Can any hide himself in secret places that I shall not . Do not I fill heaven and earth? saith .

Prophet of Jeremiah 23:25 I have heard what the prophets said, that prophesy lies in my name, saying, I have dreamed, I have dreamed. Prophet of Jeremiah 23:26 How long shall this be in the heart of the prophets that prophesy lies? yea, they are prophets of the deceit of their own heart; Jeremiah 23:27 Which think to cause my people to forget my name by their dreams which they tell every man to his neighbour, as their fathers have forgotten my name for Baal.

False Prophet Prophecy you shall not be afraid of him Deuteronomy 18:22 ‘when a prophet speaketh in the name of , if the thing follow not, nor come to pass, that is the thing which hath not spoken, but the prophet hath spoken it presumptuously: thou shall not be afraid of him’.

Page 6


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

FOUR (4) FOREVER FOUNDATIONS BY STATUTE FOREVER IN YOUR ALL GENERATIONS

GENESIS 17:7-14 1. CIRCUMCISION

LEV. 23:1-41 3. APPOINTED FEASTS OF

EXODUS 20:1-17 MATTHEW 5:17-18 2. TEN COMMANDMENTS EXODUS 29:1-9 4. AARON SON LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIEST

Page 7


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

1. CIRCUMCISION IS FOREVER Genesis 17:7 And I will establish my covenant between me and thee and thy seed after thee in their generations for an everlasting covenant, to be an Elohim unto thee, and to thy seed after thee. Genesis 17:8 And I will give unto thee, and to thy seed after thee, the land wherein thou art a stranger, all the land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession; and I will be their Elohim. Genesis 17:9 And Elohim said unto Abraham, Thou shalt keep my covenant therefore, thou, and thy seed after thee in their generations. Genesis 17:10 This is my covenant, which ye shall keep, between me and you and thy seed after thee; Every man child among you shall be circumcised. Genesis 17:11 And ye shall circumcise the flesh of your foreskin; and it shall be a token of the covenant betwixt me and you. Genesis 17:12 And he that is eight days old shall be circumcised among you, every man child in your generations, he that is born in the house, or bought with money of any stranger, which is not of thy seed. Genesis 17:13 He that is born in thy house, and he that is bought with thy money, must needs be circumcised: and my covenant shall be in your flesh for an everlasting covenant. Genesis 17:14 And the uncircumcised man child whose flesh of his foreskin is not circumcised, that soul shall be cut off from his people; he hath broken my covenant.

2.TEN COMMANDMENTS FOREVER Exodus 20:1 And Elohim spake all these words, saying, Exodus 20:2 I am house of bondage.

thy Elohim, which have brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the

Exodus 20:3 Thou shalt have no other elohim before me. Exodus 20:4 Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of any thing that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth: Exodus 20:5 Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them: for I thy Elohim am a jealous Elohim, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate me; Exodus 20:6 And shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love me, and keep my commandments. Exodus 20:7 Thou shalt not take the name of him guiltless that taketh his name in vain.

thy Elohim in vain; for

will not hold

Page 8


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

Exodus 20:8 Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy. Exodus 20:9 Six days shalt thou labour, and do all thy work: Exodus 20:10 But the seventh day is the Sabbath of thy Elohim: in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates: Exodus 20:11 For in six days the seventh day: wherefore

made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it.

Exodus 20:12 Honour thy father and thy mother: that thy days may be long upon the land which thy Elohim giveth thee. Exodus 20:13 Thou shalt not kill. Exodus 20:14 Thou shalt not commit adultery. Exodus 20:15 Thou shalt not steal. Exodus 20:16 Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbour. Exodus 20:17 Thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's house, thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's wife, nor his manservant, nor his maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor any thing that is thy neighbour's. Matthew 5:17 Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. Matthew 5:18 For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled.

3.APPOINTED FEASTS OF Leviticus 23:1 And

FOREVER

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:2 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, Concerning the feasts of which ye shall proclaim to be holy convocations, even these are my feasts.

,

Leviticus 23:3 Six days shall work be done: but the seventh day is the Sabbath of rest, an holy convocation; ye shall do no work therein: it is the Sabbath of in all your dwellings. Leviticus 23:4 These are the feasts of seasons.

, even holy convocations, which ye shall proclaim in their

Leviticus 23:5 In the fourteenth day of the first month at even is

's passover.

Page 9


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

Leviticus 23:6 And on the fifteenth day of the same month is the feast of unleavened bread unto seven days ye must eat unleavened bread.

:

Leviticus 23:7 In the first day ye shall have an holy convocation: ye shall do no servile work therein. Leviticus 23:8 But ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto an holy convocation: ye shall do no servile work therein. Leviticus 23:9 And

seven days: in the seventh day is

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:10 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye be come into the land which I give unto you, and shall reap the harvest thereof, then ye shall bring a sheaf of the firstfruits of your harvest unto the priest: Leviticus 23:11 And he shall wave the sheaf before the Sabbath the priest shall wave it.

, to be accepted for you: on the morrow after

Leviticus 23:12 And ye shall offer that day when ye wave the sheaf an he lamb without blemish of the first year for a burnt offering unto . Leviticus 23:13 And the meat offering thereof shall be two tenth deals of fine flour mingled with oil, an offering made by fire unto for a sweet savour: and the drink offering thereof shall be of wine, the fourth part of an hin. Leviticus 23:14 And ye shall eat neither bread, nor parched corn, nor green ears, until the selfsame day that ye have brought an offering unto your Elohim: it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations in all your dwellings. Leviticus 23:15 And ye shall count unto you from the morrow after the Sabbath, from the day that ye brought the sheaf of the wave offering; seven Sabbaths shall be complete: Leviticus 23:16 Even unto the morrow after the seventh Sabbath shall ye number fifty days; and ye shall offer a new meat offering unto . Leviticus 23:17 Ye shall bring out of your habitations two wave loaves of two tenth deals: they shall be of fine flour; they shall be baken with leaven; they are the firstfruits unto . Leviticus 23:18 And ye shall offer with the bread seven lambs without blemish of the first year, and one young bullock, and two rams: they shall be for a burnt offering unto , with their meat offering, and their drink offerings, even an offering made by fire, of sweet savour unto . Leviticus 23:19 Then ye shall sacrifice one kid of the goats for a sin offering, and two lambs of the first year for a sacrifice of peace offerings. Leviticus 23:20 And the priest shall wave them with the bread of the firstfruits for a wave offering before , with the two lambs: they shall be holy to for the priest. Leviticus 23:21 And ye shall proclaim on the selfsame day, that it may be an holy convocation unto you: ye shall do no servile work therein: it shall be a statute for ever in all your dwellings throughout your generations.

Page 10


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

Leviticus 23:22 And when ye reap the harvest of your land, thou shalt not make clean riddance of the corners of thy field when thou reapest, neither shalt thou gather any gleaning of thy harvest: thou shalt leave them unto the poor, and to the stranger: I am your Elohim. Leviticus 23:23 And

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:24 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, In the seventh month, in the first day of the month, shall ye have a Sabbath, a memorial of blowing of trumpets, an holy convocation. Leviticus 23:25 Ye shall do no servile work therein: but ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto . Leviticus 23:26 And

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:27 Also on the tenth day of this seventh month there shall be a day of atonement: it shall be an holy convocation unto you; and ye shall afflict your souls, and offer an offering made by fire unto . Leviticus 23:28 And ye shall do no work in that same day: for it is a day of atonement, to make an atonement for you before your Elohim. Leviticus 23:29 For whatsoever soul it be that shall not be afflicted in that same day, he shall be cut off from among his people. Leviticus 23:30 And whatsoever soul it be that doeth any work in that same day, the same soul will I destroy from among his people. Leviticus 23:31 Ye shall do no manner of work: it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations in all your dwellings. Leviticus 23:32 It shall be unto you a Sabbath of rest, and ye shall afflict your souls: in the ninth day of the month at even, from even unto even, shall ye celebrate your Sabbath. Leviticus 23:33 And

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:34 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, The fifteenth day of this seventh month shall be the feast of tabernacles for seven days unto . Leviticus 23:35 On the first day shall be an holy convocation: ye shall do no servile work therein. Leviticus 23:36 Seven days ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto : on the eighth day shall be an holy convocation unto you; and ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto : it is a solemn assembly; and ye shall do no servile work therein. Leviticus 23:37 These are the feasts of , which ye shall proclaim to be holy convocations, to offer an offering made by fire unto , a burnt offering, and a meat offering, a sacrifice, and drink offerings, every thing upon his day: Leviticus 23:38 Beside the Sabbaths of , and beside your gifts, and beside all your vows, and beside all your freewill offerings, which ye give unto .

Page 11


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

Leviticus 23:39 Also in the fifteenth day of the seventh month, when ye have gathered in the fruit of the land, ye shall keep a feast unto seven days: on the first day shall be a Sabbath, and on the eighth day shall be a Sabbath. Leviticus 23:40 And ye shall take you on the first day the boughs of goodly trees, branches of palm trees, and the boughs of thick trees, and willows of the brook; and ye shall rejoice before your Elohim seven days. Leviticus 23:41 And ye shall keep it a feast unto seven days in the year. It shall be a statute for ever in your generations: ye shall celebrate it in the seventh month.

4. AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE

PRIESTS FOREVER Exodus 29:1 And this is the thing that thou shalt do unto them to hallow them, to minister unto me in the priest's office: Take one young bullock, and two rams without blemish, Exodus 29:2 And unleavened bread, and cakes unleavened tempered with oil, and wafers unleavened anointed with oil: of wheaten flour shalt thou make them. Exodus 29:3 And thou shalt put them into one basket, and bring them in the basket, with the bullock and the two rams. Exodus 29:4 And Aaron and his sons thou shalt bring unto the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, and shalt wash them with water. Exodus 29:5 And thou shalt take the garments, and put upon Aaron the coat, and the robe of the ephod, and the ephod, and the breastplate, and gird him with the curious girdle of the ephod: Exodus 29:6 And thou shalt put the mitre upon his head, and put the holy crown upon the mitre. Exodus 29:7 Then shalt thou take the anointing oil, and pour it upon his head, and anoint him. Exodus 29:8 And thou shalt bring his sons, and put coats upon them. Exodus 29:9 And thou shalt gird them with girdles, Aaron and his sons, and put the bonnets on them: and the priest's office shall be theirs for a perpetual statute: and thou shalt consecrate Aaron and his sons.

Page 12


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

FOREVER LAWS AND ORDINANCES 1. CIRCUMCISION IS FOREVER Genesis 17:7 And I will establish my covenant between me and thee and thy seed after thee in their generations for an everlasting covenant, to be an Elohim unto thee, and to thy seed after thee. Genesis 17:9 And Elohim said unto Abraham, Thou shalt keep my covenant therefore, thou, and thy seed after thee in their generations. Genesis 17:10 This is my covenant, which ye shall keep, between me and you and thy seed after thee; Every man child among you shall be circumcised. Genesis 17:11 And ye shall circumcise the flesh of your foreskin; and it shall be a token of the covenant betwixt me and you. Genesis 17:12 And he that is eight days old shall be circumcised among you, every man child in your generations, he that is born in the house, or bought with money of any stranger, which is not of thy seed.

(Genesis 17:12 is for STRANGERS not your seed, bought with money that is born in the house should be circumcised after eight days). Genesis 17:13 He that is born in thy house, and he that is bought with thy money, must needs be circumcised: and my covenant shall be in your flesh for an everlasting covenant. Genesis 17:14 And the uncircumcised man child whose flesh of his foreskin is not circumcised, that soul shall be cut off from his people; he hath broken my covenant.

(uncircumcised man had broken the forever covenant between Abraham and

)

Ephesians 2:11 Wherefore remember, that ye being in time past Gentiles in the flesh, who are called Uncircumcision by that which is called the Circumcision in the flesh made by hands;

(Gentiles is called Uncircumcised) Circumcision by MANNER of Moses Acts 15:1 And certain men which came down from Judaea taught the brethren, and said, Except ye be circumcised after the manner of Moses, ye cannot be saved.

(Circumcision by MANNER of Abraham NOT by MANNER of Moses)

Page 13


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

(You will find the difference between Abrahamic and Mosaic priests the J-Text and E-Text in later part of this research documents) Acts 15:2 When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and disputation with them, they determined that Paul and Barnabas, and certain other of them, should go up to Jerusalem unto the apostles and elders about this question. Acts 16:1 Then came he to Derbe and Lystra: and, behold, a certain disciple was there, named Timotheus, the son of a certain woman, which was a Jewess, and believed; but his father was a Greek: Acts 16:2 Which was well reported of by the brethren that were at Lystra and Iconium.

(Timotheus was circumcised by Paul, therefore circumcision still continue and as they went through the cities, they delivered them the decrees for to keep, that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusalem). Acts 16:3 Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and took and circumcised him because of the Jews which were in those quarters: for they knew all that his father was a Greek. Acts 16:4 And as they went through the cities, they delivered them the decrees for to keep, that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusalem.

ACTS CHAPTER 15 AND CHAPTER 16 WAS SEPARATED BY Cardinal Hugo de Sancto Caro IN 1205 A.D. Cardinal Hugo de Sancto Caro is often given credit for first dividing the Latin Vulgate into chapters, but it is the arrangement of his contemporary and fellow cardinal Stephen Langton who in 1205 created the chapter divisions which are used today. 1Corinthians 7:18-19 Is any man called being circumcised? let him not become uncircumcised. Is any called in uncircumcision? let him not be circumcised. Circumcision is nothing, and uncircumcision is nothing, but the keeping of the commandments of . Galations 5:2 Behold, I Paul say unto you, that if ye be circumcised, the Messiah shall profit you nothing. Galations 6:13 For neither they themselves who are circumcised keep the law; but desire to have you circumcised, that they may glory in your flesh.

(Those circumcised neither keep the law but desire to have you circumcised so that you will be like them that are NOT keeping the law. Uuncircumcised man is cut off from his people, circumcised man but Not keeping the Law is also cut off from his people) Genesis 17:14 And the uncircumcised man child whose flesh of his foreskin is not circumcised, that soul shall be cut off from his people; he hath broken my covenant. CIRCUMCISION IS FOREVER

COVENANT. Page 14


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

2.TEN COMMANDMENTS FOREVER (two commandments hang all the law and the prophets)

Matthew 22:35 Then one of them, which was a lawyer, asked him a question, tempting him, and saying, Matthew 22:36 Rabbi, which is the great commandment in the law? Matthew 22:37 said unto him, Thou shalt love thy Elohim with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind. Matthew 22:38 This is the first and great commandment. Matthew 22:39 And the second is like unto it, Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself. Matthew 22:40 On these two commandments hang all the law and the prophets. (IF TEN COMMANDMENT BECOME TWO, THE FOURTH COMMANDMENT OF KEEPING THE SABBATH DAY WILL BE DISCONTINUED)

Page 15


FOUR FOUNDATIONS BY

STATUTE FOREVER IN ALL GENERATIONS

3.APPOINTED FEASTS OF

Isaiah 1:13 Bring no more vain oblations; incense is an abomination unto me; the new moons and Sabbaths, the calling of assemblies, I cannot away with; it is iniquity, even the solemn meeting.

THE FEASTS OF

IS DIFFERENT FROM YOUR FEASTS

Isaiah 1:14 Your new moons and your appointed feasts my soul hateth: they are a trouble unto me; I am weary to bear them. Leviticus 23:2 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, Concerning the feasts of

, which ye shall proclaim to be holy convocations, even these are

my

feasts.

You shall proclaim in their

seasons

Leviticus 23:4 These are the feasts of , even holy convocations, which ye shall proclaim in their seasons.

Page 16


COUNTER-CHECK FOR EARTH-MOON-SUN CONJUNCTION TIME ON MARCH 15, 2010

SOLAR ECLIPSE WITNESSED ON JANUARY 15, 2010 IN PHILIPPINES AT 16:40 P.M.

SOLAR ECLIPSE AT 16:40 P.M. JANUARY 15, 2010 PHILIPPINES LOCAL TIME

CONJUNCTION is alignment with sun: the position of a planet or the Moon when aligned with the Sun, as seen from Earth. The March Equinox Explained The March equinox will occur on March 20 in 2010, marking the beginning of spring in the northern hemisphere and fall (autumn) in the southern hemisphere from an astronomical viewpoint. The March equinox will occur at 17:32 (or 5:32pm) at Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) on this date.


This illustration, which shows an example only of the March equinox, is not to scale.

Twice a year, around March 20 or 21 and September 22 or 23, the sun shines directly on the equator and the length of day and night are nearly equal in all parts of the world. These two days are known as the March (vernal or spring in the northern hemisphere) equinox and the September equinox.

What does equinox mean? The word “equinox” derives from the Latin words meaning “equal night” and refers to the time when the sun crosses the equator. At such times, day and night are everywhere of nearly equal length everywhere in the world. It is important to note that while the March equinox marks the beginning of spring in the northern hemisphere, it is the start of autumn in many parts of the southern hemisphere.

March Equinox Explained The March equinox is the movement when the sun crosses the true celestial equator – or the line in the sky above the earth’s equator – from south to north, around March 20 (or March 21) of each year. At that time, day and night are balanced to nearly 12 hours each all over the world and the earth’s axis of rotation is perpendicular to the line connecting the centers of the earth and the sun. In gyroscopic motion, the earth’s rotational axis migrates in a slow circle based as a consequence of the moon’s pull on a nonspherical earth. This nearly uniform motion causes the position of the equinoxes to move backwards along the ecliptic in a period of about 25,725 years.

Nearly Equal? During the equinox, the length of night and day across the world is nearly, but not entirely, equal. This is because the day is slightly longer in places that are further away from the equator, and because the sun takes longer to rise and set in these locations. Furthermore, the sun takes longer to rise and set farther from the equator because it does not set straight down - it moves in a horizontal direction.


Moreover, there is an atmospheric refraction that causes the sun's disk to appear higher in the sky than it would if earth had no atmosphere. timeanddate.com has a more detailed explanation on this topic. timeanddate.com has more information on why day and night are not exactly of equal length during the equinoxes. During the March equinox, the length of daylight is about 12 hours and eight to nine minutes in areas that are about 30 degrees north or south of the equator, while areas that are 60 degrees north or south of the equator observe daylight for about 12 hours and 16 minutes. Many regions around the equator have a daylight length about 12 hours and six-and-a-half minutes during the March equinox. Moreover, one day does not last for the exact same 24 hours across the world and due to time zone differences, there could be a small difference in the daylight length between a fareastern and far-western location on the same latitude, as the sun moves further north during 24 hours.

Vernal Equinox vs. Autumnal Equinox The vernal equinox occurs in the spring while the autumnal equinox occurs during fall (autumn). These terms are derivatives of Latin. It is important to note that the northern hemisphere’s vernal equinox is in March while its autumnal equinox is in September. In contrast, the southern hemisphere’s vernal equinox is in September and its autumnal equinox is in March. This distinction reflects the seasonal differences when comparing the two hemispheres. timeanddate.com refers to the two equinoxes simply as the March and September equinoxes to avoid false assumptions that spring is in March and fall (autumn) is in September worldwide. This is simply not the case.

Historical Fact A Greek astronomer and mathematician named Hipparchus (ca. 190-ca.120 BCE) was known for discovering the precession of the equinoxes, the slow movement among the stars of the two opposite places where the sun crosses the celestial equator. Hipparchus made observations of the equinox and solstice. However, the difference between the sidereal and tropical years (the precession equivalent) was known to Aristarchus of Samos (around 280 BCE) prior to this. Astronomers use the spring equinoctial point to define their frame of reference, and the movement of this point implies that the measured position of a star varies with the date of measurement. Hipparchus also compiled a star catalogue, but this has been lost.

March Equinox across Cultures In the northern hemisphere the March equinox marks the start of spring and has long been celebrated as a time of rebirth. Many cultures and religions celebrate or observe holidays and festivals around the time of the March equinox, such as the Passover day. The astronomical Persian calendar begins its New Year on the day when the March equinox occurs before apparent noon (the midpoint of the day, sundial time, not clock time) in Tehran. The start of the New Year is postponed to the next day if the equinox is after noon.


Josephus Antiquities of the Jews, Book II ch. X,5. "Flavius Josephus, (Josephus Antiquities, Book II ch. X,5.). ‘himself a Priest who lived in Messiah's time, tells us that the Passover had to be held when the Sun was in Aries", that is, had passed the Vernal Equinox.

Calculation of Conjunction Time and New Moon For March 2010 (PHILIPPINES) Average One Lunar months in One Solar Year is 29.530588715 or 29 days, 12 Hours, 44 minutes and 2.8 seconds.

January 15, 2010 Eclipse or Conjunction time at 16:40:0.0 P.M. Witnessed in the Philippines. January 15, 2010 Plus 29 days February 13, 2010 Minus February 14, 2010 Plus 29 days March 15, 2010 Plus March 15, 2010 Minus March 16, 2010

16:40:0.0 is Conjunction in Philippine local Time 12:44:2.8 seconds 29:24:2.8 24 Hours 05:24:2.8 is Conjunction in Philippine local Time 12:44:2.8 seconds 18:08:5.6 is Conjunction in Philippine local Time 18 Hours U.S. Naval Observatory to view New Moon 36:08:5.6 24 Hours 12:08:5.6 Philippine Time The First Crescent of New Moon Visible on all Sunset point on Earth

March 16, 2010 New Moon is Visible in Philippine Sunset Time at 12 degrees above the Horizon. (From Conjunction Time of March 15, 2010 @ 18:08:5.6 to March 16, 2010 Sunset Time @ 18:00 = 24 Hours 24 Hours / 2 = 12 degrees the height of First Crescent of New Moon above the Horizon on sunset time on March 16, 2010 is visible in the Philippine shore).

Basis of Calculation Exodus 12:2 This month shall be unto you the beginning of months: it shall be the first month of the year to you. Exodus 13:4 This day came ye out in the month of the aviv. Appointed Time Exodus 13:10 Thou shalt therefore keep this ordinance in his season from year to year. Moon Movement per Day, per Hour: 360 degrees divide by 29.530588715 days is 12.19 degrees per day, divide by 24 Hours is 0.5 degrees per Hour Zero day=0 degrees 1st Day=12.19 degrees 2nd Day=24.38 degrees


POSITION NO. 1 : CONJUNCTION TIME Sunset

Earth

Moon

Position of the Moon at Conjunction Time

Sun

. Midnight Time 2400 Hrs

The Date Change at Midnight Sunrise

Imaginary Conjunction Line

POSITION NO. 2 : 1ST DAY

Position of the Moon After 18 Hours from Conjunction Time at 9 degrees above Horizon at Sunset Time, The New Moon First Crescent is Visible at Sunset Point of Earth

Sunset

.

Sun

9 degrees angle

Midnight Time 2400 Hrs The Date Change at Midnight

Sunrise

POSITION NO. 3 : 2ND DAY

Position of the Moon more than 21.19 degrees visible on 2nd day.

Sunset Sun

Sunrise

POSITION NO. 4 : THE 14TH DAY

The 14th Day the Position of the Moon at 179 degrees. The Moon is Visible BEFORE the Sunset occur

Sunset Sun

Sunrise

POSITION NO. 5 : THE 15TH DAY Sunset

Sunrise

The 15th Day the Position of the Moon at 181 degrees. The Moon will be Visible AFTER the Sunset occur

Sun


PASSOVER DAY IN PHILIPPINES MONTH OF AVIV Exodus 12:2 This month shall be unto you the beginning of months: it shall be the first month of the year to you.

First Day is March 17, 2010 start on sunset of March 16, 2010 to sunset of March 17, 2010. The New Moon is Visible in the Philippines at 12 degrees above the horizon on sunset time of March 16, 2010 at 18:00 P.M. Tenth Day is March 26, 2010. Exodus 12:3-6 “Speak ye unto all the congregation of Israel, saying, In the tenth day of this month they shall take to them every man a lamb, according to the house of their fathers, a lamb for an house: And if the household be too little for the lamb, let him and his neighbour next unto his house take it according to the number of the souls; every man according to his eating shall make your count for the lamb. Your lamb shall be without blemish, a male of the first year: ye shall take it out from the sheep, or from the goats: And ye shall keep it up until the fourteenth day of the same month: and the whole assembly of the congregation of Israel shall kill it in the evening”. Start on sunset of March 29, 2010 to sunset of March 30, 2010 is the (14th ) Fourteenth Day which is the Passover Day. On the Evening of March 29, 2010 shall kill the Passover goat or lamb for sacrifice. (March 20, 2010 is the Vernal Equinox, the Passover is to be held after the sunset time of March 29, 2010 that is had Passed the Vernal Equinox)

"Flavius Josephus, (Josephus Antiquities, Book II ch. X,5.). ‘himself a Priest who lived in Messiah's time, tells us that the Passover had to be held when the Sun was in Aries", that is, had passed the Vernal Equinox. Exodus 12:6-11 “And ye shall keep it up until the fourteenth day of the same month: and the whole assembly of the congregation of Israel shall kill it in the evening”. And they shall take of the blood, and strike it on the two side posts and on the upper door post of the houses, wherein they shall eat it. And they shall eat the flesh in that night, roast with fire, and unleavened bread; and with bitter herbs they shall eat it. Eat not of it raw, nor sodden at all with water, but roast with fire; his head with his legs, and with the purtenance thereof. And ye shall let nothing of it remain until the morning; and that which remaineth of it until the morning ye shall burn with fire. And thus shall ye eat it; with your loins girded, your shoes on your feet, and your staff in your hand; and ye shall eat it in haste: it is Yahweh Passover”.

The Feast of Leviticus 23:1 And

(Yahweh)

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:2 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, Concerning the feasts of proclaim to be holy convocations, even these are my feasts.

, which ye shall

Leviticus 23:3 Six days shall work be done: but the seventh day is the Sabbath of rest, an holy convocation; ye shall do no work therein: it is the Sabbath of

Leviticus 23:4 These are the feasts of,

in all your dwellings.

, even holy convocations, which ye shall proclaim in their seasons.

Leviticus 23:5 In the fourteenth day of the first month at even is

passover.

Leviticus 23:6 And on the fifteenth day of the same month is the feast of unleavened bread unto eat unleavened bread. Leviticus 23:7 In the first day ye shall have an holy convocation: ye shall do no servile work therein.

: seven days ye must


Leviticus 23:8 But ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto convocation: ye shall do no servile work therein.

Leviticus 23:9 And

seven days: in the seventh day is an holy

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:10 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye be come into the land which I give unto you, and shall reap the harvest thereof, then ye shall bring a sheaf of the firstfruits of your harvest unto the priest:

Leviticus 23:11 And he shall wave the sheaf before priest shall wave it.

, to be accepted for you: on the morrow after the Sabbath the

Leviticus 23:12 And ye shall offer that day when ye wave the sheaf an he lamb without blemish of the first year for a burnt offering unto

.

Leviticus 23:13 And the meat offering thereof shall be two tenth deals of fine flour mingled with oil, an offering made by fire unto for a sweet savour: and the drink offering thereof shall be of wine, the fourth part of an hin. Leviticus 23:14 And ye shall eat neither bread, nor parched corn, nor green ears, until the selfsame day that ye have brought an offering unto your Elohim: it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations in all your dwellings. Leviticus 23:15 And ye shall count unto you from the morrow after the Sabbath, from the day that ye brought the sheaf of the wave offering; seven Sabbaths shall be complete: Leviticus 23:16 Even unto the morrow after the seventh Sabbath shall ye number fifty days; and ye shall offer a new meat offering unto

.

Leviticus 23:17 Ye shall bring out of your habitations two wave loaves of two tenth deals: they shall be of fine flour; they shall be baken with leaven; they are the firstfruits unto

.

Leviticus 23:18 And ye shall offer with the bread seven lambs without blemish of the first year, and one young bullock, and two rams: they shall be for a burnt offering unto made by fire, of sweet savour unto

, with their meat offering, and their drink offerings, even an offering .

Leviticus 23:19 Then ye shall sacrifice one kid of the goats for a sin offering, and two lambs of the first year for a sacrifice of peace offerings.

Leviticus 23:20 And the priest shall wave them with the bread of the firstfruits for a wave offering before two lambs: they shall be holy to

, with the

for the priest.

Leviticus 23:21 And ye shall proclaim on the selfsame day, that it may be an holy convocation unto you: ye shall do no servile work therein: it shall be a statute for ever in all your dwellings throughout your generations. Leviticus 23:22 And when ye reap the harvest of your land, thou shalt not make clean riddance of the corners of thy field when thou reapest, neither shalt thou gather any gleaning of thy harvest: thou shalt leave them unto the poor, and to the stranger: I am your Elohim.

Leviticus 23:23 And

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:24 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, In the seventh month, in the first day of the month, shall ye have a Sabbath, a memorial of blowing of trumpets, an holy convocation.

Leviticus 23:25 Ye shall do no servile work therein: but ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto

.


Leviticus 23:26 And

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:27 Also on the tenth day of this seventh month there shall be a day of atonement: it shall be an holy convocation unto you; and ye shall afflict your souls, and offer an offering made by fire unto

.

Leviticus 23:28 And ye shall do no work in that same day: for it is a day of atonement, to make an atonement for you before your Elohim. Leviticus 23:29 For whatsoever soul it be that shall not be afflicted in that same day, he shall be cut off from among his people. Leviticus 23:30 And whatsoever soul it be that doeth any work in that same day, the same soul will I destroy from among his people. Leviticus 23:31 Ye shall do no manner of work: it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations in all your dwellings. Leviticus 23:32 It shall be unto you a Sabbath of rest, and ye shall afflict your souls: in the ninth day of the month at even, from even unto even, shall ye celebrate your Sabbath.

Leviticus 23:33 And

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:34 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, The fifteenth day of this seventh month shall be the feast of tabernacles for seven days unto

.

Leviticus 23:35 On the first day shall be an holy convocation: ye shall do no servile work therein.

Leviticus 23:36 Seven days ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto

: on the eighth day shall be an holy

convocation unto you; and ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto servile work therein.

: it is a solemn assembly; and ye shall do no

Leviticus 23:37 These are the feasts of by fire unto

, which ye shall proclaim to be holy convocations, to offer an offering made

, a burnt offering, and a meat offering, a sacrifice, and drink offerings, every thing upon his day:

Leviticus 23:38 Beside the Sabbaths of offerings, which ye give unto

, and beside your gifts, and beside all your vows, and beside all your freewill .

Leviticus 23:39 Also in the fifteenth day of the seventh month, when ye have gathered in the fruit of the land, ye shall keep a feast unto

seven days: on the first day shall be a Sabbath, and on the eighth day shall be a Sabbath.

Leviticus 23:40 And ye shall take you on the first day the boughs of goodly trees, branches of palm trees, and the boughs of thick trees, and willows of the brook; and ye shall rejoice before

Leviticus 23:41 And ye shall keep it a feast unto generations: ye shall celebrate it in the seventh month.

your Elohim seven days.

seven days in the year. It shall be a statute for ever in your

Leviticus 23:42 Ye shall dwell in booths seven days; all that are Israelites born shall dwell in booths: Leviticus 23:43 That your generations may know that I made the children of Israel to dwell in booths, when I brought them out of the land of Egypt: I am

your Elohim.

Leviticus 23:44 And Moses declared unto the children of Israel the feasts of

.


Calculation of Conjunction Time and New Moon For March 2010 (U.S.A) West, Central and Eastern Time are different in time but we Assumed the local time in U.S.A. is 12 Hours Late in Philippine Local time. Therefore January 15, 2010 Eclipse or Conjunction time at 16:40:0.0 P.M. Witnessed in the Philippines is January 15, 2010 Conjunction time at 04:40:0.0 A.M. in U.S.A. Time. Average One Lunar months in One Solar Year is 29.530588715 or 29 days, 12 Hours, 44 minutes and 2.8 seconds. The Conjunction time in U.S.A. January 15, 2010 the Conjunction time at 04:40:0.0 A.M. in U.S.A. Time. January 15, 2010 Plus 29 days February 13, 2010 Plus 29 days March 14, 2010 Minus March 15, 2010 Plus March 15, 2010 Minus March 16, 2010

04:40:0.0 is Conjunction in U.S.A. Time 12:44:2.8 seconds 17:24:2.8 is Conjunction in U.S.A. Time 12:44:2.8 seconds 30:08:5.6 24 Hours 06:08:5.6 is Conjunction in U.S.A. Time 18 Hours U.S. Naval Observatory to view New Moon 24:08:5.6 24 Hours 00:08:5.6 U.S.A. Time The First Crescent of New Moon Visible on all Sunset point on Earth

March 16, 2010 New Moon is Visible in U.S.A. Sunset Time at 18 degrees above the Horizon. (From Conjunction Time of March 15, 2010 @ 06:08:5.6 to March 16, 2010 Sunset Time @ 18:00 = 36 Hours 36 Hours / 2 = 18 degrees the height of First Crescent of New Moon above the Horizon on sunset time on March 16, 2010 is visible in the U.S.A. shore).

Calculation of Conjunction Time and New Moon For March 2010 (ISRAEL) Israel is GMT+3 while Philippines is GMT+8 is five (5) hours late in Philippine Local time. Therefore The January 15, 2010 Eclipse or Conjunction time at 16:40:0.0 P.M. Witnessed in the Philippines is January 15, 2010 Conjunction time at 11:40:0.0 A.M. in Israel Time. Average One Lunar months in One Solar Year is 29.530588715 or 29 days, 12 Hours, 44 minutes and 2.8 seconds. The Conjunction time in Israel January 15, 2010 Conjunction time at 11:40:0.0 A.M. Israel time. January 15, 2010 Plus 29 days February 13, 2010 Minus February 14, 2010 Plus 29 days March 15, 2010 Plus March 15, 2010 Minus March 16, 2010

11:40:0.0 is Conjunction in Israel Local Time 12:44:2.8 seconds 24:24:2.8 24 Hours 00:24:2.8 is Conjunction in Israel Local Time 12:44:2.8 seconds 13:08:5.6 is Conjunction in Israel Local Time 18 Hours U.S. Naval Observatory to view New Moon 31:08:5.6 24 Hours 07:08:5.6 Israel Time The First Crescent of New Moon Visible on all Sunset point on Earth

March 16, 2010 New Moon is Visible in Israel 18:00 P.M. Sunset Time at 14.5 degrees above the Horizon. (From Conjunction Time of March 15, 2010 @ 13:08:5.6 to March 16, 2010 Sunset Time @ 18:00 = 29 Hours 29 Hours / 2 = 14.5 degrees the height of First Crescent of New Moon above the Horizon on sunset time on March 16, 2010 is visible in Israel shore).


PASSOVER DAY IN U.S.A. LAND MONTH OF AVIV Exodus 12:2 This month shall be unto you the beginning of months: it shall be the first month of the year to you.

First Day is March 17, 2010 start on sunset of March 16, 2010 to sunset of March 17, 2010. The New Moon is Visible in the land of U.S.A. at 18 degrees above the horizon on sunset time of March 16, 2010 at 18:00 P.M. Tenth Day is March 26, 2010. Exodus 12:3-6 “Speak ye unto all the congregation of Israel, saying, In the tenth day of this month they shall take to them every man a lamb, according to the house of their fathers, a lamb for an house: And if the household be too little for the lamb, let him and his neighbour next unto his house take it according to the number of the souls; every man according to his eating shall make your count for the lamb. Your lamb shall be without blemish, a male of the first year: ye shall take it out from the sheep, or from the goats: And ye shall keep it up until the fourteenth day of the same month: and the whole assembly of the congregation of Israel shall kill it in the evening”. Start on sunset of March 29, 2010 to sunset of March 30, 2010 is the (14 th ) Fourteenth Day which is the Passover Day. On the Evening of March 29, 2010 shall kill the Passover goat or lamb for sacrifice. (March 20, 2010 is the Vernal Equinox, the Passover is to be held after the sunset time of March 29, 2010 that is had Passed the Vernal Equinox)

"Flavius Josephus, (Josephus Antiquities, Book II ch. X,5.). ‘himself a Priest who lived in Messiah's time, tells us that the Passover had to be held when the Sun was in Aries", that is, had passed the Vernal Equinox. Exodus 12:6-11 “And ye shall keep it up until the fourteenth day of the same month: and the whole assembly of the congregation of Israel shall kill it in the evening”. And they shall take of the blood, and strike it on the two side posts and on the upper door post of the houses, wherein they shall eat it. And they shall eat the flesh in that night, roast with fire, and unleavened bread; and with bitter herbs they shall eat it. Eat not of it raw, nor sodden at all with water, but roast with fire; his head with his legs, and with the purtenance thereof. And ye shall let nothing of it remain until the morning; and that which remaineth of it until the morning ye shall burn with fire. And thus shall ye eat it; with your loins girded, your shoes on your feet, and your staff in your hand; and ye shall eat it in haste: it is Yahweh Passover”.


PASSOVER DAY IN ISRAEL LAND MONTH OF AVIV Exodus 12:2 This month shall be unto you the beginning of months: it shall be the first month of the year to you.

First Day is March 17, 2010 start on sunset of March 16, 2010 to sunset of March 17, 2010. The New Moon is Visible in the land of Israel at 14.5 degrees above the horizon on sunset time of March 16, 2010 at 18:00 P.M. Tenth Day is March 26, 2010. Exodus 12:3-6 “Speak ye unto all the congregation of Israel, saying, In the tenth day of this month they shall take to them every man a lamb, according to the house of their fathers, a lamb for an house: And if the household be too little for the lamb, let him and his neighbour next unto his house take it according to the number of the souls; every man according to his eating shall make your count for the lamb. Your lamb shall be without blemish, a male of the first year: ye shall take it out from the sheep, or from the goats: And ye shall keep it up until the fourteenth day of the same month: and the whole assembly of the congregation of Israel shall kill it in the evening”. Start on sunset of March 29, 2010 to sunset of March 30, 2010 is the (14 th ) Fourteenth Day which is the Passover Day. On the Evening of March 29, 2010 shall kill the Passover goat or lamb for sacrifice. (March 20, 2010 is the Vernal Equinox, the Passover is to be held after the sunset time of March 29, 2010 that is had Passed the Vernal Equinox)

"Flavius Josephus, (Josephus Antiquities, Book II ch. X,5.). ‘himself a Priest who lived in Messiah's time, tells us that the Passover had to be held when the Sun was in Aries", that is, had passed the Vernal Equinox. Exodus 12:6-11 “And ye shall keep it up until the fourteenth day of the same month: and the whole assembly of the congregation of Israel shall kill it in the evening”. And they shall take of the blood, and strike it on the two side posts and on the upper door post of the houses, wherein they shall eat it. And they shall eat the flesh in that night, roast with fire, and unleavened bread; and with bitter herbs they shall eat it. Eat not of it raw, nor sodden at all with water, but roast with fire; his head with his legs, and with the purtenance thereof. And ye shall let nothing of it remain until the morning; and that which remaineth of it until the morning ye shall burn with fire. And thus shall ye eat it; with your loins girded, your shoes on your feet, and your staff in your hand; and ye shall eat it in haste: it is Yahweh Passover”.


Gift for YAHWEH

Thru the Precious Name Yahshu'a Messiah

Hallal Yah

MAKE YOUR OWN CALENDAR - THE FOREVER FEAST DAYS OF YAHWEH FOR ISLANDS OF THE PHILIPPINES LOCATION AND INCLUDE U.S.A. LOCATION ALSO BASED ON LEVITICUS 23 FROM YEAR 2004 UNTIL YEAR 2055 FIRST CRESCENT OF NEW MOON SIGHTING IN THE PHILIPPINES DURING SUNSET TIME

Cycles

Eclipse

49th 19th

Mar.18,1988

Days

9:00 am until:

passed

Lunar Days Hours Min. Sec. Mo.

Conjunction Time

Plus

New Moon

First

Degrees

Evening

Passover

(imaginary allignment

18 hrs

Visible on

Day

on

time of

Day in

Day in

Sunset of:

Abib-01

sunset

Passover

Philippines

U. S. A.

of Sun-Moon-Earth)

Passover

17

12

March 18,2004

5844

197

26

11

22

35.5

Mar.21,2004 @ 10:21:27.3

plus 18

Mar.22,2004

Mar.23,2004

16

Apr.04,2004

Apr.05,2004

Apr.04,2004

18

13*

March 18,2005

6209

210

7

13

49

58.3

Mar.10,2005 @ 19:10:01.7

plus 18

Mar.11,2005

Mar.12,2005

11.5

Mar.24,2005

Mar.25,2005

Mar.25,2005

19

14

March 18,2006

6574

222

18

5

1

23.9

Mar.29,2006 @ 16:42:38.9

plus 18

Mar.30,2006

Mar.31,2006

12.5

20

15

March 18,2007

6939

234

28

20

12

49.5

Mar.19,2007 @ 01:31:13.3

plus 18

Mar.20,2007

Mar.21,2007

20.5

Apr.02,2007

Apr.03,2007

Apr.02,2007

21

16*

March 18,2008

7305

247

10

22

40

12.3

Mar.07,2008 @ 10:19:47.7

plus 18

Mar.08,2008

Mar.09,2008

16

Mar.21,2008

Mar.22,2008

Mar.21,2008

22

17

March 18,2009

7670

259

21

13

51

37.9

Mar.26,2009 @ 07:52:24.9

plus 18

Mar.27,2009

Mar.28,2009

17

Apr.09,2009

Apr.10,2009

Apr.09,2009

23

18

March 18,2010

8035

272

2

16

19

0.7

Mar.15,2010 @ 16:40:59.3

plus 18

Mar.16,2010

Mar.17,2010

12.5

Mar.29,2010

Mar.30,2010

Mar.30,2010

24

19*

March 18,2011

8400

284

13

7

30

26.3

Apr.03,2011 @ 14:13:36.7

plus 18

Apr.04,2011

Apr.05,2011

14

Apr.17,2011

Apr.18,2011

Apr.17,2011

25

1

March 18,2012

8766

296

24

22

41

51.9

Mar.22,2012 @ 23:02:10.9

plus 18

Mar.23,2012

Mar.24,2012

9.5

Apr.05,2012

Apr.06,2012

Apr.06,2012

26

2*

March 18,2013

9131

309

6

1

9

14.7

Mar.12,2013 @ 07:50:45.3

plus 18

Mar.13,2013

Mar.14,2013

17

Mar.26,2013

Mar.27,2013

Mar.26,2013

27

3

March 18,2014

9496

321

16

16

20

40.3

Mar.31,2014 @ 05:23:22.5

plus 18

Apr.01,2014

Apr.02,2014

18.5

Apr.14,2014

Apr.15,2014

Apr.14,2014

28

4

March 18,2015

9861

333

27

7

32

5.9

Mar.20,2015 @ 14:11:56.9

plus 18

Mar.21,2015

Mar.22,2015

14

Apr.03,2015

Apr.04,2015

Apr.04,2015

29

5*

March 18,2016

10227

346

9

9

59

28.7

Mar.08,2016 @ 23:00:31.3

plus 18

Mar.09,2016

Mar.10,2016

9.5

Mar.22,2016

Mar.23,2016

Mar.23,2016

30

6

March 18,2017

10592

358

20

1

10

54.3

Mar.27,2017 @ 20:33:08.5

plus 18

Mar.28,2017

Mar.29,2017

11

Apr.10,2017

Apr.11,2017

Apr.11,2017

31

7

March 18,2018

10957

371

1

3

38

17

Mar.17,2018 @ 05:21:43.0

plus 18

Mar.18,2018

Mar.19,2018

18.5

Mar.31,2018

Apr.01,2018

Mar.31,2018

Mar.20,2019

Mar.21,2019

Mar.21,2019

32

Apr.12,2006

Apr.13,2006

Apr.13,2006

8*

March 18,2019

11322

383

11

18

49

42.7

Mar.06,2019 @ 15:10:17.3

plus 18

Mar.07,2019

Mar.08,2019

13.5

33

9

March 18,2020

11688

395

23

10

1

8.3

Mar.24,2020 @ 11:42:54.5

plus 18

Mar.25,2020

Mar.26,2020

15

Apr.07,2020

Apr.08,2020

Apr.07,2020

34

10

March 18,2021

12053

408

4

12

28

31

Mar.13,2021 @ 20:31:29.0

plus 18

Mar.14,2021

Mar.15,2021

11

Mar.27,2021

Mar.28,2021

Mar.28,2021

35

11*

March 18,2022

12418

420

15

3

39

56.7

Apr.01,2022 @ 18:04:06.1

plus 18

Apr.02,2022

Apr.03,2022

12

Apr.15,2022

Apr.16,2022

Apr.16,2022

36

12

March 18,2023

12783

432

25

18

51

22.3

Mar.22,2023 @ 02:52:40.5

plus 18

Mar.23,2023

Mar.24,2023

19.5

Apr.05,2023

Apr.06,2023

Apr.05,2023

37

13*

March 18,2024

13149

445

7

21

18

45

Mar.10,2024 @ 11:41:15.0

plus 18

Mar.11,2024

Mar.12,2024

15

Mar.24,2024

Mar.25,2024

Mar.24,2024

38

14

March 18,2025

13514

457

18

12

30

10.7

Mar.29,2025 @ 09:13:52.1

plus 18

Mar.30,2025

Mar.31,2025

16.5

Apr.12,2025

Apr.13,2025

Apr.12,2025

39

15

March 18,2026

13879

469

29

3

41

36.3

Mar.18,2026 @ 18:02:26.5

plus 18

Mar.19,2026

Mar.20,2026

12

Apr.01,2026

Apr.02,2026

Apr.02,2026

40

16*

March 18,2027

14244

482

10

6

8

59

Mar.08,2027 @ 18:03:51.00 plus 18

Mar.09,2027

Mar.10,2027

19

Mar.22,2027

Mar.23,2027

Mar.23,2027

41

17

March 18,2028

14610

494

21

21

20

24.7

Mar.26,2028 @ 00:23:38.1

plus 18

Mar.26,2028

Mar.27,2028

9.5

Apr.08,2028

Apr.09,2028

Apr.08,2028

42

18

March 18,2029

14975

507

2

23

47

47.4

Mar.15,2029 @ 09:12:12.6

plus 18

Mar.16,2029

Mar.17,2029

16.5

Mar.29,2029

Mar.30,2029

Mar.29,2029

43

19*

March 18,2030

15340

519

13

14

59

13

Apr.04,2030 @ 06:44:49.8

plus 18

Apr.04,2030

Apr.05,2030

17.5

Apr.04,2030

Apr.05,2030

Apr.04,2030

44

1

March 18,2031

15705

531

24

6

10

38.6

Mar.23,2031 @ 15:33:25.2

plus 18

Mar.24,2031

Mar.25,2031

13.5

Apr.06,2031

Apr.07,2031

Apr.07,2031

45

2*

March 18,2032

16071

544

6

8

38

1.4

Mar.12,2032 @ 00:21:58.6

plus 18

Mar.12,2032

Mar.13,2032

9

Mar.25,2032

Mar.26,2032

Mar.25,2032

46

3

March 18,2033

16436

556

16

23

49

27

Mar.30,2033 @ 21:54:35.8

plus 18

Mar.31,2033

Apr.01,2033

47

4

March 18,2034

16801

568

27

15

0

52.6

Mar.20,2034 @ 06:43:10.2

plus 18

Mar.21,2034

Mar.22,2034

18

Apr.03,2034

Apr.04,2034

Apr.03,2034

48

5*

March 18,2035

17166

581

8

17

28

15.4

Mar.09,2035 @ 15:31:44.6

plus 18

Mar.10,2035

Mar.11,2035

13.5

Mar.23,2035

Mar.24,2035

Mar.24,2035

49

6

March 18,2036

17532

593

20

8

39

41

Mar.27,2036 @ 13:04:21.8

plus 18

Mar.28,2036

Mar.29,2036

14.5

Apr.10,2036

Apr.11,2036

Apr.11,2036

50-1

7

March 18,2037

17897

606

1

11

7

3.8

Mar.16,2037 @ 21:52:56.2

plus 18

Mar.17,2037

Mar.18,2037

10

Mar.30,2037

Mar.31,2037

Mar.31,2037

2

8*

March 18,2038

18262

618

12

2

18

29.4

Mar.06,2038 @ 06:41:30.6

plus 18

Mar.07,2038

Mar.08,2038

18

Mar.20,2038

Mar.21,2038

Mar.20,2038

3

9

March 18,2039

18627

630

22

17

29

55

Mar.25,2039 @ 04:14:07.8

plus 18

Mar.26,2039

Mar.27,2039

19

Apr.08,2039

Apr.09,2039

Apr.08,2039

4

10*

March 18,2040

18993

643

4

19

57

17.8

Mar.13,2040 @ 13:02:42.2

plus 18

Mar.14,2040

Mar.15,2040

14.5

Mar.27,2040

Mar.28,2040

Mar.28,2040

5

10

Apr.13,2033

11

March 18,2041

19358

655

15

11

8

43.4

Apr.01,2041 @ 10:35:19.4

plus 18

Apr.02,2041

Apr.03,2041

16

12

March 18,2042

19723

667

26

2

20

9

Mar.21,2042 @ 19:13:53.8

plus 18

Mar.22,2042

Mar.23,2042

11

Apr.04,2042

Apr.05,2042

Apr.05,2042

7

13*

March 18,2043

20088

680

7

4

47

31.8

Mar.11,2043 @ 04:12:28.2

plus 18

Mar.12,2043

Mar.13,2043

19

Mar.25,2043

Mar.26,2043

Mar.25,2043

8

14

March 18,2044

20454

692

18

19

58

57.4

Mar.29,2044 @ 01:45:05.4

plus 18

Mar.30,2044

Mar.31,2044

20

Apr.12,2044

Apr.13,2044

Apr.12,2044

9

15

March 18,2045

20819

704

29

11

10

23

Mar.18,2045 @ 01:34:39.8

plus 18

Mar.19,2045

Mar.20,2045

20.5

Apr.01,2045

Apr.02,2045

Apr.01,2045

10

16*

March 18,2046

21184

717

10

13

37

45.8

Mar.07,2046 @ 19:22:14.2

plus 18

Mar.08,2046

Mar.09,2046

11.5

Mar.21,2046

Mar.22,2046

Mar.22,2046

11

17

March 18,2047

21549

729

21

4

49

11.4

Mar.26,2047 @ 16:54:51.4

plus 18

Mar.27,2047

Mar.28,2047

12.5

Apr.09,2047

Apr.10,2047

Apr.10,2047

12

18

March 18,2048

21915

742

3

7

16

34.1

Mar.15,2048 @ 01:43:25.9

plus 18

Mar.16,2048

Mar.17,2048

20

Mar.29,2048

Mar.30,2048

Mar.29,2048

13

19*

March 18,2049

22280

754

13

22

27

59.8

Apr.02,2049 @ 23:16:03.0

plus 18

Apr.03,2049

Apr.04,2049

1

March 18,2050

22645

766

24

13

39

25.4

Mar.23,2050 @ 08:04:37.4

plus 18

Mar.24,2050

Mar.25,2050

17

Apr.06,2050

Apr.07,2050

Apr.06,2050

15

2*

March 18,2051

23010

779

5

16

6

48.1

Mar.12,2051 @ 16:53:11.9

plus 18

Mar.13,2051

Mar.14,2051

12.5

Mar.26,2051

Mar.27,2051

Mar.27,2051

16

3

March 18,2052

23376

791

17

7

18

13.8

Mar.30,2052 @ 14:25:49.0

plus 18

Mar.31,2052

Apr.01,2052

14

Apr.13,2052

Apr.14,2052

Apr.14,2052

17

4

March 18,2053

23741

803

27

22

29

39.4

Mar.19,2053 @ 23:14:23.4

plus 18

Mar.20,2053

Mar.21,2053

9.5

Apr.02,2053

Apr.03,2053

Apr.03,2053

18 19

5* 6

March 18,2054 March 18,2055

24106 24471

816 828

9 19

0 16

57 8

2.1 27.7

Mar.09,2054 @ 08:02:57.0 Mar.28,2055 @ 05:35:35.1

plus 18 plus 18

Mar.10,2054 Mar.29,2055

Mar.11,2054 Mar.30,2055

17 18.5

Mar.23,2054 Apr.11,2055

Mar.24,2054 Apr.12,2055

Mar.23,2054 Apr.11,2055

Computation Formula:

Legend:

Day passed / 29.530588715 = Lunar Mo. minus Lunar Mo. X 29.530588715 = Days minus Days X 24 = Hours minus Hours X 60 = Minutes minus minutes X 60 = seconds

*

= Plus 13th Lunar Mo. = Sabbathical Year

= Jubilee Year

Note:

Apr.17,2049

Apr.15,2041

14

From solar eclipse at 09:00:00 (Philippine Local Time) on Mar.18,1988 to Mar.18,xxxx = Days passed

Apr.16,2049

Apr.16,2041

Apr.14,2033

6

9.5

Apr.15,2041

Apr.14,2033

First day Start on sunset of previous day Calendar Based on Vernal Equinox Hillel II metonic 19 years cycle calendar on 359 A.D.

Notes on Philippines and U.S.A. Feast days When the Conjunction in Philippines is from 00:00:01 a.m.or one second passed midnight

vernal equinox where the day and the night time length

until one second before noon time (11:59:59 a.m.) the Feast in U.S.A. is EARLIER in one Day.

offered after Passover, in Feast of Unleavened Bread after Sabbath Day on that day of 'Wave-sheaf offering'.

Mar.18 @ 09:00:00 minus Days : Hours : Minutes : Seconds equals Conjunction Date and Time (The 13th month 29.530588715 days is added if the 14th day Passover Day falls on before March 18).

is based only on calculations but not by observation of is the same, in which affect the growth of 'barley' to be

Vernal Equinox day & night length is same on March 18. According to Flavius Josephus Antiquities of The Jews

Conjunction Date and Time plus 18 hrs equals New Moon Visible on the coming sunset.

that 'Passover Day' never held before 'Vernal Equinox'.

New Moon visible on sunset start the First day until tomorrow sunset time.

The First Month is Abib corresponds to month of March.

Total numbers of Hours from Conjunction Time until time of sunset to view New Moon divide by two (2) equals Degrees at sunset

Halul Island, Qatar July 03,2004 Sabbath Day

March is first, therefore the seventh (7th) is September Septe is Seven, Octo is Eight, Nove is nine, Dece is Ten.

Apr.17,2049


YAHWEH CALENDER 2010 23rd OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 4 17 18 19 20 21 22 5 24 25 26 27 28 29 6 31 13.5 degrees APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 15 1 2 16 4 5 6 7 8 9 17 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 18 19 20 21 22 23 19 25 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

SAB 3 10 17 24 31

16 degrees MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 19 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 21 9 10 11 12 13 14 22 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 23 24 25 26 27 28 24 30 31 12 degrees AUGUST WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 33 1 2 3 4 5 6 34 8 9 10 11 12 13 35 15 16 17 18 19 20 36 22 23 24 25 26 27 37 29 30 31 31

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

16.5 degrees NOVEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 47 1 2 3 4 5 48 7 8 9 10 11 12 49 14 15 16 17 18 19 50 21 22 23 24 25 26 51 28 29 30

SAB 3 10 17 24

18.5 degrees JULY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 29 1 2 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 31 11 12 13 14 15 16 32 18 19 20 21 22 23 33 25 26 27 28 29 30 11 degrees OCTOBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 42 1 43 3 4 5 6 7 8 44 10 11 12 13 14 15 45 17 18 19 20 21 22 46 24 25 26 27 28 29 47 31 16 degrees Passover

- 18th YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 6 1 2 3 4 5 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 16 17 18 19 9 21 22 23 24 25 26 10 28

F.U.B

SAB 6 13 20 27

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

SAB 7 14 21 28

SAB 6 13 20 27

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 10 1 2 3 4 5 11 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 13 21 22 23 24 25 26 14 28 29 30 31 12.5 degrees JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 24 1 2 3 4 25 6 7 8 9 10 11 26 13 14 15 16 17 18 27 20 21 22 23 24 25 28 27 28 29 30 17.5 degrees SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 37 1 2 3 38 5 6 7 8 9 10 39 12 13 14 15 16 17 40 19 20 21 22 23 24 41 26 27 28 29 30 10.5 degrees DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 51 1 2 3 52 5 6 7 8 9 10 53 12 13 14 15 16 17 54 19 20 21 22 23 24 55 26 27 28 29 30 31

10 degrees w.s.offering

SAB 6 13 20 27

SAB 5 12 19 26

SAB 4 11 18 25

SAB 4 11 18 25

15.5 degrees

Pentecost

Trumpets

Atonement

Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF MARCH 16, 2010

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of March 16, 2010 @ 12.5 degrees sunset of August 11, 2010 @ 16.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

March 29, 2010 to sunset March 30, 2010 FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

on sunset of April 15, 2010 @ 18.5 degrees sunset of September 09, 2010 @ 10.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

Start on sunset of March 30, 2010 until sunset of April 06, 2010

March 30, 2010 Passover day Mar.31-Apr.06, 2010 Feast of U-Bread

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of May 14, 2010 @ 12 degrees

sunset of October 09, 2010 @ 16.0 degrees

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY Start on sunset of April 04, 2010 until sunset of April 04, 2010

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 13, 2010 @ 17.5 degrees

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 12, 2010 @ 11.0 degrees sunset of November 07, 2010 @ 10 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

Start on sunset of May 22, 2010 until sunset of May 23, 2010 TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of

sunset of December 07, 2010 @ 15.5 degrees

Sept. 09 to sunset of Sept. 10, 2010 ATONEMENT DAY Start on

New Moon on the Previous Sabbathical Year

sunset of Sept. 18 until sunset of

April 04, 2010 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

May 23, 2010 Pentecost Day September 10, 2010 Feast of Trumpets September 19, 2010 Atonement Day

Sept. 19, 2010 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 17, 2010 @ 13.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 15, 2010 @ 19 degrees

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start on sunset of Sept. 23 until sunset of Sept.30, 2010 LAST GREAT DAY Start on sunset of

by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Sept. 30 until sunset of Oct. 01, 2010

September 24-30, 2010 Feast of Tabernacles October 01, 2010 Last Great Day

LGD


YAHWEH CALENDER 2011 24th OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 9 10 11 12 13 14 4 16 17 18 19 20 21 5 23 24 25 26 27 28 6 30 31 9 degrees APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 15 1 16 3 4 5 6 7 8 17 10 11 12 13 14 15 18 17 18 19 20 21 22 19 24 25 26 27 28 29

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

- 19th YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 6 1 2 3 4 7 6 7 8 9 10 11 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 20 21 22 23 24 25 10 27 28

SAB 5 12 19 26

14.5 degrees SAB 2 9 16 23 30

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 10 1 2 3 4 11 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 13 20 21 22 23 24 25 14 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 5 12 19 26

20.5 degrees

MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 20 8 9 10 11 12 13 21 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 23 29 30 31

SAB 7 14 21 28

JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 23 1 2 3 24 5 6 7 8 9 10 25 12 13 14 15 16 17 26 19 20 21 22 23 24 27 26 27 28 29 30

19.5 degrees 13 degrees JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 28 1 2 33 1 2 3 4 5 6 37 1 2 29 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 34 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 38 4 5 6 7 8 9 30 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 35 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 39 11 12 13 14 15 16 31 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 36 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 40 18 19 20 21 22 23 32 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 37 28 29 30 31 41 25 26 27 28 29 30 33 31 19 degrees 12.5 degrees 18 degrees 12 degrees OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 42 1 47 1 2 3 4 5 51 2 43 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 48 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 52 4 5 6 7 8 9 44 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 49 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 53 11 12 13 14 15 16 45 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 50 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 54 18 19 20 21 22 23 46 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 51 27 28 29 30 55 25 26 27 28 29 30 47 30 31 16.5 degrees 11 degrees 16.5 degrees

SAB 4 11 18 25

14 degrees

Passover

F.U.B

w.s.offering

Pentecost

Trumpets

Atonement

SAB 3 10 17 24

SAB 3 10 17 24 31

Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF MARCH 6, 2011

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of March 06, 2011 @ 20.5 degrees sunset of August 30, 2011 @ 18 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

March 19, 2011 to sunset March 20, 2011

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

on sunset of April 04, 2011 @ 14.0 degrees sunset of September 28, 2011 @ 12.0 degrees Start on sunset of March 20, 2011 until sunset of March 27, 2011 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of May 04, 2011 @ 19.5 degrees

sunset of October 28, 2011 @ 16.5 degrees

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 02, 2011 @ 13.0 degrees

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY

Start on sunset of March 26, 2011 until sunset of March 27, 2011

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 02, 2011 @ 19.0 degrees sunset of November 26, 2011 @ 11 degrees

Start on sunset of May 14, 2011 until sunset of May 15, 2011

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of

sunset of July 31,2011 @ 12.5 degrees sunset of December 26, 2011 @ 16.5 degrees

Aug.30, 2011 to sunset of Aug. 31, 2011 ATONEMENT DAY Start on

New Moon on the Previous Sabbathical Year

sunset of Sept. 08 until sunset of

March 20, 2011 Passover day Mar.21-March 27, 2011 Feast of U-Bread March 27, 2011 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

May 15, 2011 Pentecost Day August 31, 2011 Feast of Trumpets September 09, 2011 Atonement Day

Sept. 09, 2011 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 05, 2011 @ 9 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 04, 2011 @ 14.5 degrees

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start on sunset of Sept. 13 until sunset of Sept.20, 2011 LAST GREAT DAY Start on sunset of

by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Sept. 20 until sunset of Sept. 21, 2011

September 14-20, 2011 Feast of Tabernacles September 21, 2011 Last Great Day

LGD


YAHWEH CALENDER 2012 25th OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 15 16 17 18 19 20 4 22 23 24 25 26 27 5 29 30 31 10 degrees APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 15 8 9 10 11 12 13 16 15 16 17 18 19 20 17 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 29 30 15.0 degrees JULY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 27 1 2 3 4 5 6 28 8 9 10 11 12 13 29 15 16 17 18 19 20 30 22 23 24 25 26 27 31 29 30 31 20 degrees OCTOBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 40 1 2 3 4 5 41 7 8 9 10 11 12 42 14 15 16 17 18 19 43 21 22 23 24 25 26 44 28 29 30 31

SAB 7 14 21 28

15.5 degrees MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 18 1 2 3 4 19 6 7 8 9 10 11 20 13 14 15 16 17 18 21 20 21 22 23 24 25 22 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 7 14 21 28

20.5 degrees AUGUST WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 31 1 2 3 32 5 6 7 8 9 10 33 12 13 14 15 16 17 34 19 20 21 22 23 24 35 26 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 7 14 21 28

SAB 6 13 20 27

- 1st YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 5 1 2 3 6 5 6 7 8 9 10 7 12 13 14 15 16 17 8 19 20 21 22 23 24 9 26 27 28 29

13.5.0 degrees NOVEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 44 1 2 45 4 5 6 7 8 9 46 11 12 13 14 15 16 47 18 19 20 21 22 23 48 25 26 27 28 29 30

18.5 degrees

SAB 4 11 18 25

SAB 5 12 19 26

SAB 4 11 18 25

SAB 3 10 17 24

12 degrees

Passover

F.U.B

w.s.offering

Pentecost

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 9 1 2 10 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 12 18 19 20 21 22 23 13 25 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 3 10 17 24 31

9.5 degrees JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 22 1 23 3 4 5 6 7 8 24 10 11 12 13 14 15 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 26 24 25 26 27 28 29

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

14.5 degrees SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 35 36 2 3 4 5 6 7 37 9 10 11 12 13 14 38 16 17 18 19 20 21 39 23 24 25 26 27 28 40 30 19.5 degrees DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 48 49 2 3 4 5 6 7 50 9 10 11 12 13 14 51 16 17 18 19 20 21 52 23 24 25 26 27 28 53 30 31 18.0 degrees

Trumpets

Atonement

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF MARCH 23, 2012

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of March 23, 2012 @ 9.5 degrees sunset of August 18, 2012 @ 13.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

April 05, 2012 to sunset April 06, 2012

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

on sunset of April 22, 2012 @ 15.0 degrees sunset of September 17, 2012 @ 19.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

Start on sunset of April 06, 2012 until sunset of April 13, 2012

April 06, 2012 Passover day Apr. 07-Apr.13, 2012 Feast of U-Bread

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of May 22, 2012 @ 20.5 degrees

sunset of October 17, 2012 @ 18.5 degrees

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 20, 2012 @ 14.5 degrees

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY

Start on sunset of April 07, 2012 until sunset of April 08, 2012

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 20, 2012 @ 20.0 degrees sunset of November 15, 2012 @ 12 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of December 15, 2012 @ 18 degrees

Start on sunset of May 26, 2012 until sunset of May 27, 2012 TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of Sept. 17 to sunset of Sept. 18, 2012 ATONEMENT DAY Start on

New Moon on the Previous Year

sunset of Sept. 26 until sunset of

April 08, 2012 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

May 27, 2012 Pentecost Day September 18, 2012 Feast of Trumpets September 27, 2012 Atonement Day

Sept. 27, 2012 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 24, 2012 @ 10 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 23, 2012 @ 15.5 degrees

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start on sunset of Oct. 01 until sunset of Oct. 08, 2012 LAST GREAT DAY Start on sunset of

by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Oct. 08 until sunset of Oct. 09, 2012

October 02-08, 2012 Feast of Tabernacles October 09, 2012 Last Great Day

LGD


YAHWEH CALENDER 2013 26th OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 1 2 3 4 2 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 13 14 15 16 17 18 4 20 21 22 23 24 25 5 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 5 12 19 26

18 degrees

- 2nd YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB 5 1 2 6 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 8 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 9 24 25 26 27 28

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 9 1 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 17 18 19 20 21 22 13 24 25 26 27 28 29 14 31 17 degrees JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 22 23 2 3 4 5 6 7 24 9 10 11 12 13 14 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 26 23 24 25 26 27 28 27 30 10 degrees SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 35 1 2 3 4 5 6 36 8 9 10 11 12 13 37 15 16 17 18 19 20 38 22 23 24 25 26 27 39 29 30

11.5 degrees

APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 14 1 2 3 4 5 15 7 8 9 10 11 12 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 17 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 28 29 30 11 degrees JULY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 27 1 2 3 4 5 28 7 8 9 10 11 12 29 14 15 16 17 18 19 30 21 22 23 24 25 26 31 28 29 30 31 15.5 degrees OCTOBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 40 1 2 3 4 41 6 7 8 9 10 11 42 13 14 15 16 17 18 43 20 21 22 23 24 25 44 27 28 29 30 31

MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 18 1 2 3 19 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 21 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 26 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 6 13 20 27

SAB 4 11 18 25

16.5 degrees AUGUST WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 31 1 2 32 4 5 6 7 8 9 33 11 12 13 14 15 16 34 18 19 20 21 22 23 35 25 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 6 13 20 27

SAB 3 10 17 24 31

20.5 degrees

14 degrees

Passover

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

SAB 7 14 21 28

9.5 degrees SAB 5 12 19 26

15 degrees NOVEMBER DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 44 1 2 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 45 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 49 8 9 10 11 12 13 46 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 50 15 16 17 18 19 20 47 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 51 22 23 24 25 26 27 48 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 52 29 30 31

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

F.U.B

w.s.offering

SAB 7 14 21 28

20.0 degrees

Pentecost

Trumpets

Atonement

Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF MARCH 13, 2013

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of March 13, 2013 @ 17 degrees sunset of August 07, 2013 @ 9.5 degrees

March 26, 2013 to sunset March 27, 2013

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of April 11, 2013 @ 11 degrees sunset of September 06, 2013 @ 15 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

Start on sunset of March 27, 2013 until sunset of April 03, 2013

March 27, 2013 Passover day Mar.28-Apr.03, 2013 Feast of U-Bread

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of May 11, 2013 @ 16.5degrees

sunset of October 06, 2013 @ 20.5 degrees

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY

Start on sunset of March 30, 2013 until sunset of March 31, 2013

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 09, 2013 @ 10 degrees

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 09, 2013 @ 15.5 degrees sunset of November 04, 2013 @ 14 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of December 04, 2013 @ 20 degrees

Start on sunset of May 18, 2013 until sunset of May 19, 2013 TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of Sept. 06 to sunset of Sept. 07, 2013 ATONEMENT DAY Start on

New Moon on the Previous Year

sunset of Sept. 15 until sunset of

March 31, 2013 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

May 19, 2013 Pentecost Day September 07, 2013 Feast of Trumpets September 16, 2013 Atonement Day

Sept. 16, 2013 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 13, 2013 @ 18 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 11, 2013 @ 11.5 degrees

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start on sunset of Sept. 20 until sunset of Sept.27, 2013 LAST GREAT DAY Start on sunset of

by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Sept. 27 until sunset of Sept. 28, 2013

September 21-27, 2013 Feast of Tabernacles September 28, 2013 Last Great Day

LGD


YAHWEH CALENDER 2014 27th OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 1 2 3 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 12 13 14 15 16 17 4 19 20 21 22 23 24 5 26 27 28 29 30 31 13.5 degrees APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 14 1 2 3 4 15 6 7 8 9 10 11 16 13 14 15 16 17 18 17 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 27 28 29 30 18 degrees JULY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 27 1 2 3 4 28 6 7 8 9 10 11 29 13 14 15 16 17 18 30 20 21 22 23 24 25 31 27 28 29 30 31 17 degrees OCTOBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 41 1 2 3 42 5 6 7 8 9 10 43 12 13 14 15 16 17 44 19 20 21 22 23 24 45 26 27 28 29 30 31

SAT 4 11 18 25

SAT 3 10 17 24 31

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 9 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 11 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 23 24 25 26 27 28 14 30 31 13 degrees JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 23 8 9 10 11 12 13 24 15 16 17 18 19 20 25 22 23 24 25 26 27 26 29 30

SAT 2 9 16 23 30

11.5 degrees SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 36 1 2 3 4 5 37 7 8 9 10 11 12 38 14 15 16 17 18 19 39 21 22 23 24 25 26 40 28 29 30

SAT 1 8 15 22 29

16 degrees DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 50 1 2 3 4 5 51 7 8 9 10 11 12 52 14 15 16 17 18 19 53 21 22 23 24 25 26 54 28 29 30 31

19 degrees SAT 5 12 19 26

SAT 5 12 19 26

SAT 4 11 18 25

10 degrees Passover

- 3rd YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAT 5 1 6 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 8 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 9 23 24 25 26 27 28

F.U.B

MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 18 1 2 19 4 5 6 7 8 9 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 21 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 degrees 17.5 degrees AUGUST WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 31 1 32 3 4 5 6 7 8 33 10 11 12 13 14 15 34 17 18 19 20 21 22 35 24 25 26 27 28 29 36 31 10.5 degrees NOVEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 45 46 2 3 4 5 6 7 47 9 10 11 12 13 14 48 16 17 18 19 20 21 49 23 24 25 26 27 28 50 30 15.5 degrees w.s.offering

Pentecost

SAT 1 8 15 22 29

SAT 7 14 21 28

SAT 6 13 20 27

SAT 6 13 20 27

9 degrees

Trumpets

Atonement

Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF APRIL 01, 2014

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of April 01, 2014 @ 18 degrees sunset of August 26, 2014 @ 10.5 degrees

April 14, 2014 to sunset April 15, 2014

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of April 30, 2014 @ 12 degrees sunset of September 25, 2014 @ 16 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

Start on sunset of April 15, 2014 until sunset of April 23, 2014

April 15, 2014 Passover day Apr.16-Apr.23, 2014 Feast of U-Bread

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of May 30, 2014 @ 17.5 degrees

sunset of October 24, 2014 @ 10 degrees

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY Start on sunset of April 19, 2014 until sunset of April 20, 2014

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 28, 2014 @ 11.5 degrees

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 28, 2014 @ 17 degrees sunset of November 23, 2014 @ 15.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of December 22, 2014 @ 9 degrees

Start on sunset of June 07, 2014 until sunset of June 08, 2014 TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of Sept. 25 to sunset of Sept. 26, 2014 ATONEMENT DAY Start on

New Moon on the Previous Year

sunset of Oct. 04 until sunset of

April 20, 2014 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

June 08, 2014 Pentecost Day September 26, 2014 Feast of Trumpets October 05, 2014 Atonement Day

Oct. 05, 2014 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 02, 2014 @ 13.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 01, 2014 @ 19 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start sunset Oct.09- until sunset of Oct. 16, 2014

on sunset of March 02, 2014 @ 13 degrees by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Sunset Oct. 16 until sunset of Oct. 17, 2014

October 10-16, 2014 Feast of Tabernacles October 17, 2014 Last Great Day

LGD


YAHWEH CALENDER 2015 28th OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 1 2 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 18 19 20 21 22 23 5 25 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 3 10 17 24 31

14.5 degrees

SABBATHICAL YEAR

- 4th YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 7 15 16 17 18 19 20 8 22 23 24 25 26 27 9

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 11 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 22 23 24 25 26 27 13 29 30 31

SAB 7 14 21 28

20.5 degrees

APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 14 1 2 3 15 5 6 7 8 9 10 16 12 13 14 15 16 17 17 19 20 21 22 23 24 18 26 27 28 29 30 19.5 degrees JULY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 28 1 2 3 29 5 6 7 8 9 10 30 12 13 14 15 16 17 31 19 20 21 22 23 24 32 26 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 4 11 18 25

SAB 4 11 18 25

12.5 degrees OCTOBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB 42 1 2 3 43 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 44 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 45 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 46 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

14 degrees

MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 18 1 19 3 4 5 6 7 8 20 10 11 12 13 14 15 21 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 23 31 13 degrees AUGUST WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 32 33 2 3 4 5 6 7 34 9 10 11 12 13 14 35 16 17 18 19 20 21 36 23 24 25 26 27 28 37 30 31 18 degrees NOVEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 46 1 2 3 4 5 6 47 8 9 10 11 12 13 48 15 16 17 18 19 20 49 22 23 24 25 26 27 50 29 30

17.5 degrees

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 23 1 2 3 4 5 24 7 8 9 10 11 12 25 14 15 16 17 18 19 26 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

19 degrees SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 37 1 2 3 4 38 6 7 8 9 10 11 39 13 14 15 16 17 18 40 20 21 22 23 24 25 41 27 28 29 30

F.U.B

w.s.offering

SAB 6 13 20 27

SAB 5 12 19 26

12 degrees DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 50 1 2 3 4 51 6 7 8 9 10 11 52 13 14 15 16 17 18 53 20 21 22 23 24 25 54 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 7 14 21 28

11 degrees

Passover

SAB 7 14 21 28

SAB 5 12 19 26

17 degrees

Pentecost

Trumpets

Atonement

Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF MARCH 21, 2015

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of March 21, 2015 @ 14 degrees sunset of August 16, 2015 @ 18 degrees

April 03, 2015 to sunset April 04, 2015

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of April 20, 2015 @ 19.5 degrees sunset of September 14, 2015 @ 12 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

Start on sunset of April 04, 2015 until sunset of April 11, 2015

April 04, 2015 Passover day Apr.05-Apr.11, 2015 Feast of U-Bread

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of May 19, 2015 @ 13 degrees

sunset of October 14, 2015 @ 17.5 degrees

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY Start on sunset of April 04, 2015 until sunset of April 05, 2015

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 18, 2015 @ 19 degrees

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 17, 2015 @ 12.5 degrees sunset of November 12, 2015 @ 11 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of December 12, 2015 @ 17 degrees

Start on sunset of May 23, 2015 until sunset of May 24, 2015 TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of Sept. 14 to sunset of Sept. 15, 2015 ATONEMENT DAY Start on

New Moon on the Previous Year

sunset of Sept. 23 until sunset of

April 05, 2015 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

May 24, 2015 Pentecost Day September 15, 2015 Feast of Trumpets September 24, 2015 Atonement Day

Sept. 24, 2015 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 21, 2015 @ 14.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 20, 2015 @ 20.5 degrees

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start on sunset of Sept. 28 until sunset of Oct.05, 2015 LAST GREAT DAY Start on sunset of

by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Oct. 05 until sunset of Oct. 06, 2015

Sept. 29-Oct. 05, 2015 Feast of Tabernacles October 06, 2015 Last Great Day

LGD


YAHWEH CALENDER 2016 29th OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 4 17 18 19 20 21 22 5 24 25 26 27 28 29 6 31 10.5 degrees APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 15 1 16 3 4 5 6 7 8 17 10 11 12 13 14 15 18 17 18 19 20 21 22 19 24 25 26 27 28 29

- 5th YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 6 1 2 3 4 5 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 16 17 18 19 9 21 22 23 24 25 26 10 28 29

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

16 degrees

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

AUGUST WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 33 1 2 3 4 5 34 7 8 9 10 11 12 35 14 15 16 17 18 19 36 21 22 23 24 25 26 37 28 29 30 31

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

13.5 degrees NOVEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 47 1 2 3 4 48 6 7 8 9 10 11 49 13 14 15 16 17 18 50 20 21 22 23 24 25 51 27 28 29 30

JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 23 1 2 3 24 5 6 7 8 9 10 25 12 13 14 15 16 17 26 19 20 21 22 23 24 27 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 7 14 21 28

9.0 degrees

JULY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 28 1 29 3 4 5 6 7 8 30 10 11 12 13 14 15 31 17 18 19 20 21 22 32 24 25 26 27 28 29 33 31 20 degrees OCTOBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 42 43 2 3 4 5 6 7 44 9 10 11 12 13 14 45 16 17 18 19 20 21 46 23 24 25 26 27 28 47 30 31 13 degrees

SAB 6 13 20 27

14.5 degrees SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 37 1 2 38 4 5 6 7 8 9 39 11 12 13 14 15 16 40 18 19 20 21 22 23 41 25 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 5 12 19 26

19.5 degrees DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 51 1 2 52 4 5 6 7 8 9 53 11 12 13 14 15 16 54 18 19 20 21 22 23 55 25 26 27 28 29 30

18.5 degrees

F.U.B

w.s.offering

SAB 5 12 19 26

9.5 degrees

MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 20 8 9 10 11 12 13 21 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 23 29 30 31

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

15 degrees

Passover

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 10 1 2 3 4 11 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 13 20 21 22 23 24 25 14 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 6 13 20 27

12.5 degrees

Pentecost

Trumpets

Atonement

SAB 4 11 18 25

SAB 3 10 17 24

SAB 3 10 17 24 31

18 degrees Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF MARCH 09, 2016

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of March 09, 2016 @ 9.5 degrees sunset of August 04, 2016 @ 13.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

March 22, 2016 to sunset March 23, 2016

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

on sunset of April 08, 2016 @ 15 degrees sunset of September 03, 2016 @ 19.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of May 07, 2016 @ 9 degrees

sunset of October 02, 2016 @ 13 degrees

Start on sunset of March 23, 2016 until sunset of March 30, 2016

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY Start on sunset of March 26, 2016 until sunset of March 27, 2016

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 06, 2016 @ 14.5 degrees

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 06, 2010 @ 20 degrees sunset of November 01, 2010 @ 18.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

Start on sunset of May 14, 2016 until sunset of May 15, 2016 TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of

sunset of November 30, 2016 @ 12.5 degrees

Sept. 03 to sunset of Sept. 04, 2016

March 23, 2016 Passover day Mar.24-Mar.30, 2016 Feast of U-Bread April 27, 2016 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

May 15, 2016 Pentecost Day September 04, 2016 Feast of Trumpets

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of December 30, 2016 @18 degrees

New Moon on the Previous Year

ATONEMENT DAY Start on sunset of Sept. 12 until sunset of

September 13, 2016 Atonement Day

Sept. 13, 2016 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 10, 2016 @ 10.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 09, 2016 @ 16 degrees

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start on sunset of Sept. 17 until sunset of Sept.24, 2016 LAST GREAT DAY Start on sunset of

by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Sept. 24 until sunset of Sept. 25, 2016

September 18-24, 2016 Feast of Tabernacles September 25, 2016 Last Great Day

LGD


SECTION II


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

4. AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE

PRIESTS FOREVER

Book of the Law by Moses Ezra a Levites who is in the lineage of Aaron is the ONLY AUTHORIZED to handle the Book of the Law by Moses, it was instructed in the books of 2Samuel 6:6-7, Deuteronomy 10:8, 31:26.

Deuteronomy 10:8 At that time Yahweh separated the tribe of Levi, to bear the ark of the covenant of Yahweh, to stand before Yahweh to minister unto him, and to bless in his name, unto this day. Deuteronomy 31:26 Take this book of the law, and put it in the side of the ark of the covenant of Yahweh your Mighty One, that it may be there for a witness against thee. 2Samuel 6:6 And when they came to Nachon's threshingfloor, Uzzah put forth his hand to the ark of Yahweh, and took hold of it; for the oxen shook it. 2Samuel 6:7 And the anger of Yahweh was kindled against Uzzah; and Yahweh smote him there for his error; and there he died by the ark of Yahweh. According to the Tanakh, Uzzah (fl. 1010 BC) was an Israelite whose death is associated with touching the Ark of the Covenant. He was the son of Abinadab. Abinadab is the second of the eight sons of Jesse. Jesse the father of King David.

King Jeroboam of Israel replaced the Legitimate-Levites Priests with Ordinary Israeli who is Non-Levites Illegitimate Priests 1Kings 12:31 And he made an house of high places, and made priests of the lowest of the people, which were not of the sons of Levi. 1Kings 12:32 And Jeroboam ordained a feast in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month, like unto the feast that is in Judah, and he offered upon the altar. So did he in Bethel, sacrificing unto the calves that he had made: and he placed in Bethel the priests of the high places which he had made. 1Kings 13:33 After this thing Jeroboam returned not from his evil way, but made again of the lowest of the people priests of the high places: whosoever would, he consecrated him, and he became one of the priests of the high places. 1Kings 13:34 And this thing became sin unto the house of Jeroboam, even to cut it off, and to destroy it from off the face of the earth.

1


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

2Chronicles 11:13 And the priests and the Levites that were in all Israel resorted to him out of all their coasts. 2Chronicles 11:14 For the Levites left their suburbs and their possession, and came to Judah and Jerusalem: for Jeroboam and his sons had cast them off from executing the priest's office unto Yahweh: 2Chronicles 11:15 And he ordained him priests for the high places, and for the devils, and for the calves which he had made. 2Chronicles 11:16 And after them out of all the tribes of Israel such as set their hearts to seek Yahweh the Mighty One of Israel came to Jerusalem, to sacrifice unto Yahweh the Mighty One of their fathers. 2Chronicles 11:17 So they strengthened the kingdom of Judah, and made Rehoboam the son of Solomon strong, three years: for three (3) years they walked in the way of David and Solomon.

Five (5) Nations replaced Israeli in Israel land 2Kings 17:23 Until Yahweh removed Israel out of his sight, as he had said by all his servants the prophets. So was Israel carried away out of their own land to Assyria unto this day.

2Kings 17:24 And the king of Assyria brought men from Babylon, and from Cuthah, and from Ava, and from Hamath, and from Sepharvaim, and placed them in the cities of Samaria instead of the children of Israel: and they possessed Samaria, and dwelt in the cities thereof. 2Kings 17:25 And so it was at the beginning of their dwelling there, that they feared not Yahweh: therefore Yahweh sent lions among them, which slew some of them. 2Kings 17:26 Wherefore they spake to the king of Assyria, saying, The nations which thou hast removed, and placed in the cities of Samaria, know not the manner of the Elohim of the land: therefore he hath sent lions among them, and, behold, they slay them, because they know not the manner of the Elohim of the land. (The people from Five (5) Nations that replaced Israeli from the land are believers of Elohim)

Illegitimate Priest Returned Only One Illegitimate Priest (Israeli who is Non-Levites) Returned to the City of Samaria 2


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

2Kings 17:27 Then the king of Assyria commanded, saying, Carry thither one of the priests whom ye brought from thence; and let them go and dwell there, and let him teach them the manner of the Elohim of the land. 2Kings 17:28 Then one of the priests whom they had carried away from Samaria came and dwelt in Bethel, and taught them how they should fear Yahweh.

The Only One Illegitimate Priest that Returned Ordained Non Israeli to become Priests Non-Israeli Priest from Five (5) Nations become Priest of Israel 2Kings 17:29 Howbeit every nation made elohim of their own, and put them in the houses of the high places which the Samaritans had made, every nation in their cities wherein they dwelt.

Illegitimate Non Levites Priests and Illegitimate Non-Israeli Priests Genealogy was Not Found Nehemiah 7:64 These sought their register among those that were reckoned by genealogy, but it was not found: therefore were they, as polluted, put from the priesthood.

Wellhausen Hypothesis or Graf-Wellhausen In 1876/77 Julius Wellhausen published Die Composition des Hexateuch ("The Composition of the Hexateuch", i.e. the Pentateuch plus the book of Joshua), in which he set out the four-source hypothesis of Pentateuchal origins; this was followed in 1878 by Prolegomena zur Geschichte Israels ("Prolegomena to the History of Israel"), a work which traced the development of the religion of the ancient Israelites from an entirely secular, non-supernatural standpoint. Wellhausen contributed little that was new, but sifted and combined the previous century of scholarship into a coherent, comprehensive theory on the origins of the Torah and of Judaism, one so persuasive that it dominated scholarly debate on the subject for the next hundred years.[2] Distinguishing the sources Wellhausen's criteria for distinguishing between sources were those developed by his predecessors over the previous century: style (including but not exclusively the choice of vocabulary); divine names; doublets and occasionally triplets. J was identified with a rich narrative style, E was somewhat less eloquent, P's language was dry and legalistic. Vocabulary items such as the names of God, or the use of Horeb (E and D) or Sinai (J and P) for God's mountain; ritual objects such as the ark, mentioned frequently in J but never in E; the status of judges (never mentioned in P) and prophets (mentioned only in E and D); the means of communication between God and humanity (J's God meets in person with Adam and Abraham, E's God communicates through dreams, P's can only be approached through the priesthood): all these and more formed the toolkit for discriminating between sources and allocating verses to them. [10]

3


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

Dating the sources Wellhausen's starting point for dating the sources was the event described in 2 Kings 22:8–20: a "scroll of Torah" (which can be translated "instruction" or "law") is discovered in the Temple in Jerusalem by the High Priest Hilkiah in the eighteenth year of king Josiah, who had ascended the throne as a child of eight. What Josiah reads there causes him to embark on a campaign of religious reform, destroying all altars except that in the Temple, prohibiting all sacrifice except at the Temple, and insisting on the exclusive worship of Yahweh. In the 4th century Jerome had speculated that the scroll may have been Deuteronomy; de Wette in 1805 suggested that it might have been only the law-code at Deuteronomy 12-26 that Hilkiah found, and that he might have written it himself, alone or in collaboration with Josiah. The Deuteronomistic historian certainly held Josiah in high regard: 1 Kings 13 names him as one who will be sent by Yahweh to slaughter the apostate priests of Beth-el, in a prophecy allegedly made 300 years before his birth. [11] With D anchored in history, Wellhausen proceeded to place the remaining sources around it. He accepted Karl Heinrich Graf's conclusion that the sources were written in the order J-E-D-P. This was contrary to the general opinion of scholars at the time, who saw P as the earliest of the sources, "the official guide to approved divine worship", and Wellhausen's sustained argument for a late P was the great innovation of the Prolegomena.[12] J and E he ascribed to the early monarchy, approximately 950 BCE for J and 850 BCE for E; P he placed in the early Persian post-Exilic period, around 500 BCE. His argument for these dates was based on what was seen in his day as the natural evolution of religious practice: in the pre-and early monarchic society described in Genesis and Judges and Samuel, altars were erected wherever the Patriarchs or heroes such as Joshua chose, anyone could offer the sacrifice, and portions were offered to priests as the one offering the sacrifice chose; by the late monarchy sacrifice was beginning to be centralized and controlled by the priesthood, while pan-Israelite festivals such as Passover were instituted to tie the people to the monarch in a joint celebration of national history; in post-Exilic times the temple in Jerusalem was firmly established as the only sanctuary, only the descendants of Aaron could offer sacrifices, festivals were linked to the calendar instead of to the seasons, and the schedule of priestly entitlements was strictly mandated. [13] The four were combined by a series of Redactors (editors), first J with E to form a combined JE, then JE with D to form a JED text, and finally JED with P to form JEDP, the final Torah. Taking up a scholarly tradition stretching back to Spinoza and Hobbes, Wellhausen named Ezra, the post-Exilic leader who re-established the Jewish community in Jerusalem at the behest of the Persian emperor Artaxerxes I in 458 BCE, as the final redactor.

The documentary hypothesis (DH) (sometimes called the Wellhausen hypothesis, after Julius Wellhausen, though he did not invent it), holds that the Pentateuch (the Torah, or the Five Books of Moses) was derived from originally independent, parallel and complete narratives, which were subsequently combined into the current form by a series of redactors (editors). The number of these is usually set at four distinct schools, but this is not an essential part of the hypothesis. In an attempt to reconcile inconsistencies in the biblical text, and refusing to accept forced explanations to harmonize them, 18th and 19th century biblical scholars using source criticism eventually arrived at the theory that the Torah was composed of selections woven together from several, at times inconsistent, sources, each originally a complete and independent document. The hypothesis developed slowly over the course of the 19th century, by the end of which it was generally agreed that there were four main sources, combined into their final form by a series of redactors, R. These four sources came to be known as the Yahwist, or Jahwist, J (J being the German equivalent of the English letter Y); the Elohist, E; the Deuteronomist, D, (the name comes from the Book of Deuteronomy, D's contribution to the Torah); and the Priestly Writer, P. Julius Wellhausen's contribution was to order these sources chronologically as JEDP, giving them a coherent setting in the evolving religious history of Israel, which he saw as one of ever-increasing priestly power. Wellhausen's formulation was:

    

the Jahwist source ( J ) : written c. 950 BCE in the southern Kingdom of Judah. the Elohist source ( E ) : written c. 850 BCE in the northern Kingdom of Israel. the Deuteronomist ( D ) : written c. 600 BCE in Jerusalem during a period of religious reform. the Priestly source ( P ) : written c. 500 BCE by Aaronic priests in exile in Babylon. The Torah redactors: first JE, then JED, and finally JEDP, producing the final form of the Torah c.450 BCE.

4


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

The hypothesis dominated biblical scholarship for much of the 20th century, and, although increasingly challenged by other models in the last part of the 20th century, its terminology and insights continue to provide the framework for modern theories on the origins of the Torah.

The Texts of Israeli Priests But Illegitimate Non-Levite Priests and Illegitimate Non- Israeli Priests compiled with Texts of Legitimate Priests

The J –Text (Yahweh Text) and E-Text (Elohim Text) The discoveries that they all made ultimately came down to the combination of two pieces of evidence: doublets and the names of Almighty. They saw that there were apparently two versions each of a large number of biblical stories: two accounts of the creation, two accounts of each of several stories about the patriarchs Abraham and Yahshear (Jacob), and so on. Then it was noticed that, quite often, one of the two versions of a story would refer to Almighty one name and the other version would refer to Almighty by a different name. In the case of the creation, for example, the first chapter of the Bible tells one version of how the world came to be created, and the second chapter of the Bible starts over with a different version of what happened In many ways they duplicate each other, and on several points they contradict each other. For example, they describe the same events in different order. In the first version, Elohim creates plants first, then animals, then man and woman. In the second version, Yahweh creates man first. Then he creates plants. Then, so that the man should not be alone, Yahweh creates animals. And last, after the man does not find a satisfactory mate among the animals, Yahweh creates woman. And so we have: 1

Elohim Text Genesis 1 Plants animals man & woman

Yahweh Text Genesis 2 man plants animals woman

The two stories have two different pictures of what happened. Now, noticed that the first version of the creation story always refers to the creator as Elohim—thirty-five times. The second version always refers to him by his name, Yahweh —eleven times. The first version never calls him Yahweh; the second version never calls him Elohim. Later comes the story of the great flood and Noah's ark, and it, too, can be separated into two complete versions that sometimes duplicate each other and sometimes contradict each other And, again, one version always calls the Almighty as Elohim, and the other version always calls him Yahweh. There are two versions of the story of the covenant between the Almighty and Abraham And, once again, in one the Almighty introduces himself as Yahweh, and in one he introduces himself as Elohim. And so on. The investigations saw that they were not simply dealing with a book that repeated itself a great deal, and they were not dealing with a loose collection of somewhat similar stories. It was discovered to have two separate works that someone had cut up and combined into one. 2

1

The group of biblical stories that referred to the Almighty as Elohim "E," because the borrowed Hebrew word from Aramaic and Egyptian word for designation for Almighty is El or Elohim. El is the diety of Egyptians.

(The word El was found at the top of a list of gods as the Ancient of Gods or the Father of all Gods, in the ruins of the Royal Library 5


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

of the Ebla civilization, in the archaeological site of Tell

Mardikh in Syria dated to 2300 BC.). The other group of stories that referred to the deity as Yahweh "J" (which in German is pronounced like English ‘Y’). The idea that the Bible's early history was a combination of two originally separate works by two different people. Practically before anyone had a chance to consider the implications of this idea for the Bible and religion, it was discovered that the first five books of the Bible were not, in fact, even by two writers—but they were by (4) four. It was discovered that E was not one but two sources. The two had looked like only one because they both called the Almighty as Elohim, not Yahweh. But the investigations now noticed that within the group of stories that called the Almighty as Elohim there were still doublets. There were also differences of style, differences of language, and differences of interests. In short, the same kinds of evidence that had led to the discovery of J and E now led to the discovery of a third source that had been hidden within E. The differences of interests were intriguing. This third set of stories seemed to be particularly interested in priests. It contained stories about priests, laws about priests, matters of ritual, sacrifice, incense-burning, and purity, and concern with dates, numbers, and measurements. This source therefore came to be known as the Priestly source—for short, P. The sources J, E, and P were found to flow through the first four of the five Books of Moses: Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, and Numbers. However, there was hardly a trace of them in the fifth book, Deuteronomy, except for a few lines in the last chapters. Deuteronomy is written in an entirely different style from those of the other four books. The differences are obvious even in translation. The vocabulary is different. There are different recurring expressions and favorite phrases. There are doublets of whole sections of the first four books. There are blatant contradictions of detail between it and the others. Even part of the wording of the Ten Commandments is different. Deuteronomy appeared to be independent, a fourth source. It was called D. The discovery that the Torah of Moses was really four works that had once been separate was not necessarily a crisis in itself. After all, the New Testament also began with four Gospels—Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John—each of which told the story in its own way. Why then was there such a hostile reaction, among Christians and Jews, to the idea that the Old Testament (or Hebrew Bible) might begin with four "gospels" as well? The difference was that the Hebrew Bible's four sources had been combined so intricately and accepted as Moses' own writing for so long, about two thousand years; the new discoveries were flying in the face of an old, accepted, sacred tradition. The biblical investigations were unraveling a finely woven garment, and no one knew where these new investigations would lead.

The Story of Noah—Twice These first books of the Bible had as extraordinary a manner of composition as any book on earth. Imagine assigning four different people to write a book on the same subject, then taking their four different versions and cutting them up and combining them into one long, continuous account, then claiming that the account was all by one person. Then imagine giving the book to detectives and leaving them to figure out (1) that the book was not by one person, (2) that it was by four, (3) who the four were, and (4) who combined them. For those readers who want to get a better sense of how this tooks, It was translated the biblical story of Noah's ark, as it appears in Genesis, with its two sources printed in two different kinds of type. The flood story is a combination of the J source and the P source. J is printed here in regular type, and P is printed in boldface capitals. If you read either source from beginning to end, and then go back and read the other one, you will be able to see for yourself two complete, continuous accounts, each with its own vocabulary and concerns:

The Flood—Genesis 6:5-8:22 (P- Text-Priestly text in BOLDFACE CAPITALS, J- Text-Yahweh text in regular type) GENESIS 6:

5 And Yahweh saw that the evil of humans was great in the earth, and all the inclination of the thoughts of their heart was only evil all the day. 6 And Yahweh regretted that he had made humans in the earth, and he was grieved to his heart.

6


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

7 And Yahweh said, " I shall wipe out the humans which I have created from the face of the earth, from human to beast to creeping thing to bird of the heavens, for I regret that I have made them." 8 But Noah found favor in Yahweh's eyes. 9 THESE ARE T H E GENERATIONS OF N O A H : N O A H WAS A RIGHTEOUS MAN, PERFECT I N HIS GENERATIONS. N O A H WALKED W I TH GOD. 10 AND N O A H SIRED THREE SONS: SHEM, H A M , A N D JAFHETH. 11 AND THE EARTH WAS CORRUPTED BEFORE GOD, A N D THE EARTH WAS FILLED W I T H VIOLENCE. 12 AND G O D SAW T H E EARTH, A N D HERE I T WAS CORRUPTED, FOR ALL FLESH H A D CORRUPTED ITS WAY O N T H E EARTH. 13 AND G O D SAID T O N O A H , " T H E END OF ALL FLESH HAS COME BEFORE ME, FOR THE EARTH IS FILLED W I T H VIOLENCE BECAUSE OF THEM, A N D HERE I A M GOING T O DESTROY T H EM W I T H THE EARTH. 14 MAKE YOURSELF A N ARK OF GOPHER WOOD, MAKE ROOMS W I TH THE ARK, A N D PITCH I T OUTSIDE A N D INSIDE W I T H PITCH. 15 AND THIS IS HOW YOU SHALL MAKE I T : THREE HUNDRED CUBITS THE LENGTH OF THE ARK, FIFTY CUBITS ITS WIDTH, AND THIRTY CUBITS ITS HEIGHT. 16 YOU SHALL MAKE A WINDOW FOR THE ARK, A N D YOU SHALL FINISH I T TO A CUBIT FROM T H E TOP, A N D YOU SHALL MAKE A N ENTRANCE TO THE ARK I N ITS SIDE. Y O U SHALL MAKE LOWER, SECOND, A N D THIRD STORIES FOR IT. 17 AND HERE I A M BRINGING THE FLOOD, WATER OVER THE EARTH, T O DESTROY ALL FLESH I N WHICH IS THE BREATH OF LIFE FROM UNDER THE HEAVENS. EVERYTHING WHICH IS O N THE L A ND WILL DIE. 18 AND I SHALL ESTABLISH MY COVENANT W I T H YOU. A N D YOU SHALL COME TO THE ARK, YOU A N D YOUR SONS AND YOUR WIFE A N D YOUR SONS' WIVES W I T H YOU. 19 AND OF A L L THE LIVING, OF ALL FLESH, YOU SHALL BRING TWO TO THE ARK T O KEEP ALIVE W I T H YOU, THEY SHALL BE MALE A ND FEMALE. 20 OF THE BIRDS ACCORDING TO THEIR KIND, A N D OF THE BEASTS ACCORDING T O THEIR KIND, A N D OF ALL THE CREEPING THINGS OF THE EARTH ACCORDING T O THEIR KIND, TWO OF EACH WILL COME TO YOU T O KEEP ALIVE. 21 AND YOU, TAKE FOR YOURSELF OF ALL FOOD WHICH WILL BE EATEN A N D GATHER I T TO YOU, A N D I T WILL BE FOR YOU A N D FOR THEM FOR FOOD." 22 AND N O A H D I D ACCORDING TO ALL T H A T G O D COMMANDED HIM—SO H E D I D .

GENESIS 7:

1 And Yahweh said to Noah, "Come, you and all your household, to the ark, for 1 have seen you as righteous before me in this generation. 2 Of all the clean beasts, take yourself seven pairs, man and his woman; and of the beasts which are not clean, two, man and his woman. 3 Also of the birds of the heavens seven pairs, male and female, to keep alive seed on the face of the earth. 4 For in seven more days I shall rain on the earth forty days and forty nights, and I shall wipe out all the substance that I have made from upon the face of the earth." 5 And Noah did according to all that Yahweh had commanded him.

7


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

6 AND N O A H WAS SIX HUNDRED YEARS OLD, A N D T H E FLOOD WAS ON THE EARTH.

7 And Noah and his sons and his wife and his sons' wives with him came to the ark from before the waters of the flood. 8 OF THE CLEAN BEASTS A N D OF THE BEASTS WHICH WERE NOT CLEAN, A N D OF THE BIRDS A N D OF ALL THOSE WHICH CREEP UPON THE EARTH, 9 TWO OF EACH CAME TO N O A H T O THE ARK, MALE A N D FEMALE, AS G O D HAD COMMANDED N O A H .

10 And seven days later the waters of the flood were on the earth. 11 I N T H E SIX HUNDREDTH YEAR OF NOAH'S LIFE, I N T H E SECOND MONTH, I N THE SEVENTEENTH DAY OF THE MONTH, O N THIS DAY ALL T H E FOUNTAINS OF T H E GREAT DEEP WERE BROKEN UP, A N D T HE WINDOWS OF T H E HEAVENS WERE OPENED.

12 And there was rain on the earth, forty days and forty nights. 13 I N THIS VERY DAY, N O A H A N D SHEM, H A M , A N D JAPHETH, THE SONS OF N O A H , A N D NOAH'S WIFE A N D HIS S SONS* THREE WIVES W I T H THEM CAME TO T H E ARK, 14 THEY AND ALL THE LIVING THINGS ACCORDING TO THEIR KIND, A N D ALL THE BEASTS ACCORDING T O THEIR KIND, A N D ALL THE CREEPING THINGS THAT CREEP O N THE EARTH ACCORDING TO THEIR KIND, A N D ALL THE BIRDS ACCORDING TO THEIR KIND, A N D EVERY WINGED BIRD. 15 AND THEY CAME TO N O A H TO THE ARK, TWO OF EACH, OF ALL FLESH I N W H I C H IS T H E BREATH OF LIFE. 16 AND THOSE WHICH CAME WERE MALE A N D FEMALE, SOME OF ALL FLESH CAME, AS GOD HAD COMMANDED H I M .

And Yahweh closed it for him. 17 And the flood was on the earth for forty days and forty nights, and the waters multiplied and raised the ark, and it was lifted from the earth. 18 And the waters grew strong and multiplied greatly on the earth, and the ark went on the surface of the waters. 19 And the waters grew very very strong on the earth, and they covered all the high mountains that are under all the heavens. 20 Fifteen cubits above, the waters grew stronger, and they covered the mountains. 21 AND ALL FLESH, THOSE THAT CREEP ON THE EARTH, THE BIRDS, THE BEASTS, A N D THE WILD ANIMALS, A N D A L L THE SWARM' I N G THINGS THAT SWARM O N THE EARTH, A N D ALL THE HUMANS EXPIRED.

22 Everything that had the breathing spirit of life in its nostrils, everything that was on the dry ground, died. 23 And he wiped out all the substance that was on the face of the earth, from human to beast, to creeping thing, and to bird of the heavens, and they were wiped out from the earth, and only Noah and those who were with him in the ark were left. 24 A N D T H E WATERS GREW STRONG O N THE EARTH A HUNDRED FIFTY DAYS.

GENESIS 8: 1 AND G O D REMEMBERED N O A H A N D ALL T H E LIVING, A N D ALL THE BEASTS T H A T WERE W I T H H I M I N T H E ARK, A N D G O D PASSED A WIND OVER THE EARTH, A N D T H E WATERS WERE DECREASED. 2 A N D T H E FOUNTAINS OF THE DEEP A N D T H E WINDOWS OF THE HEAVENS WERE SHUT, and the rain was

restrained from the heavens.

3 And the waters receded from the earth continually, A N D T HE WATERS WERE ABATED A T THE END OF A HUNDRED FIFTY DAYS.

8


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

4 A N D THE ARK RESTED, I N T H E SEVENTH MONTH, I N THE SEVENTEENTH DAY OF T H E MONTH, O N T H E MOUNTAINS OF ARARAT. 5 A N D THE WATERS CONTINUED RECEDING UNTIL THE TENTH MONTH; I N T H E TENTH MONTH, O N THE FIRST OF THE MONTH, THE TOPS OF T H E MOUNTAINS APPEARED.

6 And it was at the end of forty days, and Noah opened the window of the ark which he had made. 7 AND HE SENT OUT A RAVEN, A N D I T WENT BACK A N D FORTH UNTIL THE WATERS DRIED U P FROM THE EARTH.

8 And he sent out a dove from him to see whether the waters had eased from the face of the earth. 9 And the dove did not find a resting place for its foot, and it returned to him to the ark, for waters were on the face of the earth, and he put out his hand and took it and brought it to him to the ark. 10 And he waited seven more days, and he again sent out a dove from the ark. 11 And the dove came to him at evening time, and here was an olive leaf torn off in its mouth, and Noah knew that the waters had eased from the earth. 12 And he waited seven more days, and he sent out a dove, and it did not return to him ever again. 13 AND I T WAS I N THE SIX HUNDRED AND FIRST YEAR, I N THE FIRST MONTH, O N THE FIRST OF THE MONTH, THE WATERS DRIED FROM THE EARTH. And Noah turned back the covering of the ark and looked, and here the face of the earth had dried. 14 AND I N THE SECOND MONTH, O N THE TWENTY-SEVENTH DAY OF T H E MONTH, T H E EARTH DRIED UP. 15 AND GOD SPOKE TO N O A H , SAYING, 16 "GO OUT FROM THE ARK, YOU A N D YOUR WIFE A N D YOUR SONS' WIVES W I T H YOU. 17 ALL THE L I V I N G THINGS THAT ARE W I T H YOU, OF ALL FLESH, OF THE BIRDS, A N D OF THE BEASTS, A N D OF ALL THE CREEPING THINGS THAT CREEP ON THE EARTH, THAT GO OUT W I T H YOU, SHALL SWARM I N THE EARTH A N D BE FRUITFUL A N D MULTIPLY I N THE EARTH." 18 AND N O A H A N D HIS SONS A N D HIS WIFE A N D HIS SONS' WIVES WENT OUT. 19 ALL THE L I V I N G THINGS, ALL THE CREEPING THINGS A N D ALL THE BIRDS, ALL T H A T CREEP O N THE EARTH, BY THEIR FAMILIES, THEY WENT O U T OF THE ARK.

20 And Noah built an altar to Yahweh, and he took some of each of the clean beasts and of each of the clean birds, and he offered sacrifices on the altar. 21 And Yahweh smelled the pleasant smell, and Yahweh said to his heart, " I shall not again curse the ground on man's account, for the inclination of the human heart is evil from their youth, and I shall not again strike all the living as I have done. 22 All the rest of the days of the earth, seed and harvest, and cold and heat, and summer and winter, and day and night shall not cease."

P Text-Priestly text and J Text-Yahweh text Each in Its Own Words The very fact that it is possible to separate out two continuous stories like this is remarkable itself, and it is strong evidence for the hypothesis. One need only try to do the same thing with any other book to see how impressive this phenomenon is. But it is not only that it is possible to carve out two stories. What makes the case so powerful is that each story consistently uses its own language. The P story (the one in boldface)

9


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

consistently refers to the deity as Elohim. The J story always uses the name Yahweh. P refers to the sex of the animals with the words "male and female" (Gen 6:19; 7:9,16). J uses the terms "man and his woman" (7:2) as well as male and female. P says that everything "expired" (6:17; 7:21). J says that everything "died" (7:22). The two versions do not just differ on terminology. They differ on actual details of the story. P has one pair of each kind of animal. J has seven pairs of clean animals and one pair of unclean animals. ("Clean" means fit for sacrifice. Sheep are clean; swine or pigs are unclean.) P pictures the flood as lasting a year (370 days). J says it was forty days and forty nights. P has Noah send out a raven. J says a dove. P obviously has a concern for ages, dates, and measurements in cubits. J does not. Probably the most remarkable difference of all between the two is their different ways of picturing the Almighty. It is not just that they call the Almighty by different names. J pictures the Almighty is called Yahweh who can regret things that he has done (6:6,7), which raises interesting theological questions, such as whether an all-powerful, all-knowing being would ever regret past actions. It pictures an Almighty who can be "grieved to his heart" (6:6), who personally closes the ark (7:16) and smells Noah's sacrifice (8:21). This anthropomorphic quality of J- text is virtually entirely lacking in P. In P- text there Almighty is called Elohim regarded more as a transcendent controller of the universe. The two flood stories are separable and complete. Each has its own language, its own details, and even its own conception of Almighty. And even that is not the whole picture. The J flood story's language, details, and conception of Almighty are consistent with the language, details, and conception of Almighty in other J stories. The P flood story is consistent with other P stories. And so on. The investigation found each of the sources to be a consistent collection of stories, poems, and laws.

The Doorstep The discovery that there were four separate, internally consistent documents we can call as the Documentary Hypothesis. The process was also called "Higher Critical Research." It had taken centuries of collecting clues to arrive at this stage which one could regard as fairly advanced or really quite minimal, depending on one's point of view. On the one hand, for centuries no one could easily challenge the accepted tradition that Moses was the author of the Five Books, and now people of acknowledged piety could say and write openly that he was not. They were able to identify at least four hands writing in the first five books of the Bible. Also, there was the hand of an extremely skillful collector known as a redactor, someone who was capable of combining and organizing these separate documents into a single work that was united enough to be readable as a continuous narrative. On the other hand, what these investigation of biblical origins had arrived at was only the doorstep. They were able to see that a puzzle existed, and they were able to begin to get an idea of how complex the puzzle was going to be. True, we could identify four documents and a redactor, but who wrote those documents? When did they live? What was their purpose? Did they know each other's work? Did any of them know that they were writing a Bible, a work to be held as sacred and authoritative? And the mysterious redactor: was it one person, or were there several? Who were they? Why did they combine the documents in this complex way? 4

Two Countries, Two Writers The first two sources, J and E, were written by two persons who lived during that period. They were tied to the life of that period, its major events, its politics, its religion, and its catastrophes. In this I intend to demonstrate this and to identify the persons who wrote them. First, the author of J came from Yahuwdah (Judah) and the author of E came from Yisrawale (Israel). A number of biblical scholars have suggested this, but what is new here is that I mean to present a stronger collection of evidence for this than has been made known before, I mean to be more specific about who the two writers were, and I mean to show more specifically how the biblical stories actually related to these two men and to the events of their world. The mere fact that different stories in the first books of the Bible call the Almighty by different names of course proves nothing in itself. Someone could write about the President of the Philippines and sometimes call her GMA and sometimes call her Ate Glo . But, as I have said, there was something more suspicious about the way the different names of the deity lined up in the first few books of the Bible. The two different names, Yahweh and Elohim, seemed to line up consistently in each of the two versions of the same stories in the doublets. If we separate the Elohim (E) stories from the Yahweh (J) stories, we get a consistent series of clues that the E stories were written by someone concerned with Yisrawale (Israel) and the J stories by someone concerned with Yahuwdah (Judah).

10


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

J Text from Yahuwdah (Judah), E text from Yisrawale (Israel) First, there is the matter of the settings of the stories. In Genesis, in stories that call Yahweh, the patriarch Abraham lives in Hebron. Hebron was the principal city of Yahuwdah (Judah), the capital of Yahuwdah under King David, the city from which David's Judean chief priest, Zadok, came. In the covenant that Yahweh makes with Abraham, he promises that Abraham's descendants will have the land "from the river of (Mashry) Egypt to the . . . river Euphrates." These were the nation's boundaries under King David, the founder of Yahuwdah's royal family. 7

But in a story that calls Elohim, Abraham's grandson Jacob has a face-to-face fight with someone who turns out to be Mighty One (Elohim) (or perhaps an angel), and Jacob names the place where it happens Peni-El (which means "Face-of-El"). Peni-El was a city that King Jeroboam built in Israel. Both sources, J and E, tell stories about the city of Beth-El, and both kingdoms, Judah and Israel, made political claims on Beth-El, which was on the border between them. Both sources, J and E, tell stories about the city of Shechem, which Jeroboam built and made the capital of Israel. But the two stories are very different. According to the J story, a man named Shechem, who is the original prince of that city, loves Jacob's daughter Dinah and sleeps with her. He then asks for her hand in marriage. Jacob's sons reply that they could not contemplate this or any intermarriage with the people of Shechem because the Shechemites are not circumcised and the sons of Jacob are. The prince of Shechem and his father Hamor therefore persuade all the men of Shechem to undergo circumcision. While the men are immobile from the pain of the surgery, two of Jacob's sons, Simeon and Levi, enter the city, kill all of the men, and take back their sister Dinah. Their father Jacob criticizes them for doing this, but they answer, "Should he treat our sister like a whore?" And that is the end of the story. This J story of how Israel acquired its capital city is not a very pleasant one. The E story, meanwhile, tells it this way: And [Jacob] bought the portion of the field where he pitched his tent from the hand of the sons of Hamor, father of Shechem, for a hundred qesita. How did Israel acquire Shechem? The E author says they bought it. The J author says they massacred it . 9

1 0

11

The Origins of the Tribes In the stories of the birth of Jacob's sons and grandsons—each of whom becomes the ancestor of a tribe— there is usually a reference to the deity as they name the child. The group of stories that invoke Elohim are the stories of:

Dan Naphtali Gad Asher Issachar Zebulon Ephraim Manasseh Benjamin1 2

In short, the Elohim group includes the names of all of the tribes of Israel

13

The group of stories that invoke the name of Yahweh are the stories of: Reuben Simeon Levi Judah The first three of the four names on this list are the names of tribes who lost their territory and merged into the other tribes. The only name of a tribe with existing territory in the Yahweh narrative is Yahuwdah. 1

11


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

The J story goes even further to justify the ascendancy of Yahuwdah. According to the story, Reuben is the firstborn son, Simeon is the second, Levi the third, and Judah the fourth. In the ancient Near East, birth order was extremely important, because the firstborn son was entitled to the birthright, which meant the largest portion of the father's inheritance (generally double the other brothers' inheritances). We should therefore have expected Reuben, the oldest son, to have the birthright. But there is a story that reports that Reuben sleeps with one of his father's concubines, and his father finds out. The next two sons in line for the birthright would be Simeon and Levi. But in the J Shechem story they are the ones who massacre the city and are criticized by their father. And so, in J, the birthright comes to the fourth son: Judah! In Jacob's poetic deathbed blessing of his sons, here is what he says about Reuben: Reuben, you are my firstborn, My strength and the beginning of my power, Preeminent in dignity and preeminent of might. Unstable as water, you shall not be preeminent Because you went up to your father's bed.

15

And here is what he says about Simeon and Levi: Simeon and Levi are brothers, Implements of destruction are their tools of trade. . . . In their anger the} killed a man, And by their will they houghed a bull. Cursed is therr anger, for it is fierce, And their wrath, for it is harsh. I shall divide them in Jacob, And I shall scatter them in Israel 6

But he says about Yahuwdah: Yahuwdah, you are the one your brothers will praise. .. Your father's sons will bow down to you.

17

Yahuwdah gets the birthright in J Who gets it in E? In the E version of Jacob's deathbed scene, Jacob bequeathes the double portion to Joseph, announcing that each of Joseph's two sons, Ephraim and Manasseh, will receive a full portion, equivalent to the portions of Reuben, Simeon, and the others. Why did the author of E favor Joseph and his sons? The answer lies in one more detail of E's story. When Jacob is giving his deathbed blessing to Joseph and his sons, Joseph sets his sons in front of Jacob in such a way that Jacob will put his right hand on the head of Manasseh, the older son. The right hand is the sign of preeminence. But Jacob crosses his arms, so his right hand is on Ephraim's head. Joseph protests the reversal, but Jacob insists that Ephraim will become greater. What is it about Ephraim? Why does the author of E develop the hierarchy to culminate not in any of Jacob's sons, but in one of his grandsons who is not even a firstborn? Was there anything historically significant about the tribe of Ephraim in the writer's age? Answer: Ephraim was King Jeroboam's tribe. Jeroboam's capital city, Shechem, was located in the hills of Ephraim. Ephraim, in fact, was used as another name for the kingdom of Israel 18

19

0

Evidence from the Stories The J stories fit the cities and territory of Yahuwdah. The E stories fit the cities and territory of Israel. I found that other details of the stories consistently fit this picture as well: Both J and E have versions of the story of Joseph. In both, Joseph's brothers are jealous of him and plan to kill him, but one of the brothers saves him. In E it is Reuben, the oldest, who saves him. But in J it is Yahuwdah who saves him. The E story of Jacob's deathbed testament has a play in words in the Hebrew. In creating portions for Ephraim and Manasseh, Jacob tells Joseph, " I have given you one portion more than your brothers." The Hebrew word that is translated here as "portion" is sekem, or as we pronounce it in English, Shechem. Telling the father of Ephraim that he is getting an extra Shechem. 2 1

2 2

23

The J stories meanwhile seem to be punning on the name of the first king of Yahuwdah after the division: Rehoboam. The Hebrew root of the name Rehoboam (r-h-b) occurs six times in the J stories, usually suggesting, as does the king's name, the expanse of the country. The root never occurs in E. According to an E story, Joseph makes a deathbed request in Egypt that someday his bones should be carried back to his homeland for burial. At the end of the E story of the Exodus from Egypt, the Israelites do carry his bones back with them. * This concern for the burial of Joseph only occurs in E. Where was the traditional location of the tomb of Joseph? In Shechem, capital of Israel. Both J and E have stories of the enslavement of the people in Egypt. The J source usually refers to the Egyptians who oversee the slaves as "taskmasters," but in a passage that appears to be E they are called "officers of misstm. " Recall that missim was the term for King Solomon's forced-labor policy, a policy that was one of the main reasons for the secession of the northern tribes of Israel. 24

25

2

27

28

12


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

The E wording appears to be an insult to Yahuwdah and its royal family. The insult may be a double one, because the most prominent of Solomon's wives was the daughter of the pharaoh of that period. The book of 1 Kings lists her first among his wives. Such a marriage would have been a notable one, further, because the kings of Egypt disdained marrying their daughters to foreigners. There is no other case recorded in the ancient Near East of a marriage of an Egyptian princess to a foreign ruler. In E, Moses' faithful assistant is Joshua. Joshua leads the people in battle against the Amalekites; he serves as watchman inside the Tent of Meeting whenever Moses is not meeting with Elohim there; he is the only Israelite who is not involved in the golden calf incident; and he seeks to prevent the misuse of prophecy. In J, on the other hand, Joshua plays no role. Why the special treatment of Joshua in E but not in J ? Joshua was a northern hero. He is identified as coming from the tribe of Ephraim, Jeroboam's tribe; Joshua's tomb is in the territory of Ephraim, and, according to the last chapter of the book of Joshua, Joshua's work culminates in a covenant ceremony at Shechem. 2 9

30

According to a J story, Moses sends a group of spies from the wilderness into the promised land. All but one of the spies report that the land is impregnable because its inhabitants are so huge and fierce. The one spy who challenges this report and encourages the people to have faith is Caleb. In the story, the spies travel through the Negev (the southern desert of the land), the hill country, as far as Hebron, then to the Wadi Eshkol. All of these places are in Yahuwdah's territory. In J, the spies only see Yahuwdah." As for the hero of the story, Caleb, he is the eponymous ancestor of the Calebites. The Calebites held territory in the hill country of Judah. The Calebite territory in fact included Hebron, Yahuwdah's capital The cumulative, consistent conclusion from all of this evidence, it seems to be: 3

(1) the early investigations that existence of the two sources, J and E is true and correct; (2) the person who wrote J was particularly concerned with the kingdom of Yahuwdah, and the person who wrote E was particularly interested in the kingdom of Israel. The question is, why did they write these stories? Is this with connection of the events in 1Kings 12:31-32 and 1Kings 13:33-34 which King Jeroboam replaced Levites Priest by ordinary Israeli to become Priest in Israel and in 2Chro.11:13-17 ? 1Kings 12:31 1Kings 13:33

And he made an house of high places, and made priests of the lowest of the people, which were not of the sons of Levi. After this thing Jeroboam returned not from his evil way, but made again of the lowest of the people priests of the high places: whosoever would, he consecrated him, and he became one of the priests of the high places.

2Chronicles 11:13 And the priests and the Levites that were in all Israel resorted to him out of all their coasts. 2Chronicles 11:14 For the Levites left their suburbs and their possession, and came to Judah and Jerusalem: for Jeroboam and his sons had cast them off from executing the priest's office unto Yahweh: 2Chronicles 11:15 And he ordained him priests for the high places, and for the devils, and for the calves which he had made. 2Chronicles 11:16 And after them out of all the tribes of Israel such as set their hearts to seek Yahweh the Mighty One of Israel came to Jerusalem, to sacrifice unto Yahweh the Mighty One of their fathers. 2Chronicles 11:17 So they strengthened the kingdom of Judah, and made Rehoboam the son of Solomon strong, three years: for three years they walked in the way of David and Solomon.

The Twins Take, for example, the biblical stories about the twins Jacob and Esau. In these stories, Abraham's son, Isaac, marries Rebekah, and she gives birth to twin sons. The first to come out of his mother's womb is Esau. The

13


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

secondbom is Jacob. While they are still in Rebekah's womb, Yahweh tells Rebekah: Two nations are in your womb, And two peoples will be separated from inside you; And one people will be stronger than the other people, And the greater will serve the younger. The boys grow. On one occasion, Esau comes back from the field famished. His brother, Jacob, is making red lentil stew. Jacob tells Esau that he will give him some of the food only if Esau swears to give him his birthright in return. Esau capitulates. More time passes. Their father, Isaac, intends to give his deathbed blessing to Esau. Rebekah, however, encourages Jacob to pose as his elder brother and thus deceive his weak-eyed father into giving him the blessing instead. Jacob does it. He wears his brother's clothing, and he puts goat skins on his arms because his brother is "an hairy man." Isaac gives Jacob the blessing, which includes dominion over his brother. When Esau arrives, Isaac tells him that the blessing has already gone to Jacob. Esau asks for a blessing as well. His father gives him the following: 34

35

By your sword you will live And you will serve your brother. And it will be, when you are brought down, That you will break his yoke from your shoulders Why did someone write these stories, with these details? The answers are tied to the life of the writer's world. Why red lentil stew? Because, the story says, Esau became known after that as "Red." The word for "red" in Hebrew is Edom. That is, Esau is traditionally regarded as the father of the Edomites. Why twin brothers? Because the people of Israel-Judah regarded the Edomites as kin, as related to them ethnically and/or linguistically (as opposed to, say, Egyptians or Philistines, who were regarded as "outsiders"). Why the revelation to Rebekah that her younger son's descendants would dominate her older son's? Because the young kingdom of Israel-Yahuwdah, under King David, defeated the older kingdom of Edom and dominated it for two hundred years. Why does Jacob get the birthright (a double portion) and the blessing (prosperity and dominion)? Because Israel-Yahuwdah became larger and more prosperous than Edom and dominated it . Why does Esau/Edom get a blessing that "you will break his yoke from your shoulders"? Because Edom finally broke free and achieved its independence during the reign of the Yahuwdah King Jehoram (744 B.C.). These stories all refer to the Almighty as Yahweh or show other signs of being part of J. Why do stories about relations with Esau/Edom occur in J and not in E? J is from Yahuwdah. Yahuwdah bordered Edom, Israel did not. 37

On each point, the details of the stories correspond to the historical record. The J author composed the stories of his people's ancestors with an eye to explaining and justifying the world situation in which he lived. Cristian worshippers versions of this story often try to vindicate Jacob. With slight changes or reinterpretations, they make Jacob the good son and Esau the bad one. But the J writer was more sophisticated then his later interpreters. He told a story in which Jacob was courageous and clever, but also dishonest. He did not make his heroes perfect (any more than the Court History of David made David perfect). His task was rather to compose a story that reflected and explained the political and social realities of the world that he knew. Anyone who reads the stories of Jacob and Esau can see how well he succeeded.

Two Kingdoms also Two Writers The Bible stories have proved to be a chain of clues to the identity of their authors, and at the same time they have proved to be windows into that ancient world. The J stories reflect conditions in the time and place in which their author lived, and they show where some of this writer's interests lay. The E stories reveal more about their author's identity than the J stories do about theirs.

14


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

The Golden Calf The most revealing of all is the E story of the golden calf. While Moses is getting the Ten Commandments on the mountain of Almighty, Aaron makes a golden calf for the people. They say, "These are your elohims, Israel, that brought you up from the land of Egypt." Aaron says, "A holiday to Yahweh tomorrow!" The people sacrifice and celebrate wildly. Meanwhile, Yahweh tells Moses what is happening below, and Yahweh says that he will destroy the people and start a new people descended from Moses. Moses pleads with Yahweh to be merciful, and Yahweh relents. Moses comes down from the mountain with his assistant Joshua. When he sees the calf and the condition of the people, he smashes the tablets in anger. Then the tribe of Levi gather around Moses and carry out a bloody purge among the people. Moses makes a plea to Yahweh to forgive the people's offense and not destroy them. The story is all questions. Why did the person who wrote this story depict his people as rebellious at the very time of their liberation and their receiving the covenant? Why did he picture Aaron as leader of the heresy? Why does Aaron not suffer any punishment for it in the end? Why did the author picture a golden calf. Why do the people say "These are your elohims, Israel...," when there is only one calf there? And why do they say " . . . that brought you up from the land of Egypt" when the calf obviously was not made until after they were out of Egypt? Why does Aaron say "A holiday to Yahweh tomorrow" when he is presenting the calf as a rival to Yahweh? Why is the calf treated as an elohim in this story, when the calf was not a diety in the ancient Near East? Why did the writer picture Moses as smashing the tablets of the Ten Commandments? Why picture the Levites as acting in bloody zeal? Why include Joshua in the story? Why depict Joshua as dissociated from the golden calf event? We already have enough information from our acquaintances with the world that produced the Bible to answer all of these questions. We have already seen considerable evidence that the author of J was from Yahuwdah and the author of E from Israel. We have also seen evidence that suggests that the Israelite author of E had a particular interest in matters that related to King Jeroboam and his policies. E deals with cities that Jeroboam rebuilt: Shechem, Penuel, Beth-El. E justifies the ascendancy of his home tribe, Ephraim. E disdains the Judean policy of misfeasance. E gives special attention to the matter of the burial of Joseph, whose traditional gravesite was in Jeroboam's capital, Shechem. Further, E is a source which particularly emphasizes Moses as its hero, much more than J does. In this story, it is Moses' intercession with Yahweh that saves the people from destruction. E also especially develops Moses' personal role in the liberation from slavery, in a way that does not. In E there is less material on the patriarchs than on Moses; in J there is more on the patriarchs. Let us consider the possibility that the person who wrote E was a Levitical priest, probably from Shiloh, and therefore possibly descended from Moses. Such a person would have an interest in developing these things: the oppressive Judean economic policies, the establishment of an independent kingdom under Jeroboam, and the superior status of Moses. If this is true, that the author of E was a Shiloh Levite possibly descended from Moses, then this answer’s every one of the questions about the golden calf story. Recall that the priests of Shiloh suffered the loss of their place in the priestly hierarchy under King Solomon. Their chief, Abiathar, was expelled from Jerusalem. The other chief priest, Zadok, who was regarded as a descendant of Aaron, meanwhile remained in power. 1

Northern Levites' lands were given to the Phoenicians. The Shiloh prophet Ahijah instigated the northern tribes' secession, and he designated Jeroboam as the northern king. The Shiloh priests' hopes for the new kingdom, however, were frustrated when Jeroboam established the golden calf religious centers at Dan and Beth-El, and he did not appoint them as priests there. For this old family of priests, what should have been a time of liberation had been turned into a time of religious betrayal. The symbol of their exclusion in Israel was the golden calves. The symbol of their exclusion in Yahuwdah was Aaron. Someone from that family, the author of E, wrote a story that said that soon after the Israelite's liberation from slavery, they committed heresy. What was the heresy? They worshiped a golden calf I Who made the golden calf! Aaron! The details of the story fall into place. Why does Aaron not suffer any punishment in the story? Because no matter how much antipathy the author may have felt toward Aaron's descendants, that author could not change the entire historical recollection of his people. They had a tradition that Aaron was an ancient high priest Exodus 29. The high priest cannot be pictured as suffering any hurt from Yahweh because in such a case he could not have continued to serve as high priest. Any sort of blemish on the high priest would have disqualified him from service. The author could not just make up a story that the high priest had become disqualified at this early stage. Why does Aaron say "A holiday to Yahweh tomorrow" when he is presenting the calf as a rival to Yahweh? Because the calf is not in fact a rival diety. The calf, or young bull, is only the throne platform or symbol of the deity, not a deity itself. Why is the calf treated as a diety in this story? Presumably because the story is polemical; the writer means to cast the golden calves of the kingdom of Israel in the worst light

15


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

possible. In fact, we shall see other cases in which biblical writers use the word "elohim" to include the golden calves and the golden cherubs; and in those cases, too, the text is polemical. Why do the people say "These are your elohims, Israel..." when there is only one calf? Why do they say " . . . that brought you up from the land of Egypt" when the calf was not made until they were out of Egypt? The answer seems to lie in the account of King Jeroboam in the book of 1 Kings. It states there that when Jeroboam made his two golden calves he declared to his people, "Here are your elohims, Israel, that brought you up from the land of Egypt." The people's words in Exodus are identical to Jeroboam's words in 1 Kings. It would be difficult for us to trace the textual history of these two passages now, but at minimum we can say that the writer of the golden calf account in Exodus seems to have taken the words that were traditionally ascribed to Jeroboam and placed them in the mouths of the people. This made the connection between his golden calf story and the golden calves of the kingdom of Israel crystal clear to his readers. Why did the writer of E picture the Levites as acting in bloody zeal? He was a Levite. He wrote that Aaron had acted rebelliously while the other Levites alone acted loyally. Moses tells the Levites there that they have earned blessing by their actions. The story thus denigrates the ancestry of the Jerusalem priests while praising the rest of the Levites. 3

What is Joshua doing in this story, and why is he singled out as being dissociated from the heresy? Because, as we know, Joshua was a northern hero. His home tribe was the same as King Jeroboam's: Ephraim. His gravesite, like Joseph's, was in Ephraim. He is credited with having led a national covenant ceremony at Shechem, the place that was later to become Jeroboam's capital. The E writer therefore was adding to the golden calf story an element of praise for a northern hero who was associated in the tradition with the capital city and the preeminent tribe. The dissociation of Joshua from the golden calf heresy also explained why Joshua later becomes Moses' successor. Why did the writer picture Moses as smashing the tablets of the Ten Commandments? Possibly because this raised doubts about Yahuwdah’s central religious shrine. The Temple in Yahuwdah housed the ark that was supposed to contain the two tablets of the Ten Commandments. According to the E story of the golden calf, Moses smashes the tablets. That means that according to the E source the ark downsouth in the Temple in Jerusalem either contains unauthentic tablets or no tablets at all. The author of E, in fashioning the golden calf story, attacked both the Israelite and the Yahuwdah’s religious establishments. Both had excluded his group. One might ask, why, then, was this writer so favorable to Jeroboam's kingdom in other stories? Why did he favor the cities of Shechem, Penuel, and especially BethEl? Why did he favor the tribe of Ephraim? First, because Shiloh was in Ephraim, and its great priest Samuel was from Ephraim. Second, presumably because the kingdom of Israel remained his only hope politically. He could look forward to a day when the illegitimate, non-Levite priests of Beth-El would be rejected, and his Levite group would be reinstated. Yahuwdah and Jerusalem offered no such hope at that time. 4

The priests of the family of Aaron had been firmly established there since King Solomon's time. They were Levites and therefore no less legitimate than the priests of Shiloh. They were closely tied by bonds of politics and marriage to the royal family The only realistic hope for the Shiloh priests was in the northern kingdom. The E source therefore favored that kingdom's political structure while attacking its religious establishment. 6

Symbols of Faith The golden calf story is not the only instance in which the author of E may have been criticizing both the northern and southern religious establishments. In the J version of the commandments that Yahweh gives to Moses on Mount Sinai, there is a prohibition against making statues (idols). The wording of the J commandment is: You shall not make for yourself molten gods. The command here forbids only molten statues. The golden calves of Jeroboam in the north were molten. The golden cherubs of Solomon in the south were not molten. They were made of olive wood and then gold-plated. The J text thus fits the iconography of Yahuwdah. It may imply that the golden calves of northern Israel are inappropriate, even though they are not actually statues of a diety; but it does not leave itself open to the countercharge that Yahuwdah’ss golden cherubs are inappropriate as well. Meanwhile, the E source's formulation of this prohibition reads: You shall not make with me dietys of silver and dietys of gold. You shall not make them for yourselves. Perhaps this command refers only to actual statues of dietys, but if it casts doubt on the throne-platform icons as well then it casts doubt on both the molten golden calves and the plated golden cherubs. 8

16


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

The relationship between the J and E sources and the religious symbols of Yahuwdah and Israel respectively is evident elsewhere as well. In a J text at the beginning of the book of Numbers the people set out from Sinai/Horeb on their journey to the promised land. According to the description of their departure, the ark is carried in front of the people as they travel. Another J text also mentions the ark as important to the people's success in the wilderness. It in fact suggests that it is impossible to be militarily successful without it . The ark, as we know, was regarded as the central object of the Temple of Solomon in Jerusalem. It should come as no surprise, therefore, that it is treated with such importance in J, but it is never mentioned in E. E rather attributes much importance to the Tent of Meeting as the symbol of the presence of Elohim among the people. The Tent of Meeting (or Tabernacle), according to the books of Samuel, Kings, and Chronicles, was a primary site of the nation's worship until Solomon replaced the tent shrine with the Temple. The Tabernacle, moreover, was associated originally with the city of Shiloh. Given the other evidence for connecting the author of E with the priesthood of Shiloh, it should come as no surprise, therefore, that the Tent of Meeting has such importance in E, but it is never mentioned in J. The ark does not appear in E. The Tabernacle does not appear in J. This is no coincidence. The stories in the sources treat the religious symbols of the respective communities from which they came. Now we can also turn back to the beginning of the book of Genesis and appreciate the fact that at the conclusion of the story of Adam and Eve in the garden of Eden, which is a J narrative, Yahweh sets cherubs as the guardians of the path to the tree of life. Since cherubs were in the Holy of Holies in the Jerusalem Temple, it is only natural that an advocate of Yahuwdah's religious traditions should picture cherubs as the guardians of something valuable and sacred. The golden calf story reveals more about its author than probably any other story in J or E. In addition to all that it tells us about its author's background and about its author's skill in fashioning a story, it conveys how deep his anger was toward those who had displaced his group in Yahuwdah and in Israel. He could picture Aaron, ancestor of the Jerusalem priesthood, as committing heresy and dishonesty. He could picture the national symbols of Israelite religion as objects of idolatry. He could picture the nation who accepted these symbols as deserving a bloody purge. What he pictured Moses doing to the golden calf was what he himself might have liked to do to the calves of Dan and Beth-El: burn them with fire, grind them thin as dust. 10

1 1

12

Snow-White Miriam There is another story in E that reflects the depth of the antagonism between the priests who identified with Moses (either as their founder or as their ancestor) and those who identified with Aaron. In this story, Aaron and his sister Miriam speak against Moses with regard to Moses' wife, and Yahweh personally reprimands them. It is worth reading this short, unusual story as it appears in the book of Numbers.

Snow-White Miriam, Numbers 12 E text in italics J And Miriam and Aaron spoke against Moses on account of the Cushite wife he had taken, for he had taken a Cushite wife. 2 And they said, "Has Yahweh indeed only spoken through Moses? Has he not also spoken through us?" And Yahweh heard. 3 And the man Moses was very humble, more than any human on the face of the earth. 4 And Yahweh" said suddenly to Moses and to Aaron and to Miriam, "Go out, the three of you, to the Tent of Meeting." And the three of them went out. 5 And Yahweh went down in a column of cloud and stood at the entrance of the tent, and he called Aaron and Miriam, and the two of them went out. 6 And he said, "Hear my words. If there will be a prophet among you, I, Yahweh, shall make myself known to him in a vision; in a dream I shall speak through him. 7 Not so my servant Moses, most faithful in all my house. 8 Mouth to mouth I shall speak through him, and vision, and not in enigmas, and he will see the form of Yahweh. And why were you not afraid to speak against my servant Moses?"

17


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

9 And Yahweh's anger burnt against them, and he went. 10 And the cloud turned back from on the tent, and here Miriam was leprous as snow. And Aaron turned to Miriam, and here she was leprous. 11 And Aaron said to Moses, " In me, my master, do not lay upon us the sin that we have done foolishly and that we have sinned. 12 Let her not be like someone who is half dead, whose flesh is half eaten when he comes out of his mother's womb." 13 And Moses cried out to Yahweh, saying, "God [El], heal her." 14 And Yahweh said to Moses, "And if her father had spit in her face, would she not be shamed for seven days? Let her be shut away for seven days outside the camp, and afterwards she will be restored." 15 And Miriam was shut away outside the camp seven days, and the people did not travel until Miriam was gathered back. Aaron and Miriam speak because of Moses' wife. What is it about Moses' wife that bothers them? The text does not say. It only states that she is Cushite. Since Cush is understood to mean Ethiopia in the Bible, the issue may be that Moses' wife is black. The difficulty is that there is also a place called Cushan in the Bible, which is a region of Midian; and Moses' wife Zipporah has already been identified as Midianite. It is therefore uncertain whether the text here refers to Zipporah or to a second wife. In either case, the most likely reading of the text is that Miriam's and Aaron's opposition is based on Moses' wife being different, whether that difference be racial or ethnic. It is also psychologically interesting that their actual complaint never refers to the wife. That is, they do not complain out loud about the thing that is really bothering them. Rather, they direct their criticism at Moses himself. They question whether Moses has any status beyond their own with regard to revelation. ("Has Yahweh indeed only spoken through Moses? Has he not also spoken through us?") This proves to be an error. Yahweh informs them that Moses does indeed stand out from all other prophets in the degree of his intimacy with the divine. All other prophets only have visions, but Moses actually sees Yahweh. The deity is described as angry at Aaron and Miriam, and Miriam is stricken with a kind of leprosy in which all the pigmentation of the skin disappears, leaving her "snowwhite." If the issue here is that Moses' wife is black, then the punishment to suit the crime in this case is singularly suitable. As in the golden calf episode, Aaron does not suffer any punishment. Aaron had come to be known in the tradition as a priest, and a person who has had leprosy is disqualified for the priestly function thereafter. The writer therefore could not portray Aaron as sharing his sister's punishment. Still, it remains clear in the story that Aaron has offended, that Yahweh is angry at Aaron (verse 9), and that Yahweh states explicitly that Moses' experience of Yahweh is superior to Aaron's. This, too, fits the E interest in belittling the Aaronid priesthood in Yahuwdah. Also, both here and in the golden calf story Aaron respectfully addresses Moses as "my master," acknowledging Moses as his superior. A story of a rebellion is a particularly useful means of making a point. The writer portrays a person or group as attacking the rightful authority or as being flagrantly disobedient—and then he portrays that person's or group's demise. The E stories of the golden calf and of snow-white Miriam accomplish this.

Reverence for Moses We have covered a large amount of territory in this pursuit of two of the authors of the Bible. In story after story, we have been able to find clues connecting the story, the writer, and the writer's world. It was drawn on so many stories and pointed out all of these clues, first, simply to familiarize with the J and E sequence of stories. Second, it was important to demonstrate the strength of the cumulative argument. Any one of these examples might have been interesting and worth discussing, but not necessarily a compelling proof of anything in itself. The extent to which so many aspects of so many narratives converge and point in a common direction, however, is a compelling support of the multi-author hypothesis in general, and of this identification of the authors of J and E in particular. The more one reads these, the more one gets a sense of

18


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

their authors, each in his world, and the more this explains. When we identify the author of E as a Shiloh priest who possibly thought of Moses as his own ancestor, we are not just saying something about his pedigree. We are pursuing an understanding of why he wrote what he wrote. It helps us to understand why the E stories offer more development of Moses' personality than those of J—and not just more development, but more sympathetic development. There is nothing in J to compare with Moses' speech to Elohim in an E account in Numbers 11. There the people complain that there is no meat for them to eat in the wilderness, and they speak nostalgically of the good food they had in Egypt, temporarily disregarding the fact that they had to work as slaves for that food. At this point, Moses apparently can no longer bear the burden that Almighty has given him, to manage this entire community singlehanded. His plea to Yahweh is extraordinary for its anguish and for its intimacy with the Almighty. He says: Why have you injured your servant, and why have I not found favor in your eyes, to put the burden of this entire people on me? Did I conceive this entire people? Did I give birth to it, that you say to me, "Carry it in your bosom," the way a nurse carries a suckling, to the land that you swore to its fathers? From where do I have meat to give to this entire people, that they cry to me, saying, "Give us meat, and let us eat"? I am not able, myself, to carry all of this people, for it is too heavy for me. And if this is how you treat me, then kill me, if I have found favor in your eyes, and let me not see my suffering. 14

E here is more than a source. It is a powerful composition reflecting a special interest, sympathy, and affection for Moses. The E writer emphasizes the Mosaic covenant at Horeb and never refers to the Abrahamic covenant. The E story of the exodus from Egypt places more emphasis on the extent to which Moses himself is acting to free the people, while the J version focuses more on Yahweh as bringing the liberation about. In J, Yahweh says: And I am coming down to save them from Egypt's hand and to bring them u p . . . .

15

In E, he says: And now, go, and I shall send you to Pharaoh. Take my people, the children of Israel, out of Egypt

6

There is a difference of emphasis between these two. The E writer is focusing on Moses' crucial personal role. This is consistent with this writer's treatment of Moses throughout his work. For him, the arrival of Moses is the great moment of history, the time of the covenant, the time of the birth of the nation, the time of the Levites' first act of loyal service to Elohim. And it is the time of the world's first acquaintance with Almighty by name.

The Name of Almighty I have pointed out two places where the name Yahweh occurs in E stories. Until now, I have said that the name of Almighty was a key distinction between J and E. Now let me be more specific. In J, the deity is called Yahweh from beginning to end. The J writer never refers to him as Elohim in narration. In E, the deity is called Elohim until the arrival of Moses. From the first time that Moses meets Yahweh, this changes. In the famous E story of the day that Moses meets Elohim—the story of the burning bush—Moses does not know Almighty's name, and so he asks. And Moses said to God [Elohim], "Here I am coming to the children of Israel, and I say to them, 'The Elohim of your fathers has sent me to you,' and they will say to me, 'What is his name?' What shall I say to them?" The deity first gives the famous response " I am what I am." (The Hebrew root of these words is the same as the root of the name Yahweh.) And then he answers: Thus shall you say to the children of Israel, "Yahweh, the Elohim of your fathers, the Elohim of Abraham, the Elohim of Isaac, and the Elohim of Jacob, has sent me to you." This is my name forever: By this I shall be remembered from generation to generation. 17

18

19

In E, Yahweh reveals his name for the first time to Moses. Prior to this scene in Exodus, he is called El or Elohim. Why did the writer of E do this? That is controversial. Some think that this story reflects the religious system in the northern kingdom of Israel. In choosing the golden calves (young bulls) as the throne platform, King Jeroboam was perhaps identifying Yahweh with the chief Canaanite diety, El. El was associated with bulls and was known as Bull El. Jeroboam was thus saying that Yahweh and El were different names for the same diety. The E story would then serve this merger of the deities. It would explain why the deity had the two different names: he was called El at first, and then he revealed his personal name Yahweh to Moses. This explanation of the name change in E is attractive in that it shows another logical tie between E and the kingdom of Israel. This fits with all the other clues we have seen that E was from Israel. However, there is a problem with this. In Yahuwdah, King Solomon used golden cherubs as the throne platform. And the diety El was not only associated with bulls, but with cherubs as well. The statues that each kingdom used, therefore, do not make good evidence for explaining why E has the name revelation to Moses. Besides, all the other

19


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

evidence we have seen indicates that the author of E was against the religious system that Jeroboam started in Israel. The E author depicted Moses destroying the golden calf. It is difficult, therefore, to argue that this author followed that religious system's theology on the identity of Elohim. In some research on early Israelite history have concluded that, historically, only a small portion of the ancient Israelites were actually slaves in Egypt. Perhaps it was only the Levites. It is among the Levites, after all, that we find people with Egyptian names. The Levite names Moses, Hophni, and Phinehas are all Egyptian, not Hebrew. And the Levites did not occupy any territory in the land like the other tribes. These research suggest that the group that was in Egypt and then in Sinai worshiped the name of Almighty as Yahweh. Then they arrived without Moses in promised land, prophets and judges ruled Israel until they have kings, When The Kingdom was divided between 2 Tribes and 10 Tribes, the king of 10 Tribes Jeroboam replaced the Levites Priests by illegitimate non-Levite priest in 1Kings 13:33 and the legitimate Levites priest left the 10 Tribes and join the 2 tribes in worshipping Yahweh. The 10 tribes of Israel is worshipping the devil in 2 chronicles 11:13-17, and not long the King of Assyria captured Israel land and deported Israel to Assyria and was replaced by Five (5) nations from Abba, Cutha, Separvaim, Hammath and Babylonia in 2 Kings 17:23-28. One of the illegitimate non-Levite priest return to Israel to teach the foreigners of method in worshipping the mighty one of that land but the five nations has its own deities (elohim) 2 Kings 17:33 they served their own deities and worship Elohim. The Sanhedrin imposed a decree to avoid pronouncing the name Yahweh in public and instead replaced by the word Adonai which become Elohim the same as the elohim of other 5 nations. (Acknowledgment to the writer or writers of this article for enlightenment of many Bible Researchers) .

YHWH vol.7 p.680

BLASPHEMY =

The Sacred Name pronounced “Yah-oo-ay” was avoided to pronounced during Assyrian Captivity but only High Priest can utter that Name eight (8) times on the Day of Atonement, a day of fasting on the 10th day of the 7th month. Sanhedrin (Highest Court) ruled a decree of offense of BLASPHEMY to whoever pronounced and uttered that name in public or in solemn assemblies and instead they substituted the word ADONAI the name of diety of Canaan where they were living.

Babylonia become great nation and captured the 2 tribes kingdom of Yahuwdah. After many years the Kingdom of Persia captured the Kingdom of Babylonia and the King of Persia allowed all Yahuwdah to return to the Promised land in Yahrusalem (Jerusalem) become a province of Kingdom of Persia. Levite priest Ezra from Aaron blood during the time of Persian Kingdom when Yahuwdah returned to Jerusalem, they found illegitimate non-Levite priest in Nehemiah 7:64. When they met this illegitimate, non-Levite priest who worshiped the diety El, instead of fighting over whose diety was the true Almighty, the two groups accepted the belief that Yahweh and El were the same Almighty until the arrival of Greek kingdom. The Greek Alexander the Great captured Persian Kingdom that include Assyria, Egypt and India and established Alexandria Library and Museum in Egypt where the collections of documents and books from Assyria , Egypt, Persia, India and Jerusalem was placed for study and research in Alexandria Library. The Hebrew books of Moses was translated to Greek Pentateuch and later other Hebrew books was included became Septuagint or LXX. This historical events, fits with the idea that the author of E was an Israelite non-Levite in Nehemiah 7:64. His story of the revelation of the name Yahweh to Moses would reflect this history: the Almighty that the tribes worshiped in the land was El. They had traditions about the Elohim and their ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. Then the Levites arrived with their traditions about Moses, the exodus from Egypt, and the Almighty Yahweh. The treatment of the divine names in E explains why the name Yahweh was not part of the nation's earliest tradition. This is in the realm of hypothesis, and we must be very cautious about it . The important thing for our present purpose is that, for E, Moses has a significance far beyond what he has in J. In E, Moses is a turning point in history. E has much less than J about the world before Moses. E has no creation story, no flood story, and relatively less on the patriarchs. But E has more than J on Moses. This is perfectly understandable from a Levitical priest. Also consistent with the priestly origin of E is the fact that E contains three chapters of law.' J does not. Legal material elsewhere in the Bible is by priests—as we shall see. 0

The overall picture of the E stories is that they are a consistent group, with a definite perspective and set of interests, and that they are profoundly tied to their author's world. Likewise with the author of J, the more we

20


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

read his stories the more we can see their unity and their relationship to his world. We can understand, for example, why he did not develop the distinction between the names of Almighty before and after Moses. For him, something extremely important had happened before Moses. This writer was concerned with the ruling family of Yahuwdah, David's family. He therefore emphasized the significance of covenant of Yahweh with the patriarchs. It was tied to the city of Hebron, David's first capital. It promised inheritance of the land from river to river. In other words, it promised what was realized under King David. For this purpose, the revelation to Abraham was itself a turning point in history. It was not to be regarded as inferior to the revelation to Moses or to the people at Sinai. To depict the Sinai revelation as the first covenant sealed with the name of Yahweh would be to diminish the importance of the covenant between Yahweh and the patriarchs. J therefore uses the name Yahweh throughout.

The Similarity of J and E The question remains as to why so many similarities exist between J and E. They often tell similar stories. They deal largely with the same characters. They share much terminology. Their styles are sufficiently similar that it has never been possible to separate them on stylistic grounds alone. One possible explanation of this is that one of them is based on the other. Perhaps J, for example, was the Yahuwdah court account of the sacred national traditions, and so the northern illegitimate non-Levites priests felt that it was necessary to produce their own national account because a legitimate kingdom should not be without such a document. Alternatively, the E document may have existed first(Genesis 1), and the Yahuwdah court felt that it was necessary to produce its own version because the E treatment of Aaron, for example, was unsatisfactory. The point is that the E stories could hardly have been welcome in Judah on any one of a number of points; and the J stories, favoring Judah as they did, would hardly have been Israel's cup of tea either. The existence of either version in either kingdom would be likely to encourage the production of an alternative version in the other kingdom. The two versions, nonetheless, would be just that: versions, not completely unrelated works. They would still be drawing upon a common treasury of history and tradition because Israel and Yahuwdah had once been one united people, and in many ways they still were. They shared traditions of a divine promise to their ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared traditions of having been slaves in Egypt, of an exodus from Egypt led by a man named Moses, of an extraordinary revelation at a mountain in the wilderness, and of years of wandering before settling in the promised land. Neither, author was free to make up—or interested in making up—a completely new, fictional portrayal of history. But history will dictate that Only Aaron blood sons has the right and authority to handle the sacred book of the law by Moses placed in the side of the ark of the covenant.

Aaron is the ONLY AUTHORIZED to handle the Book of the Law by Moses Ezra a Levites who is in the lineage of Aaron is the ONLY AUTHORIZED to handle the Book of the Law by Moses, it was instructed in the books of 2Samuel 6:6-7, Deuteronomy 10:8, 31:26. Deuteronomy 10:8 At that time Yahweh separated the tribe of Levi, to bear the ark of the covenant of Yahweh, to stand before Yahweh to minister unto him, and to bless in his name, unto this day. Deuteronomy 31:26 Take this book of the law, and put it in the side of the ark of the covenant of Yahweh your Mighty One, that it may be there for a witness against thee. 2Samuel 6:6 And when they came to Nachon's threshingfloor, Uzzah put forth his hand to the ark of Yahweh, and took hold of it; for the oxen shook it. 2Samuel 6:7 And the anger of Yahweh was kindled against Uzzah; and Yahweh smote him there for his error; and there he died by the ark of Yahweh. According to the Tanakh, Uzzah (fl. 1010 BC) was an Israelite whose death is associated with touching the Ark of the Covenant. He was the son of Abinadab. Abinadab is the second of the eight sons of Jesse. Jesse the father of King David.

21


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

How Many Authors? We can still be more specific about who these two authors were and when they lived. First there is the question of whether they really were only two authors. I was known only as only one author of E and one author of J. Some scholars see J and E as each having been produced by groups, not individuals. They speak of J , J , J , etc., or they speak of a J school and an E school. On the contrary, J and E each appear to be unified and consistent in the texts. Certainly an editor may have added a word or phrase or verse here or there, and the J or the E author may have inserted a received text occasionally. The author of J, for example, may not have written the deathbed Blessing of Jacob poem in Genesis 49. This author may simply have learned it, judged it to be suitable for the purpose, and inserted it into the J work. The overall J and E narratives, nonetheless, do not appear to require subdivision into even smaller units. 1

J

3

The Sex of the Authors The author of E was almost certainly a male. We have seen how strong its connection is to the Levite priests of Shiloh. In ancient Israel the priesthood was strictly male. It is perhaps possible that a Levite wife or daughter could have shared these interests and written about them, but the dominantly male perspective and the concentration on male characters still suggests the likelihood of male authorship. Also, given that it was a patriarchal society and a male priesthood, it is doubtful that a document that was to have formal, sacred status would have been either commissioned or accepted at the hand of a woman. The case is much harder to judge with regard to J. Originating at—or at least reflecting the interests of—the Yahuwdah court, it came from a circle in which both men and women had a certain status. That is, even in a male-led society, women of the noble class may have more power, privileges, and education than males of a lower class. The possibility of J's being by a woman is thus much more likely than with E. More important, the J stories are, on the whole, much more concerned with women and much more sensitive to women than are the E stories. 21

There really is nothing in E to compare with the J story of Tamar in Genesis 38. It is not just that the woman Tamar figures in an important way in the story. I t is that the story is sympathetic to a wrong done to this woman, it focuses on her plan to combat the injustice, and it concludes with the man in the story (Yahuwdah) acknowledging her rights and his own fault. This does not make the author a woman. But it does mean that we cannot by any means be quick to think of this writer as a man. The weight of the evidence is still that the scribal profession in ancient Israel was male.

When Did They Live? When did these two people live and write? Since the J narrative refers to the dispersion of Simeon and Levi but not to the dispersion of the other tribes, its author almost certainly wrote it before the Assyrians destroyed and exiled Israel in 578 B.C. It might conceivably have been written as early as the reign of David or Solomon, but the emphasis on the importance of the ark and the command against molten dieties sound like polemic against the kingdom of Israel. That means composition after the division of the kingdoms. Also, the J stories of Jacob and Esau reflect Edom's independence from Judah ("You shall break his yoke from your shoulders"). That occurred during the reign of the Yahuwdah king Jehoram,744B.C. The most important point is that both J and E were written before the Assyrians destroyed Israel. At that time, the Assyrians carried out a deportation of the Israelite population. Also, there would of course have been many Israelites who fled south to Yahuwdah as refugees. The City of David archeological excavations in Jerusalem confirm that the population of Jerusalem grew substantially in this period. The likely historical scenario is that the E text came to Yahuwdah in this flow of people and events. In 2 Chronicles 11:13-17 legitimate Levites Priests left Israel and came to Yahuwdah, only illegitimate Non-Levite Priests left in Israel, then Israel was deported to Assyria including the illegitimate Non-Levite Priests of course and during Assyrian captivity in fleeing the Assyrians would hardly leave their valuable documents behind, therefore the documents brought by illegitimate Non-Levite Priests is likely the source of Elohim text. The assimilation of recently arrived 22

22


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

Israelites into Yahuwdah population after 578 B.C. need not have presented insurmountable difficulties in itself. The Israelites and the Yahuwdah were kin. They spoke the same language: Hebrew. They worshiped the same Almighty Yahweh. They shared ancestral traditions of the patriarchs and historical traditions of exodus and wilderness. But what were they to do with two documents, each purporting to recount sacred national traditions, but emphasizing different persons and events—and occasionally contradicting each other? The solution, apparently, was to combine them.

The Combination of J and E One might ask why the person or persons responsible for this did not simply exclude one or the other. Why not just make E, or more probably J, the accepted text and reject or ignore the other version? A common answer to this question is that the biblical community had too great a respect for the written word to ignore a received document that bore the stamp of antiquity. The problem with this view is that neither J nor E is complete in the text as we have it anyway. The editor(s) clearly were not averse to applying scissors and paste to their received texts. It is therefore difficult to argue that they retained texts that they did not want simply out of reverence for documents that had been passed down. A more probable reason why both J and E were retained is that both of them may have become sufficiently well known that one simply could not get away with excluding one or the other, remember Israel take refuge to Yahuwdah during Assyrian captivity and they would hardly leave their valuable documents behind and this documents were written by illegitimate NonLevite Priests which was considered reverence as the legitimate Levite Priests. To whatever extent J and E narratives had become known by this time, to that extent it was necessary to preserve both. One may ask then: why combine them at all? Why not just preserve both J and E separately? Why were they cut and combined in the manner that we observed in, for example, the flood story? Presumably, because preserving J and E separately would challenge the authenticity of both. If both were to be kept side by side on the same shelf, that would be a reminder of the dual history that produced two alternate versions. And that would diminish the authoritative quality of each of them. In short, the editing of the two works into one was as much tied to the political and social realities of its day as the writing of the two had been in their days. The uniting of the two works reflected the uniting (better: the reuniting) of the two communities after hundred years of division. There is still much to be discovered about who wrote J and E. We do not know the precise dates when they lived, and we do not know their names. I think that what we do know is more important. We know something about their world and about how that world produced these stories that still delight and teach us. Still, we may be dissatisfied until we can be more specific about the writers. So let me turn to source D. We can know even more about the person who assembled it than about those who wrote J and E—perhaps even his name.

Change WHEN the Assyrian empire destroyed the kingdom o f Israel in 578, the world that had produced J and E ended forever. Judah, now left without its sister-companion-rival, changed. The political change also meant economic and social change and, as always, religious change. And that meant changes in the way the Bible would come out as well. The land and the people were different after 578. The land was smaller. The kings of Yahuwdah ruled a territory that was about half the size of the united Israelite kingdom that David and Solomon had ruled. There was a different sort of international politics. Yahuwdah now operated from a position of weakness. It was an age of great empires in Mesopotamia: first Assyria and then Babylonia. And these empires were capable of, and interested in, conquest in the west. Subjugating Yahuwdah meant income (spoils initially, tribute thereafter), control of a trade route between Africa and Asia, and strategic placement on Egypt's doorstep. The new international politics had an impact on religion as well. When a small kingdom became a vassal to a large empire, the vassal state might place statues of the empire's dieties in their temple. It was a symbol of the vassal's acceptance of the empire's hegemony. In modern times, the equivalent would be that a small subject nation would have to fly the flag of a nation that subjugated it. But an idol is not quite the same as a flag. Periods when Assyria dominated Yahuwdah often meant religious conflict in Jerusalem. The king of Yahuwdah would honor a pagan diety in the Temple, and then Yahuwdah prophets would attack him for promoting idolatry. A modern historian would say that the Yahuwdah king was accepting Assyria's suzerainty. But the biblical historian, who told history from a religious point of view, would say that the king "did what was bad in the eyes of Yahweh."

23


AARON SON THE LEGITIMATE LEVITE PRIESTS FOREVER

Another difference in life in yahuwdah was that the fall of Israel was a fact, a specter to be reckoned with. Different Yahuwdah (and refugee Israelites) may have interpreted it in different ways, but no one could ignore its implications, politically or religiously. To some, the fact that Israel fell and Yahuwdah stood showed that Yahuwdah was better, ethically or in terms of fidelity to Yahweh. To others, it showed that it was possible to fall, and this was a warning to Yahuwdah. Presumably, it would be harder to laugh off a prophet who predicted the fall of Yahuwdah after the catastrophe of 578 B.C. The king's power and stature were diminished. David's descendants on the throne in Jerusalem were, most of the time, vassals to the emperors of Assyria or Babylonia. They were at all times dependent on the flow of events among the great powers—Assyria, Babylonia, Egypt—rather than being major political forces in their own region, much less in the ancient Near East as a whole. Even during the days of the divided kingdoms, Yahuwdah and Israel had each seen periods of strength in the region, but very little of that remained now that Assyria's shadow extended to the Mediterranean Sea. Other roles changed. There was no more role at all after 578 for tribal leaders. For virtually all intents and purposes, there were no more tribes. As for the priests, it is difficult to say if there was rivalry among priestly groups in Yahuwdah (like the rivalry in Israel) prior to 578. After 578, though, any influx of northern illegitimate Non-Levites Priests would have brought new issues, balances, and competitions among the priestly houses. There was one more new factor after 578: the presence of JE, the combined narrative of the nation's sacred recollections. This work itself was to play a part in the creation of other works. There was also one other book in Yahuwdah now that was going to play a part in this story.

24


THE GOLGOTHA CONSPIRACY Daniel 12:3 “and they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever”. (Authorized King James Version)

Not only many but all the teachings and doctrines of church pastors, priests and ministers, they were all teaching the doctrine of adversary. Their teachings even from the start of the Bible when Adam ate the forbidden fruit they teach Adam did not die, their reasoning in fact after eating the forbidden fruit Adam got children, making the word of adversary correct than the word of Yahweh. These are the teachings of all the pastors, ministers and priests of all churches denominations around the world. When Yahweh told Adam in Gen. 2:17 “but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shall surely die”. The adversary is always opposite and contradict the instructions of Yahweh to Adam. In Gen. 3:4-5 “and the serpent said unto the woman, “Ye shall not surely die: for Yahweh doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil”. The woman ate it and gave some to her husband and he did eat

it. This happened in the Garden of Eden, then drove them out of the Garden and placed on the ground from which he was taken. Adam lives for 930 years and died, Gen. 5:1-5. But on 2 Peter 3:8 “but, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with Yahweh as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day”. Adam died on the same day he ate the forbidden fruit because Adam did not complete one day in Yahweh for he live only for 930 years and died. The word of Yahweh is correct “thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shall surely die”. The word of adversary are all lies for he is a liar from the beginning and the father of lies, YahYah 8:44. In better understanding of using the name YahYah instead of Yochanan for John. We all know that there is no letter “J” when the time of ministerial of Yahshu’a Messiah and therefore the name “J”ohn is not acceptable. In Israel today they are using the name “Yochanan” for “John” but “Yochanan” name has no power to make a mute to speak in Luke 1:22, Luke 1:59-64 and Luke 1:62-64 and YeremiYah 43 :4, but only the Sacred name of Yahweh has the power to do this. The name of “John” is “Yahya” in Arabic originated on Semetic language of ancient Hebrew “YahYah”. The name Yochanan is one way of avoiding to pronounced the Sacred Name “Yah” like in Ezra 2:2 they write Yahshu’a as Yeshu’a. Why these pastors, ministers, priests of churches was deceived and never come to the truth just right on the beginning of the Bible? Because they did not read the Bible? I don’t agree, although in Churches they are oblige to read the cathetism but in their private lives I believed they read the Bible from the beginning of Genesis to the last verse of Revelations. But is that enough to understand the secret of the Bible? In YahYah 14:26 “but the Comforter, which is the Holy Spirit, whom the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you”. This


means that the Holy Spirit will teach us and remind us of everything Messiah had said. and that Holy Spirit will be send by the Father Yahweh in the name of Messiah who is speaking. Therefore what is the name of Messiah that the Holy Spirit will be send to teach and remind us everything Messiah had said. These pastors, ministers, priests of churches of all denominations will claim that the name of the Messiah is „JESUS‟. We cannot agree to the name „Jesus‟ because the letter „J‟ was invented 373 years ago, while the Messiah walk on this earth 2,000 years ago, therefore there is no letter „J‟ and it is not „Jesus‟ his name. In many dictionaries and encyclopedias and even in „The Passion of Christ‟ movie the name of Messiah was called Yahshu‟a. Therefore only on the name Yahshu‟a the Holy Spirit will be send by the Father Yahweh, not on any other name, not of course in the name Jesus. In the name Yahshu‟a the Holy Spirit will be send and that Holy Spirit will teach and remind us of everything the Messiah had said. In 2 Peter 1:21 „for the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man: but holy men of Yahweh spake as they were moved by the Holy Spirit‟.

All the teachings and doctrines of church pastors, priests and ministers, they were all teaching the doctrines that will end to death. In Proverb 14:12 „there is a way which seemeth right unto a man, but the end thereof are the ways of death‟. The right and correct way of teaching the doctrines that will lead to Eternal Life can be found in YahYah 17:3 „and this is Life Eternal, that they might know thee the only true God (Yahweh), and Jesus Christ (Yahshu‟a Messiah), whom thou hast send‟. Did these church pastors, priests and ministers teaches this

doctrine that the members should know the true only one God which is Yahweh and Yahshu‟a Messiah whom was sent? Let us look at the „Jesus believers‟ in different denominations. Others they have conflict that the Messiah is the „Son of Man‟, or the „Son of Dyos‟ (God). But both of them was wrong, because they don‟t have the Holy Spirit that was send in the name Yahshu‟a Messiah, they have the spirit of Jesus but not the Holy Spirit that was send by the Father Yahweh in the name Yahshu‟a.

Son of Man or Son of Dyos (Theos, God) You can find two different views about the Messiah whether Messiah is the „Son of Man‟ or The „Son of Dyos‟ (God). In Luke 3:38 „Seth, which was the son of Adam, which was the „Son of Yahweh‟. In continuation of the geneology from Adam generation to his descendants until to the generation of Yahshu‟a, they were all called Son of Yahweh not Son of Man. And not Son of „Dyos‟ because „Dyos‟ originated in the name „Theos‟ is the deity of Greek people not of the descendants of Abraham, and not „Son of God‟ because the word God originated in Assyrian deity name „Gad‟. The prophet Isaiah excoriated Israel for their abominations in serving pagan idols. One of the most prominent was the Syrian god of fate or luck, otherwise known as Gad: “But you are they that forsake Yahweh, that forget my holy mountain, that prepare a table for that troop, and that furnish the drink offering unto that number” (Isa. 65:11). “Troop” is translated from the

Hebrew Gad, pronounced “God”(see Strong‟s Hebrew and Chaldee Dictionary, No. 1409 and note the phonetic Gawd in this reference.).


The word “God” and its Germanic roots “Gott” and “Gut” are connected to the ancient Syrian idol “Baal Gad,” which Yahweh judged Israel for worshiping. The New Bible Dictionary says of Gad, “A pagan deity worshiped by the Canaanites as the God of Fortune for whom they „prepare a table‟” (Isa. 65:11) The Anchor Bible Dictionary says about “Gad”: “A Deity (or spirit) of fortune mentioned in Isa. 65:11 as being worshiped, along with Meni (a god of fate or destiny), by apostate Jews, probably in postexilic Judah,” Vol. II, p. 863. Further, this resource tells us, “The place name Baal-gad (Josh. 11:17) could be interpreted as „Lord Gad‟ or as involving an epithet (gad) joined to the divine name Baal” (Ibid.) The heathen nations that Yahshu‟a (Joshua) was directed to destroy had a place called Baal-gad, which is none other than “Lord-God,” a reference to Isaiah 65:11 and the worship of this “deity” by those who forsake Yahweh! As the Anchor Bible Dictionary affirms: “The apostates of Isa. 65:11 were looking to Gad [God], not Yahweh, as the source of well-being and prosperity” (Vol. II, p. 864). In Hastings‟ A Dictionary of the Bible, we find that the word Gad or God was “originally an appellative” and used as a divine name in pagan worship (see Gad, p. 76). Theosophy (Greek, theos, ”god”; sophos, “wise”), designation for any religious philosophical system purporting to furnish knowledge of God, and of the universe in relation to God, by means of direct mystical intuition, philosophical inquiry, or both. Yahshu‟a Messiah is Son of Yahweh Not Son of Man Angel Gabriel said: Luke 1:32 „he shall be great and shall be called the Son of The Highest (Yahweh)‟ Luke 1:35 „therefore also that holy thing which shall be born of thee shall be called the Son of Yahweh‟.

Luke said: In Luke 3:23 „and Yahshu‟a himself began to be about thirty years of age, being the son of Yoseph, which was the son of Heli‟ and continue to Luke 3:38 „Adam which was the Son of Yahweh‟. Yahshu‟a said: In YahYah 10:36 „because I said I am the Son of Yahweh‟. And also in YahYah 12:32 „and if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me‟. In 12:34 „the people answer him, „we have heard out of the law that the Messiah abideth forever; and how say thou, the Son of Man must be lifted up, who is this Son of Man? Yahshu‟a actually say the „Son of Man be lifted up‟, because of the replied of the people “who is this


Son of Man?”,

but the very common interpretation of translators that Yahshu‟a is a Son

of Man. “Flesh and blood had not revealed it unto him, but the Father which is in heaven” Only are those chosen by Father Yahweh to reveal but not the wicked people will understand and only the Father Yahweh will reveal. In Daniel 12:10 „many shall be purified, and made white, and tried, but the wicked shall do wickedly: understand; but the wise shall understand‟.

and none of the wicked shall

„blessed art thou, Simon Bar-Yonah; for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven‟.

In Matthew 16:17

This revelation to Simon Bar-Yonah, that flesh and blood had not revealed it unto him, but the Father Yahweh which is in heaven. Matthew16:13-17 „When Yahshu‟a came into the coasts of Caesarea Philippi, he asked his disciples, saying, Whom do men say that the Son of Man is? And they said, some say that thou art YahYah the Baptist: some, EliYah, and others, YeremiYah, or one of the prophets. He saith unto them, But whom say ye that I am? And Simon Peter answered and said, Thou art the MESSIAH, THE SON OF THE LIVING YAHWEH ‟. And Yahshu‟a answered and said unto him, „Blessed art thou, Simon Bar-Yonah, for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven‟. In continuation on Matthew 16:20-23 „then charged he his disciples that they should tell no man that he was Yahshu‟a the Messiah (the Son of Yahweh). Let us read the whole text:

From that time forth began Yahshu‟a to shew unto his disciples, how that (he) (the Son of Man) must go unto Yahrusalem, and suffer many things of the elders and chief priests and scribes, and be killed, and be raised again in the third day‟, is the same as it was written in Mark 10:33-34 „behold, we go up to Yahrusalem and the SON OF MAN shall be delivered unto the chief priest, and unto the scribes, and they shall condemn him to death, and shall deliver him to the Gentiles, and they shall mock him, and scourge him, and shall spit upon him, and shall kill him, and the third day he shall rise again‟ . Then Peter took him, and began to rebuke him, saying, „Be it far from thee, Master (Yahshu‟a): this shall not be unto thee‟. But he (Yahshu‟a) turned and said unto Peter, „Get thee behind me Satan: thou art an offence unto me; for thou savourest not the things that be of Yahweh (SON OF YAHWEH), but those that be of Men (SON OF MAN)‟.

Only a few minutes ago Peter Simon Bar-Yonah was blessed by the Father Yahweh which is in heaven‟ by the revelations to know that Yahshu‟a is the SON OF YAHWEH. But Yahshu‟a is telling that the SON OF MAN shall be delivered unto the chief priest, and unto the scribes, and they shall condemn him to death. The SON OF MAN shall be condemn to death NOT the SON OF YAHWEH. „for thou savourest not the things that be of Yahweh (SON OF YAHWEH), but those that be of Men (SON OF MAN)‟. Peter is thinking about the Son of Man is the Messish, but a while ago it was revealed by the Father Yahweh in heaven that Yahshu‟a is the SON OF YAHWEH, for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven‟.


I pray to Father Yahweh that you were be able to understand this, like Simon Bar-Yonah was blessed by the Father Yahweh which is in heaven by the revelations to know that Yahshu‟a is the SON OF YAHWEH. Therefore from the generation of Adam to Yahshu‟a were all Son of Yahweh. In Genesis 6:2-3 „that the SON OF YAHWEH saw the DAUGHTERS OF MEN that they were fair; and they took them wives of all which they chose. And Yahweh said, My Spirit shall not always strive with MAN. For that he also is flesh; yet his days shall be an hundred and twenty years‟.

This hundred and twenty (120) years does not apply to the „SON OF YAHWEH‟ , from Adam down to the 22nd generations of Yahcoob all of them died more than 130 years of ages. So therefore who are those SON OF MAN? In Genesis 6:4 „there were GIANTS in the earth in those days, and also after that, when the SON OF YAHWEH came in unto the DAUGHTERS OF MEN, and they bare children to them, the same become mighty men which were of old, men of renown‟.

Those GIANTS are not SON OF MEN or SON OF YAHWEH it was only mentioned the event of time when there were giants when the SON OF YAHWEH came in into the DAUGHTERS OF MEN. Lets go back to the topic who is the SON OF MAN? Those Son of Yahweh who took wives from the Daughters of Men they become one flesh, their days was shortened to hundred and twenty years. When the descendants of Yahcoob were in bondage in Mizraim (Egypt), they were intermarriages to pagans and influenced by pagan belief, see whole chapter of Exodus 32, from then those Son of Yahweh who took wives from the Daughters of Men whom they become one flesh and they bare children, their days was shortened to hundred and twenty years.

Why those Pastors, Ministers, Priests of Churches Who Read the Whole of the Bible Was Deceived and Never Come to the Truth? In YahYah 5:39-40 „they search the scriptures, for in them they think they have Eternal Life, and they are they which testify about the Messiah. And they did not come to Messiah, that they might have life‟. They come not to Yahshu‟a the real and true Messiah but they come to falsified

name „Jesus‟ that never existed on that ministerial time of Yahshu‟a Messiah 2,000 years ago because their was no letter „J‟ at that time. How can this church pastors, priests and ministers understand if they have no correct holy Spirit that will be send by the Father Yahweh through the name of Yahshu‟a the Messiah in YahYah 14:26„but the Comforter, which is the Holy Spirit, whom the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you‟. In 2 Peter 1:20-21 „knowing this first, that no prophecy of the scripture is of


any private interpretation, for the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man: but holy men of Yahweh spake as they were moved by the Holy Spirit‟.

Let Us Avoid Misconception or the Carry Over from Jesus Teaching 1. Sunday worship and the Seventh-day Adventist: This Sunday worship is not found in the Bible only the Pentecost Day was being held on the First day of the Week which is Sunday, but the Sabbath is the only day sanctified by Yahweh to be Holy. The Seventh day Adventist is performing the Sabbath day worship but neglected the other Sabbaths in the Feast of Yahweh in Leviticus chapter 23 and the Sabbathical Year. 2. Jesus doctrine that Jesus died in cross on Friday: The Prophet Daniel (Dan.9:27) prophesied that on the middle of the week the Messiah shall cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease‟, and that middle of the week is Wednesday. 3. Jesus doctrine that Jesus died in cross with two other criminals.: Yahshu‟a the Messiah said from his mouth on Luke 13:33 „nevertheless I must walk today, and tomorrow, and the day following : for it cannot be that a Prophet perish out of Yahrusalem‟. In Deuteronomy 18:15

„Yahweh your Mighty One will raise a PROPHET from the midst of thee, of thy brethren, like unto me (Levites also),unto him ye shall hearken‟. (Yahshu‟a is a Levite , his genealogical mother (Marriam) is a cousin of a Levite Elizabeth , Luke 1:5,1:36)

4. Jesus died. In Daniel 9:26 „and after three score and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself‟: Yes the Messiah was cut-off but it does not mean was killed. 5. Jesus was cut off from the land of the living: The Prophet Isaiah prophesied on Isa. 53:8 „he was taken from prison and from judgment: and who shall declare his generation? For he was cut-off out of the land of the living: for the transgression of my people was he stricken‟ . Prophet Isaiah wrote a challenging question that „Who among in his generation that can declare that he was cut off out of the land of the living? Stricken means he was only deeply or badly affected by something such as grief. In Dictionary: stricken [stríkən] (archaic) Past participle of

strike

adj a. deeply or badly affected by something: deeply or very badly affected by something such as grief, misfortune, or trouble b. affected by illness: experiencing severe physical symptoms caused by illness or injury

6. Jesus dying word is Eli, Eli Lama Sabachtani was heard by witnesses. This Greek word Eli Lama Sabachtani has equivalent word in Hebrew as „Mah Yad Shebaq‟. In Strong‟s Exhaustive Concordance Hebrew-Greek Dictionary no. 2241, no.1682, no.2982, no.


4100, no.3027, no.4518, no.7662. The witness should hear „Mah Yad Shebaq‟ because Yahshu‟a is a Hebrew man and speaking in Hebrew language not in Greek language (Acts 10:28, Acts 26:14). If Eli, Eli Lama Sabachtani is translation, then the witnesses will say he is waiting for „Mah Yad‟ not for Prophet EliYah. In Matthew 27:46-49. if that man in the cross is Yahshu‟a speaks “my Eli, my Eli, why has you forsaken me” will make Yob (Job) is better than this man because Yob did not charged or blamed Yahweh in Job 1:22. 7. Jesus was nailed to cross: Simon of Cyrene (now Libya) speak Greek and until now in Susa, Shihat and Beda in Libya these Greek descendant resides. Never in the scriptures that Simon of Cyrene returned the cross. 8. Jesus is three days and three nights in the grave: the teachings and doctrines of church pastors, priests and ministers, they were all teachings the doctrine of wicked and adulterous generations teaching that Jesus died on Friday and rise on early Sunday morning which is less than two days. Remember that Yahshu‟a reminds the wicked and adulterous generation in Matthew 16:4 „a wicked and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign, and there shall no sign be given unto it, but the sign of the prophet Yonah‟ .That three days and three night is for wicked and adulterous generation. False Prophet Prophesied that Yahshu‟a should die In Deuteronomy 18:22 „when a prophet speaketh in the name of YAHWEH, if the thing follow not, nor come to pass, that is the thing which YAHWEH hath not spoken, but the prophet hath spoken it presumptuously: thou shall not be afraid of him‟.

The High Priest at the time of ministerial of Yahshu‟a is „Caipas‟ who does not belong to Aaron descendants, whom the true lineage of forever high priest belongs written in Exodus chapter 29. But Caipas prophesied that Yahshu‟a will die in YahYah 11:51 „and this spake he not of himself: but being high priest that year, he prophesied that Yahshu‟a should die for that nation‟. This prophesies of false prophet as reminded in Deuteronomy 18:22 that

we should not believe and should not be afraid of it. The teachings and doctrines of Jesus church pastors, priests and ministers rely on the prophesies of false prophet Caipas. Yahshu‟a is The Son of Yahweh not Son of Man Remember that Father Yahweh revealed to Simon Bar Yonah that Yahshu‟a is the Son of Yahweh. He saith unto them, But whom say ye that I am? And Simon Peter answered and said, Thou art the MESSIAH, THE SON OF THE LIVING YAHWEH ‟. And Yahshu‟a answered and said unto him, „Blessed art thou, Simon Bar-Yonah, for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven‟. In continuation on Matthew 16:20-23 „then charged he his disciples that they should tell no man that he was Yahshu‟a the Messiah (the Son of Yahweh).


Yahshu‟a said that the Son of Man will be killed Not the Son of Yahweh Luke 9:22 „the Son of Man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders and chief priests and scribes, and be slain, and be raised the third day‟ . Mark 8:31 „the Son of Man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders and chief priests and scribes, and be killed, and after three days rise again‟ . Luke 9:44 „let these saying sink down into your ears, for the Son of Man shall be delivered into the hands of men‟. Mark 9:31 „the Son of Man is delivered into the hands of men, and they shall kill him, and after that he is killed, he shall rise the third day‟.

Matthew 17:22-23 „the Son of Man shall be betrayed into the hands of Man, and they shall kill him, and the third day he shall be raised again‟. Mark 10:33-34 „the son of Man shall be delivered unto the scribes, and they shall condemn him to death, and shall deliver him to the Gentiles. And they shall mock him, and shall scourge him, and shall spit upon him, and shall kill him, and the third day he shall rise again‟ .

Matthew 20:18 „the Son of Man shall be betrayed unto the chief priests and unto the scribes, and they shall condemn him to death‟. „behold, we go up to Yahrusalem, and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of Man shall be accomplished. For he shall be delivered unto the Gentiles, and shall be mocked, and spitefully entreated, and spitted on, and they shall scourge him, and put him to death, and the third day he shall rise again‟.

Luke 18:31-33

Those Who Search the Scriptures YahYah 5:39-40 „search the scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me. And ye will not come to me, that ye might have life‟. Yes, people search the scriptures thinking they might find eternal life, but they did not come to Yahshu‟a Messiah, but instead they come to false prophets of falsified name Jesus and believed on the doctrines of church pastors, priests and ministers teaching the prophecy of false prophet Caipas, YahYah 11:51 „and this spake he not of himself: but being high priest that year, he prophesied that Yahshu‟a should die for that nation‟.

Matthew 13:17 „that many prophets and righteous men have desired to see those things which ye see, and have not seen them, and to hear those things which ye hear, and not heard them‟ .


Daniel 12:10 „many shall be purified, and made white, and tried, but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand‟ . YahYah 7:16 „if any man will do his will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of Yahweh, or whether I speak of myself‟. „And Yahshu‟a answered and said unto him, Blessed art thou, Simon Bar-Yonah, for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven‟.

Matthew 16:17

I pray again to Almighty Father Yahweh through the name of Yahshu‟a the Messiah that you received the Holy Spirit of Yahweh, that you were be blessed like Simon Bar-Yonah for flesh and blood had not revealed it unto you, but my Father Yahweh which is in heaven, that you were able to understand this revelations of Almighty Father Yahweh in heaven to understand that Yahshu‟a is the SON OF YAHWEH.


SECTION III


GOLGOTHA CONSPIRACY Yahshu’a Messiah is Anointed by Luke 4:18 The Spirit of is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised, Isaiah 61:1 The Spirit of the Master is upon me; because hath anointed me to preach good tidings unto the meek; he hath sent me to bind up the brokenhearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;

ANOINTED BY SAUL ANOINTED BY

TO BE KING OF ISRAEL

1Samuel 10:1 Then Samuel took a vial of oil, and poured it upon his head, and kissed him, and said, Is it not because hath anointed thee to be captain over his inheritance? 1Samuel 15:17 And Samuel said, When thou wast little in thine own sight, wast thou not made the head of the tribes of Israel, and anointed thee king over Israel?

DAVID ANOINTED BY

TO BE KING OF ISRAEL

1Samuel 16:13 Then Samuel took the horn of oil, and anointed him in the midst of his brethren: and the Spirit of came upon David from that day forward. So Samuel rose up, and went to Ramah.

DAVID ANOINTED BY

TO BE KING OF ISRAEL HE

CANNOT KILL SAUL BECAUSE SAUL IS ANOINTED BY 1Samuel 24:4 And the men of David said unto him, Behold the day of which said unto thee, Behold, I will deliver thine enemy into thine hand, that thou mayest do to him as it shall seem good unto thee. Then David arose, and cut off the skirt of Saul's robe privily.

1


1Samuel 24:5 And it came to pass afterward, that David's heart smote him, because he had cut off Saul's skirt. 1Samuel 24:6 And he said unto his men, forbid that I should do this thing unto my master, 's anointed, to stretch forth mine hand against him, seeing he is the anointed of . 1Samuel 24:7 So David stayed his servants with these words, and suffered them not to rise against Saul. But Saul rose up out of the cave, and went on his way. 1Samuel 24:10 Behold, this day thine eyes have seen how that had delivered thee to day into mine hand in the cave: and some bade me kill thee: but mine eye spared thee; and I said, I will not put forth mine hand against my master; for he is 's anointed.

NO HUMAN CAN KILL THE ANOINTED BY

IT WAS ONLY

THAT CAN KILL HIS ANOINTED 2Samuel 1:14 And David said unto him, How wast thou not afraid to stretch forth thine hand to destroy 's anointed? 2Samuel 1:15 And David called one of the young men, and said, Go near, and fall upon him. And he smote him that he died. 2Samuel 1:16 And David said unto him, Thy blood be upon thy head; for thy mouth hath testified against thee, saying, I have slain the 's anointed.

REMINDER FROM Mark 13:22-23'For false Messiahs and false prophets shall rise, and shall shew signs and wonders, to seduce, if it were possible, even the elect, But take ye heed: behold, I have foretold you all things'.

THE FALSE PROPHETS OF DEVIL THE MURDERER FROM THE BEGINNING WANT THE VERY ELECT TO BE ACCESSORY TO THE MURDER BY BELIEVING IN THEIR HEART THAT THE MESSISH WAS KILLED, YOU KILLED ALREADY THE MESSIAH IN YOUR HEART

ANYONE BELIEVED THAT YAHSHUâ€&#x;A WAS MURDERED, KILLED BY MAN IS ACCESSORY TO THE CRIME OF MURDER. THE MURDERER FROM THE BEGINNING YOU CAN READ IN YAHYAH (JOHN) 8:44.

2


John 8:44 Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.

it cannot be that that Yahshu’a Messiah perish out of Jerusalem Luke 13:33 Nevertheless I must walk to day, and to morrow, and the day following: for it cannot be that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem. Deuteronomy 18:15 thy Elohim will raise up unto thee a Prophet from the midst of thee, of thy brethren, like unto me; unto him ye shall hearken;

is Son of Luke 3:23 And himself began to be about thirty years of age, being (as was supposed) the son of Joseph, which was the son of Heli, Luke 3:24 Which was the son of Matthat, which was the son of Levi, which was the son of Melchi, which was the son of Janna, which was the son of Joseph, Luke 3:25 Which was the son of Mattathias, which was the son of Amos, which was the son of Naum, which was the son of Esli, which was the son of Nagge, Luke 3:26 Which was the son of Maath, which was the son of Mattathias, which was the son of Semei, which was the son of Joseph, which was the son of Juda, Luke 3:27 Which was the son of Joanna, which was the son of Rhesa, which was the son of Zorobabel, which was the son of Salathiel, which was the son of Neri, Luke 3:28 Which was the son of Melchi, which was the son of Addi, which was the son of Cosam, which was the son of Elmodam, which was the son of Er, Luke 3:29 Which was the son of Jose, which was the son of Eliezer, which was the son of Jorim, which was the son of Matthat, which was the son of Levi, Luke 3:30 Which was the son of Simeon, which was the son of Juda, which was the son of Joseph, which was the son of Jonan, which was the son of Eliakim, Luke 3:31 Which was the son of Melea, which was the son of Menan, which was the son of Mattatha, which was the son of Nathan, which was the son of David,

3


Luke 3:32 Which was the son of Jesse, which was the son of Obed, which was the son of Booz, which was the son of Salmon, which was the son of Naasson, Luke 3:33 Which was the son of Aminadab, which was the son of Aram, which was the son of Esrom, which was the son of Phares, which was the son of Juda, Luke 3:34 Which was the son of Jacob, which was the son of Isaac, which was the son of Abraham, which was the son of Thara, which was the son of Nachor, Luke 3:35 Which was the son of Saruch, which was the son of Ragau, which was the son of Phalec, which was the son of Heber, which was the son of Sala, Luke 3:36 Which was the son of Cainan, which was the son of Arphaxad, which was the son of Sem, which was the son of Noe, which was the son of Lamech, Luke 3:37 Which was the son of Mathusala, which was the son of Enoch, which was the son of Jared, which was the son of Maleleel, which was the son of Cainan, Luke 3:38 Which was the son of Enos, which was the son of Seth, which was the son of Adam, which was the son of .

is Son of Matthew 16:13 When came into the coasts of Caesarea Philippi, he asked his disciples, saying, Whom do men say that I the Son of man am? Matthew 16:14 And they said, Some say that thou art John the Baptist: some, EliYah; and others, Jeremias, or one of the prophets. Matthew 16:15 He saith unto them, But whom say ye that I am? Matthew 16:16 And Simon Kepha answered and said, Thou art the Messiah, the Son of the living Elohim. Matthew 16:17 And answered and said unto him, Blessed art thou, Simon Barjona: for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven.

4


who is this Son of man? John 12:32 And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me. John 12:33 This he said, signifying what death he should die. John 12:34 The people answered him, We have heard out of the law that the Messiah abideth for ever: and how sayest thou, The Son of man must be lifted up? who is this Son of man? (THE WRITER WROTE “And I, if I be lifted up from the earth” INTERPRETED YAHSHU‟A AS THE SON OF MAN, WHY THE LISTENING PEOPLE NEED TO ASK FOR “who is this Son of man?” IF YAHSHU‟A HAD SAID “And I, if I be lifted up from the earth”, THIS PROVED THAT “And I, if I be lifted up from the earth” TO CORRECT IS “And SON OF MAN, if SON OF MAN be lifted up from the earth” The people answered him, We have heard out of the law that the Messiah abideth for ever: and how sayest thou, The Son of man must be lifted up? who is this Son of man?)

is Son of John 10:36 Say ye of him, whom the Father hath sanctified, and sent into the world, Thou blasphemest; because I said, I am the Son of ? Matthew 3:17 And lo a voice from heaven, saying, This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.

TEACH THAT THE SON OF MAN MUST SUFFER MANY THINGS Mark 8:31 And he began to teach them, that the Son of man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders, and of the chief priests, and scribes, and be killed, and after three days rise again. Luke 9:21 And he straitly charged them, and commanded them to tell no man that thing; Luke 9:22 Saying, The Son of man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders and chief priests and scribes, and be slain, and be raised the third day.

5


PAUL PREACHED Acts 9:20 And straightway he preached .

IS THE SON OF in the synagogues, that he is the Son of

Governor Festus Affirmed Yahshu’a is Alive Not Resurrected Acts 25:19 But had certain questions against him of their own superstition, and of one , which was dead, whom Paul affirmed to be alive. Governor Festus discussed Paul‟s case with King Agrippa. Governor Festus is highly educated and the Governor has knowledge about RESURRECTION (Resurrection in many Greek mythologies) but why Governor Festus in discussing with King Agrippa he used the word “ALIVE” instead of “RESURRECTION”? Therefore Yahshu‟a is ALIVE not RESURRECTED.

Philip believed that

the Messiah is the Son of

.

Acts 8:37 And Philip said, If thou believest with all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, I believe that the Messiah is the Son of .

THE ORIGIN OF RESURRECTION IS TAMMUZ Ezekiel 8:14 (597B.C.E.) Then he brought me to the door of the gate of 's house which was toward the north; and, behold, there sat women weeping for Tammuz. Nimrod II was calledTammuz by the Babylonian, Azur by Asyrian, and Osiris by Egyptian. Nimrod II was killed ang his wife gave birth to a boy whom he called Nimrod II that was RESURRECTED. This Mythology was carried to Greek and Romans Mythologies like of Jupiter and Zeus.

King Herod was influenced by Ancient Egyptian, Roman and Greek Mythology of Resurrection

Mark 6:14 And king Herod heard of him; (for his name was spread abroad:) and he said, That John the Baptist was risen from the dead, and therefore mighty works do shew forth themselves in him. Matthew 14:1-2 At that time Herod the tetrarch heard of the fame of , And said unto his servants, This is John the Baptist; he is risen from the dead; and therefore mighty works do shew forth themselves in him.

6


This belief of Herod that John was „RISEN FROM THE DEAD‟ when the time the Son of Man was NOT YET IMPALED ON THE CROSS OR TREE. This proved that RESURRECTION is very well popular BEFORE the actual event of Impalement on cross or tree of the Son of Man.

ANCIENT MYTHOLOGIES BEFORE BIRTH OF (1200 B.C.E.) Mythra of Persia (Iran) born by a virgin on December 25, nailed on cross, died and resurrected after three days. (1200 B.C.E.) Attis of Greece born by a virgin on December 25, nailed on cross, died and resurrected after three days. (900 B.C.E.) Krishna of India born by a virgin on December 25, nailed on cross, died and resurrected after three days. (300 B.C.E.) Horus of Egypt born by a virgin on December 25, nailed on cross, died and resurrected after three days. (200 B.C.E.) Dionysus of Greece born by a virgin on December 25, nailed on cross, died and resurrected after three days. Noticed those Greek, Egyptian Translators of the New Testament was knowledgable of Resurrection of Greek and Roman Mythologies.

REMINDER FROM Mark 13:22-23'For false Messiahs and false prophets shall rise, and shall shew signs and wonders, to seduce, if it were possible, even the elect, But take ye heed: behold, I have foretold you all things'.

Luke 24:44 And he said unto them, These are the words which I spake unto you, while I was yet with you, that all things must be fulfilled, which were written in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the psalms, concerning me.

law of Moses THE FALSE PROPHETS WANT THE MESSIAH TO BE A MAN OF SIN THAT‟S WHY THEY PUT HIM TO DEATH BY HANGING HIM ON A TREE OR CROSS

Deuteronomy 21:22-23 And if a man have committed a sin worthy of death, and he be to be put to death, and thou hang him on a tree: His body shall not remain all night upon the tree, but thou shalt in any wise bury him that day; (for he that is hanged is accursed of Yahweh) that thy land be not defiled, which YAHWEH thy Mighty One giveth thee for an inheritance.

7


psalms Psalm 31:12 I am forgotten as a dead man out of mind: I am like a broken vessel. Psalm 118:17 I shall not die, but live, and declare the works of YAH. Psalm 118:18 YAH hath chastened me sore: but he hath not given me over unto death. Psalm 118:19 Open to me the gates of righteousness: I will go into them, and I will praise YAH: Psalm 118:20 This gate of

, into which the righteous shall enter.

Psalm 118:21 I will praise thee: for thou hast heard me, and art become my salvation. Psalm 118:22 The stone which the builders refused is become the head stone of the corner. Acts 4:11 This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders, which is become the head of the corner. Acts 4:12 Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved.

Prophets of Prophet of Daniel 9:26 And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined. Prophet of Isaiah 53:8 He was taken from prison and from judgment: and who shall declare his generation? for he was cut off out of the land of the living: for the transgression of my people was he stricken. stricken [stríkən] (archaic) Past participle of

strike

adj 1. deeply or badly affected by something: deeply or very badly affected by something such as grief, misfortune, or trouble 2. affected by illness: experiencing severe physical symptoms caused by illness or injury 3. hit by missile: injured, struck, or wounded, for example by a missile

8


[Originally the past participle of strike ] -strickenly, adv Microsoft® Encarta® Premium Suite 2003. © 1993-2002 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.

Nothing written in any Jews writings that the Messiah should Suffer, It was only added by Translators of Matthew that the Messiah suffered to death for remission of sins Matthew 26:27-28 ‘gave

thanks ’, see Matthew 15:36 ‘gave to his disciples , the same in Mark 14:23-24, and in drank of it and the followed by the word of Yahshu’a . In Matthew this was CHANGED into order or instruction - Drink ye all of it and followed by ‘my blood ’, see Leviticus 17:11 For the life of the flesh is in the blood and I have given it to you upon the altar to make an atonement for your souls‘ with relation of the Last Supper. See Mark 14:24 ‘which is shed for many’, see Matthew 20:28, and to give his life a ransom for many” was added in the book of Matthew. The same words in Mark 1:4 s and preach the baptism of repentance for the remission of sins “ but in Matthew it was avoided baptize you with water unto repentance (Matthew 3:11). Changes was done by Translators to make the Messiah SUFFERED Mark the Disciples all

TO DEATH FOR THE REMISSION OF SINS.

Matthew 26:27 And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave it to them, saying, Drink ye all of it; Matthew 26:28 For this is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins. Matthew 15:36 And he took the seven loaves and the fishes, and gave thanks, and brake them, and gave to his disciples, and the disciples to the multitude. Mark 14:23 And he took the cup, and when he had given thanks, he gave it to them: and they all drank of it. Mark 14:24 And he said unto them, This is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many. Leviticus 17:11 For the life of the flesh is in the blood: and I have given it to you upon the altar to make an atonement for your souls: for it is the blood that maketh an atonement for the soul. Mark 14:24 And he said unto them, This is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many. Matthew 20:28 Even as the Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister, and to give his life a ransom for many.

9


Mark 1:4 John did baptize in the wilderness, and preach the baptism of repentance for the remission of sins. Matthew 3:11 I indeed baptize you with water unto repentance: but he that cometh after me is mightier than I, whose shoes I am not worthy to bear: he shall baptize you with the Holy Spirit, and with fire: IT WAS CLEAR THAT THE MESSIAH SHOULD SUFFER FOR THE REMISSION OF SINS WAS ADDITION TO THE BOOK OF MATTHEW. WHAT IS THE REMISSION OF SINS?

JUBILEE YEAR

Leviticus 25:8 And thou shalt number seven Sabbaths of years unto thee, seven times seven years; and the space of the seven Sabbaths of years shall be unto thee forty and nine years. Leviticus 25:9 Then shalt thou cause the trumpet of the jubile to sound on the tenth day of the seventh month, in the day of atonement shall ye make the trumpet sound throughout all your land. Leviticus 25:10 And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout all the land unto all the inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubile unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family. Leviticus 25:11 A jubile shall that fiftieth year be unto you: ye shall not sow, neither reap that which groweth of itself in it, nor gather the grapes in it of thy vine undressed. Leviticus 25:12 For it is the jubile; it shall be holy unto you: ye shall eat the increase thereof out of the field. Leviticus 25:13 In the year of this jubile ye shall return every man unto his possession. Leviticus 25:14 And if thou sell ought unto thy neighbour, or buyest ought of thy neighbour's hand, ye shall not oppress one another: Leviticus 25:15 According to the number of years after the jubile thou shalt buy of thy neighbour, and according unto the number of years of the fruits he shall sell unto thee: Leviticus 25:16 According to the multitude of years thou shalt increase the price thereof, and according to the fewness of years thou shalt diminish the price of it: for according to the number of the years of the fruits doth he sell unto thee.

10


Leviticus 25:17 Ye shall not therefore oppress one another; but thou shalt fear thy Elohim: for I am your Elohim. Leviticus 25:18 Wherefore ye shall do my statutes, and keep my judgments, and do them; and ye shall dwell in the land in safety. Leviticus 25:19 And the land shall yield her fruit, and he shall eat your fill, and dwell therein in safety. Leviticus 25:20 And if ye shall say, What shall we eat the seventh year? behold, we shall not sow, nor gather in our increase: Leviticus 25:21 Then I will command my blessing upon you in the sixth year, and it shall bring forth fruit for three years. Leviticus 25:22 And ye shall sow the eighth year, and eat yet of old fruit until the ninth year; until her fruits come in ye shall eat of the old store. Leviticus 25:23 The land shall not be sold for ever: for the land is mine; for ye are strangers and sojourners with me. Leviticus 25:24 And in all the land of your possession ye shall grant a redemption for the land. Leviticus 25:25 If thy brother be waxen poor, and hath sold away some of his possession, and if any of his kin come to redeem it, then shall he redeem that which his brother sold. Leviticus 25:26 And if the man have none to redeem it, and himself be able to redeem it; Leviticus 25:27 Then let him count the years of the sale thereof, and restore the overplus unto the man to whom he sold it; that he may return unto his possession. Leviticus 25:28 But if he be not able to restore it to him, then that which is sold shall remain in the hand of him that hath bought it until the year of jubile: and in the jubile it shall go out, and he shall return unto his possession. Leviticus 25:29 And if a man sell a dwelling house in a walled city, then he may redeem it within a whole year after it is sold; within a full year may he redeem it. Leviticus 25:30 And if it be not redeemed within the space of a full year, then the house that is in the walled city shall be established for ever to him that bought it throughout his generations: it shall not go out in the jubile. Leviticus 25:31 But the houses of the villages which have no wall round about them shall be counted as the fields of the country: they may be redeemed, and they shall go out in the jubile.

11


Leviticus 25:32 Notwithstanding the cities of the Levites, and the houses of the cities of their possession, may the Levites redeem at any time. Leviticus 25:33 And if a man purchase of the Levites, then the house that was sold, and the city of his possession, shall go out in the year of jubile: for the houses of the cities of the Levites are their possession among the children of Israel. Leviticus 25:34 But the field of the suburbs of their cities may not be sold; for it is their perpetual possession. Leviticus 25:35 And if thy brother be waxen poor, and fallen in decay with thee; then thou shalt relieve him: yea, though he be a stranger, or a sojourner; that he may live with thee. Leviticus 25:36 Take thou no usury of him, or increase: but fear thy Elohim; that thy brother may live with thee. Leviticus 25:37 Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usury, nor lend him thy victuals for increase. Leviticus 25:38 I am your Elohim, which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, to give you the land of Canaan, and to be your Elohim. Leviticus 25:39 And if thy brother that dwelleth by thee be waxen poor, and be sold unto thee; thou shalt not compel him to serve as a bondservant: Leviticus 25:40 But as an hired servant, and as a sojourner, he shall be with thee, and shall serve thee unto the year of jubile: Leviticus 25:41 And then shall he depart from thee, both he and his children with him, and shall return unto his own family, and unto the possession of his fathers shall he return. Leviticus 25:42 For they are my servants, which I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: they shall not be sold as bondmen. Leviticus 25:43 Thou shalt not rule over him with rigour; but shalt fear thy Elohim. Leviticus 25:44 Both thy bondmen, and thy bondmaids, which thou shalt have, shall be of the heathen that are round about you; of them shall ye buy bondmen and bondmaids. Leviticus 25:45 Moreover of the children of the strangers that do sojourn among you, of them shall ye buy, and of their families that are with you, which they begat in your land: and they shall be your possession.

12


Leviticus 25:46 And ye shall take them as an inheritance for your children after you, to inherit them for a possession; they shall be your bondmen for ever: but over your brethren the children of Israel, ye shall not rule one over another with rigour. Leviticus 25:47 And if a sojourner or stranger wax rich by thee, and thy brother that dwelleth by him wax poor, and sell himself unto the stranger or sojourner by thee, or to the stock of the stranger's family: Leviticus 25:48 After that he is sold he may be redeemed again; one of his brethren may redeem him: Leviticus 25:49 Either his uncle, or his uncle's son, may redeem him, or any that is nigh of kin unto him of his family may redeem him; or if he be able, he may redeem himself. Leviticus 25:50 And he shall reckon with him that bought him from the year that he was sold to him unto the year of jubilee: and the price of his sale shall be according unto the number of years, according to the time of an hired servant shall it be with him. Leviticus 25:51 If there be yet many years behind, according unto them he shall give again the price of his redemption out of the money that he was bought for. Leviticus 25:52 And if there remain but few years unto the year of jubile, then he shall count with him, and according unto his years shall he give him again the price of his redemption. Leviticus 25:53 And as a yearly hired servant shall he be with him: and the other shall not rule with rigour over him in thy sight. Leviticus 25:54 And if he be not redeemed in these years, then he shall go out in the year of jubile, both he, and his children with him. Leviticus 25:55 For unto me the children of Israel are servants; they are my servants whom I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: I am your Elohim.

PREACH THE JUBILEE YEAR Luke 4:18 The Spirit of is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised, Luke 4:19 To preach the acceptable year of . (The Acceptable year of the JUBILEE YEAR according to many Bible Scholars)

13

is


FORGIVES THE SINS OF THE SINFUL WOMAN Luke 7:36 And one of the Pharisees desired him that he would eat with him. And he went into the Pharisee's house, and sat down to meat. Luke 7:37 And, behold, a woman in the city, which was a sinner, when she knew that sat at meat in the Pharisee's house, brought an alabaster box of ointment, Luke 7:38 And stood at his feet behind him weeping, and began to wash his feet with tears, and did wipe them with the hairs of her head, and kissed his feet, and anointed them with the ointment. Luke 7:39 Now when the Pharisee which had bidden him saw it, he spake within himself, saying, This man, if he were a prophet, would have known who and what manner of woman this is that toucheth him: for she is a sinner. Luke 7:40 And answering said unto him, Simon, I have somewhat to say unto thee. And he saith, Master, say on. Luke 7:41 There was a certain creditor which had two debtors: the one owed five hundred pence, and the other fifty. Luke 7:42 And when they had nothing to pay, he frankly forgave them both. Tell me therefore, which of them will love him most? Luke 7:43 Simon answered and said, I suppose that he, to whom he forgave most. And he said unto him, Thou hast rightly judged. Luke 7:44 And he turned to the woman, and said unto Simon, Seest thou this woman? I entered into thine house, thou gavest me no water for my feet: but she hath washed my feet with tears, and wiped them with the hairs of her head. Luke 7:45 Thou gavest me no kiss: but this woman since the time I came in hath not ceased to kiss my feet. Luke 7:46 My head with oil thou didst not anoint: but this woman hath anointed my feet with ointment. Luke 7:47 Wherefore I say unto thee, Her sins, which are many, are forgiven; for she loved much: but to whom little is forgiven, the same loveth little. Luke 7:48 And he said unto her, Thy sins are forgiven. Luke 7:49 And they that sat at meat with him began to say within themselves, Who is this that forgiveth sins also?

14


Luke 7:50 And he said to the woman, Thy faith hath saved thee; go in peace. Luke 7:48 And he said unto her, Thy sins are forgiven.

WHY BELIEVED IN ILLEGITIMATE FAKE PRIESTS? John 11:45 Then many of the Jews which came to Mary, and had seen the things which did, believed on him. John 11:46 But some of them went their ways to the Pharisees, and told them what things had done. John 11:47 Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees a council, and said, What do we? for this man doeth many miracles. John 11:48 If we let him thus alone, all men will believe on him: and the Romans shall come and take away both our place and nation. John 11:49 And one of them, named Caiaphas, being the high priest that same year, said unto them, Ye know nothing at all, John 11:50 Nor consider that it is expedient for us, that one man should die for the people, and that the whole nation perish not. John 11:51 And this spake he not of himself: but being high priest that year, he prophesied that should die for that nation; John 11:52 And not for that nation only, but that also he should gather together in one the children of Elohim that were scattered abroad. John 11:53 Then from that day forth they took counsel together for to put him to death. John 11:54 therefore walked no more openly among the Jews; but went thence unto a country near to the wilderness, into a city called Ephraim, and there continued with his disciples.

15


SABWATAN SA GOLGOTHA

Kilala mo ba si YAHSHU‟A ang pangalan ng Messiah na nagturo sa Israel 2,000 taon na ang nakakalipas ? Ang pangalang itinawag sa kanya ng kaniyang Hebreong magulang ay pangalang Hebreo na Yahshu‟a na isinusulat sa wikang Aramaic na YESHU‟A. Ang Aramaic na pangalang Yeshu‟a ay isinalin sa pangalang Greek na Iesous na binibigkas na Yeh-sous, at isinalin sa Latin na Iesus na binibigkas na Yay-sus at ng maimbento ang letrang „J‟ noong 1633 A.D. ay naisalin sa English na Jesus.

Mas Mahalaga ba ang pangalang Yahshu‟a kaysa Jesus ? Sa YahYah (Juan) 14:26 “ang Mang-aaliw na siyang Banal Na Ispiritu ay ipadadala ng Ama sa pamamagitan ng Aking Pangalan, at iyang Banal Na Ispiritung iyan ang siyang Magtuturo sa iyo ng lahat ng bagay at Magpapa-alala ng lahat ng sinabi ko sa iyo”. Ang pangalan niya nang binangit sa YahYah (Juan) 14:26 ay Yahshu‟a, hindi pa na-iisalin ang pangalan niya sa Iesous o Jesus, samakatwid ipadadala ng Amang Yahweh ang Banal Na Ispiritu sa pamamagitan ng Pangalang YAHSHU‟A. Bago tayo magpatuloy alam natin na bagong imbento lamang ang Letrang „J‟ kaya imposibleng Jesus ang pangalan ng Messiah, ganoon din ang pangalan ni Juan o „John‟ ay ang dapat ay „YahYah‟. Sa Israel ngayon ang tawag kay John ay „Yochanan‟ na isang kontradiksyon sa nakasulat sa YeremiYah (Jeremiah) 43:4 at sa Luke 1:61. Tangi ang Banal na Pangalan ni Yahweh na „Yah‟ sa Awit 68:4 ang may kapangyarihan na pagsalitaing-muli si ZechariYah sa Luke 1:22, Luke 1:59-64. Ang Semetic na kapatid na wika ng Hebreo at sa Arabic ang pangalan ni John ay „Yahya‟.

Si Yahshu‟a ang Messiah ay ANAK NI YAHWEH o ANAK NG TAO ? Noong kapanahunan pa ni Emperor Constantine na nagtatag ng Romano Katoliko ay pinagtatalunan na kung ang Messiah (na naisalin na sa pangalang Latin na „Iesus‟) ay „Anak ng Kataas-taasan‟ o „Anak ng Tao‟. Nang ipatawag ni Emperor Constantine noong 325 A.D. ang 1,800 na Bishop na ang dumalo ay 318 Bishop lamang sa Council of Nicea, ang pinagkatiwalaan ni Bishop Alexander na si Athanasius ay ipinipilit na si Iesus ay „Anak ng Kataas-taasan‟ at ang Banal na Ispiriti at ang Ama ay iisa o ang „Paniniwala sa Trinity‟. Si Arius naman ay ipinagpilitan na si Iesus ay „Anak ng Tao‟.

Si Yahshu‟a ay Anak Ni Yahweh: Sa geneology sa Luke 3:23-38 “Si Yahshu‟a ay magtatatlumpong taon na ay anak ni Yohseph na anak ni……. si Seth na anak ni Adam na Anak ni Yahweh”. Si Yahshu‟a raw ay anak ni Yohseph na ang ninuno ay si Adam na Anak ni Yahweh. Sa Genesis 6:2-4 sa kapanahunan ni Adam “At nakita ng mga „Anak ni Yahweh‟ na magaganda ang mga babaeng „Anak ng Tao‟ at pumili sila ng kani-kanilang mapapangasawa”. May mga higante sa mundo ng kapanahunang iyon, at ang naging supling ng Anak ni Yahweh sa mga babaeng Anak ng Tao ay naging Magigiting (Mighty men) o tinawag na Elohim.

16


Nalito ang mga Translators kung Sino ang Anak ni Yahweh at Sino ang Anak ng Tao: YahYah (Juan) 12:32-34 “at Ako, kung Ako at maitaas na, ilalapit ang lahat ng tao sa akin (and I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me)”. YahYah (Juan) 12:33 ay komentaryo ng Translators. YahYah (Juan) 12:34 “Ang mga tao ay sumagot, „narinig namin sa batas na ang Messiah ay lalagi magpakailanman, bakit sinasabi mo na ang Anak ng Tao ay kailang maitaas, sino ba itong Anak ng Tao ? (“The people answered him, We have heard out of the law that Messiah abideth forever, and how sayest thou, The Son of Man must be lifted up ? who is this Son of Man ?). Wala naman binanggit sa YahYah 12:32 ang Translators na Anak ng Tao ay kailang maitaas, bakit sa isinagot ng mga tao at nagtatanong sino ba itong Anak ng Tao ? Samakatwid sa YahYah 12:32 ay ang binanggit ni Yahshu‟a ay HINDI „Ako‟ KUNDI „Anak ng Tao‟ ay maitaas na. Bakit nalito ang mga Translators ?

Si Yahshu‟a Messiah ay Anak Ni Yahweh na Buhay: Mateo 16:13-17 “Nang dumating si Yahshu‟a sa lupain ng Caesaria ng Filipos, tinanong niya ang kanyang mga Alagad. Sino raw ang Anak ng Tao ayon sa mga tao? At sumagot sila na sabi po ng ilan ay si YahYah (Juan Bautista), sabi naman ng iba ay si EliYah, at may nagsabi pang si YeremiYah o isa sa mga Propeta”. Kayo naman ano ang sabi ninyo ? sino ako ? tanong niya sa kanila. Sumagot si Simon Pedro, “Kayo po ang Messiah, ang Anak Ni Yahweh na Buhay”. Sinabi sa kanya ni Yahshu‟a “mapalad ka Simon na Anak ni Yonas sapagkat ang KATOTOHANANG ITO‟Y HINDI INIHAYAG sa iyo ng laman at ng dugo (ng sinumang tao) kundi nang aking Ama (Amang Yahweh) na nasa langit”.

Tanging si Simon Pedro na anak ni Yonas ang pinahayagan ni Amang Yahweh ng KATOTOHANAN na si Yahshu‟a ay ANAK NI YAHWEH NA BUHAY. Ang mga Translators ay nalito dahil hindi sila pinahayagan ni Amang Yahweh ng katotohanang ito kaya inakala nila na si Yahshu‟a ay Anak ng Tao kagaya ng ayon sa mga Tao.

Ano ang Inihayag ni Amang Yahweh kay Simon Pedro na Anak ni Yonas na Hindi inihayag sa sinumang tao ? Marcos 4:11 ‘sa inyo’y ipinagkaloob na malaman ang lihim tungkol sa paghahari ni Yahweh, ngunit sa iba ay ang lahat ng bagay ay itinuturo sa pamamagitan ng talinghaga’. Kung inihayag din sa inyo ito ay matatanggap ninyo ang mga SUSI sa Kaharian ni Amang Yahweh na nasa Mateo 16:19 at maiintindihan ninyo ang nangyaring Sabwatan sa Golgotha.

SABWATAN SA GOLGOTHA ANG BULAANG PROPETA NA SI CAIPAS: YahYah 11:51 „sinabi niya ito hindi sa ganang kanyang sarili lamang, bilang punong Seserdote ng panahong iyon, hinulaan niyang mamamatay si Yahshu‟a dahil sa bayan‟. YeremiYah 23:31-32 „ako‟y laban sa mga propetang kumakatha ng sariling pangitain saka sasabihing iyon ay ang sabi ni Yahweh. Ako‟y laban sa propetang nagsasalaysay ng kasinungalingan upang dayain ang aking bayan, hindi ko sila sinugo at wala silang kabuluhang idudulot sa bayang ito‟. Deuteronomo 18:21-22 „upang matiyak ninyo kung ano ang sinasabi ng propeta ay kung galing kay Yahweh o hindi, ito ang palatandaan: kapag hindi nagyari o hindi nagkatutoo ang

17


sinabi niya, yaon ay hindi mula kay Yahweh, sariling katha niya iyon, huwag ninyo siyang paniwalaan‟. Si Caipas ay isang bulaang Propeta at hindi karapat-dapat na maging punong Seserdote dahil hindi siya nanggaling sa lahi ni Aaron na Levita. Samakatwid hindi mula kay Yahweh ang kanyang inihula. Bakit ang mga tigapagturo ng Jesús ay naniniwala sa hula ng bulaang propetang si Caipas, at pati na ang mga naniniwala sa tunay na pangalan ni Amang Yahweh at Yahshu‟a Messiah ay pinaniwalaan din ang hula ng bulaang propetang si Caipas at naniniwala sa Hindi Seserdote ni Amang Yahweh.

PINANGGALINGAN NG BULAANG SESERDOTE NA KAGAYA NI CAIPAS 1 Hari 12:31 „nagtayo pa sila ng mga sambahan sa burol at naglagay ng mga Seserdote na hindi mula sa lipi ng Levita, kundi pangkaraniwang tao lamang (NehemiYah 7:63-65)‟. 1 Hari 13:33 „sa ginawang kasamaang ito ni Yeroboam, hindi siya tumigil sa paggawa ng kasamaan, patuloy parin siyang nagtatalaga ng mga Seserdote na hindi lahing Levita kundi pangkaraniwang tao lamang‟. Si Caipas ay hindi nanggaling sa lahi ni Aaron na Levita, samakatwid si Caipas ay hindi tamang Seserdote.

ANG TAMANG SESERDOTE Lukas 1:5 „Nang si Herodes ang hari ng Judea, may isang Seserdote na ang pangalan ay ZechariYah sa pangkat ni Abias, at mula rin sa lipi ni Aaron ang kanyang asawa na si Elizabeth‟. NehemiYah 12:4 „mga Seserdote‟ na Levita, „Iddo, Ginetoi, Abias‟. Exodus 29:1 „Ganito ang gagawin mo sa pagtatalaga kay Aaron at sa kanyang mga anak na lalaki bilang Seserdote‟.

SINO ANG NAGPLANO NA IPAPATAY ANG MESSIAH? YahYah 11:45-54 „marami sa mga Hudyong dumalaw kay Maria ang nakakita sa ginawa ni Yahshu‟a at nanalig sa kanya. Ngunit ang ilan sa kanila‟y pumunta sa mga Pariseo at ibinalita ang ginawa ni Yahshu‟a, kaya‟t tinipon ng mga punong Seserdote at ng mga Pariseo ang mga Kagawad ng Sanhedrin. „Ano ang gagawin natin‟? Wika nila, gumagawa ng maraming kababalaghan ang taong iyon, kung siya‟y pababayaan natin mananampalataya sa kanya ang lahat, paparito ang mga Romano at wawasakin ang Templo at ang ating bansa. Ngunit ang isa sa kanila si Caipas ang pinaka-punong Seserdote noon ay nagsabi ng ganito, „Ano ba kayo, hindi ba ninyo naiisip na mas mabuti para sa atin na isang tao lamang ang mamatay alang-alang sa bayan, sa halip na mapahamak ang buong bansa. (sinabi niya ito hindi sa ganang kanyang sarili lamang bilang punong-Seserdote sa panahong iyon – hinulaan niya na mamamatay si Yahshu‟a dahil sa bansa – at hindi lamang sa bansang iyon lamang kundi upang tipunin ang nagkawatak-watak na mga Anak ng Maykapal). Mula noon ay binalangkas na nila kung paano ipapapatay si Yahshu‟a. Kaya‟t siya‟y hindi na hayagang naglakad sa Hudea. Sa halip, siya‟y nagpunta sa Efraim, isang bayang malapit sa ilang at doon siya nanirahan kasama ng kanyang mga alagad‟.

18


BINALAK NA IPAPATAY NA RIN SI LAZARO YahYah 12:10-11 „Binalak ng mga punong Seserdote na ipapatay din si Lazaro, sapagkat dahilan sa kanya‟y maraming Hudyong humihiwalay na sa kanila at nananalig na kay Yahshu‟a‟.

IBIG IPAPATAY NI HERODES SI YAHSHU‟A Lukas 13:31 „Dumating noon ang ilang Pariseo, sinabi nila kay Yahshu‟a, „umalis ka rito, sapagkat ibig kang ipapatay ni Herodes‟. Lukas 3:6 „umalis ang mga Pariseo at nakipagsabwatan sa mga kampon ni Herodes upang ipapatay si Yahshu‟a‟.

ANAK NI YAHWEH AY IBA SA ANAK NG TAO Genesis 6:2 „ang mga Anak ni Yahweh ay nakita ang mga babaeng „Anak ng Tao‟ na magaganda, kaya pumili sila ng kani-kanilang mapapangasawa‟

ANAK NG TAO Genesis 11:5 „bumaba si Yahweh upang tingnan ang lungsod at ang toreng itinatayo ng mga Anak ng Tao‟.

SI YAHSHU‟A HANGGANG SA NINUNO NIYANG SI ADAN AY MGA ANAK NI YAHWEH Lukas 3: 23 – 38 „ si Yahshu‟a ay mag-tatatlumpung taon na ng magsimulang magturo, na anak ni Yahseph, na anak ni Heli,………38..na anak ni Enos, na anak ni Seth, na anak ni Adan na Anak ni Yahweh‟.

SINO ANG ANAK NG TAO, SINO AKO? SI YAHSHU‟A AY ANAK NI YAHWEH NA BUHAY Mateo 16:13-17 „Nang dumating si Yahshu‟a sa lupain ng Caesaria ng Filipos, tinanong niya ang kanyang mga alagad, „sino raw ang „Anak ng Tao‟, ayon sa mga tao? At sumagot sila, ang sabi po ng ilan ay si YahYah Bautista, sabi naman ng iba ay si EliYah, at may nagsabi pang si YeremiYah o isa sa mga propeta. Kayo naman, ano ang sabi ninyo sino ako? Tanong niya sa kanila. Sumagot si Simon Pedro, „kayo po ang Messiah ang Anak ni Yahweh na buhay‟, sinabi sa kanya ni Yahshu‟a, mapalad ka Simon na anak ni Yonas, sapagkat ang katotohanang ito‟y hindi inihayag sa iyo ng sinumang tao kundi ng aking Ama na nasa langit‟.

ANO ANG KATOTOHANAN NA HINDI INIHAYAG NG SINUMANG TAO KUNDI ANG AMANG YAHWEH LAMANG? Na makilala na BUHAY si Yahshu‟a ang Messiah na ANAK NI YAHWEH

19


SINO BA ANG ANAK NG TAO? YahYah 12:32-34 „at kung ako‟y maitaas na, ilalapit ko sa akin ang lahat ng tao‟, sumagot ang mga tao, „sinasabi sa Kasulatan na ang Messiah ay mananatili Magpakailanman, sino ba itong Anak ng Tao?‟ Samakatwid, ang binanggit ni Yahshu‟a „at kung ako‟y maitaas na‟ ay ang tamang pagkakasulat ay „at kung ang „Anak ng Tao‟ ay maitaas na‟. Ito‟y mapapansin sa kasagutan ng mga tao sa pagtatanong ng „sino ba itong Anak ng Tao?‟ Ang Translators ay hindi “Mapalad‟ na kagaya ni Simon na anak ni Yonas na pinahayagan ni Amang Yahweh na si Yahshu‟a ang Messiah ay BUHAY na ANAK NI YAHWEH

NAGPAKILALA SI YAHSHU‟A NA ANAK NI YAHWEH YahYah 10:36 „ako‟y hinirang at sinugo ng Ama, paano ninyong masasabi ngayon na nilalapastangan ko si Yahweh sa sinabi ko na Ako ay Anak ni Yahweh‟.

KINILALA SI YAHSHU‟A Mateo 3:17 „ito ang minamahal kong Anak na lubos kong kinalulugdan‟.

SINO BA ANG BINANGGIT NI YAHSHU‟A NA KAILANGANG MAMATAY? Markos 8:31 „Anak ng Tao‟ ay dapat magbata ng maraming hirap, siya ay itatakwil ng Matatanda ng Bayan, ng mga punong Seserdote at ng mga Eskriba at ipapapatay. Ngunit sa ikatlong araw muli siyang mabubuhay‟. Lukas 9:21-22 „Anak ng Tao‟ ay dapat magbata ng maraming hirap at itatakwil ng Matatanda ng Bayan, ng mga punong Seserdote at ng mga Eskriba, ipapapatay nila siya, ngunit sa ikatlong araw siya ay muling mabubuhay‟.

MULING IPINAHAYAG NI YAHSHU‟A ANG KAMATAYAN NG ANAK NG TAO Lukas 9:44-45 „ipagkakanulo ang Anak ng Tao‟, ngunit ito‟y hindi nila maunawaan sapagkat inilihim ito sa kanila‟. Markos 9:31 „Ang Anak ng Tao ay ipagkakanulo at papatayin, ngunit muling mabubuhay sa ikatlong araw‟. Mateo 17:22-23 „sinabi sa kanila ni Yahshu‟a na ang Anak ng Tao ay ipagkakanulo at papatayin, ngunit muling mabubuhay sa ikatlong araw‟.

IKATLONG BESES NA INIHAYAG NI YAHSHU‟A ANG KAMATAYAN NG ANAK NG TAO Markos 10:33-34 „ang Anak ng Tao ay ipagkakanulo sa mga punong Seserdote at sa mga Eskriba, siya‟y kanilang hahatulan ng kamatayan at ibibigay sa mga Gentil, siya‟y tutuyain

20


nila, luluraan, hahagupitin at papatayin, ngunit muli siyang mabubuhay pagkaraan ng tatlong araw‟. Mateo 20:18 „aakyat tayo sa Yahrusalem. Doo‟y ipagkakanulo sa mga punong Seserdote at sa mga Eskriba ang Anak ng Tao, hahatulan siya ng kamatayan at ibibigay sa mga Gentil. Siya‟y tutuyain, hahagupitin at ipapako sa krus, ngunit muli siyang bubuhayin sa ikatlong araw‟. Lukas 18:31-34 „tandaan ninyo ito pupunta tayo sa Yahrusalem at doo‟y matutupad ang lahat ng sinulat ng mga propeta tungkol sa „Anak ng Tao‟. Ipagkakanulo siya sa mga Gentil, tutuyain, dudustain at luluraan siya ng mga ito. Siya‟y hahagupitin at papatayin nila, ngunit sa ikatlong araw ay muling mabubuhay. Subalit wala silang maunawaan sa kanilang narinig, hindi nila nakuha ang kahulugan niyon, at hindi man lamang nalaman kung ano ang sinabi ni Yahshu‟a‟. Samakatwid ay tinutukoy ni Yahshu‟a ay ang „Anak ng Tao‟ ay dapat magbata ng maraming hirap, siya ay itatakwil ng Matatanda ng Bayan, ng mga punong Seserdote at ng mga Eskriba at ipapapatay. Ngunit sa ikatlong araw muling mabubuhay‟. Si Yahshu‟a ay „Anak ni Yahweh‟ na inihayag kay Simon Pedro na anak ni Yonas, ito ay hindi inihayag ng tao kundi tanging si Amang Yahweh lamang ang naghayag nito.

UNANG ITINURO NI APOSTOL SAUL (PABLO) NA SI YAHSHU‟A AY ANAK NI YAHWEH Gawa 9:20 Yahweh

„Una niyang itinuro sa mga sinagoga na si Messiah Yahshu‟a ay siya‟ng Anak ni

BAGO MAGBAUTISMO SI FELIPE NA DISIPOLO NI YAHSHU‟A Gawa 8:37 „at si Felipe ay nagsabi „kung ikaw ay naniniwala ng buong puso, maniwala ka‟, at siya‟y sumagot, „naniniwala ako na si Yahshu‟a ay Anak ni Yahweh‟.

PINANGGALINGAN NG ALAMAT NA „NABUHAY NA MULI‟ ALAMAT NI MYTHRA BAGO LUMITAW SI YAHSHU‟A MESSIAH (1200 B.C.E.) Si Mythra ng Persia ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at „Nabuhay Na Muli‟ sa ikatlong araw.

ALAMAT NI ATTIS BAGO LUMITAW SI YAHSHU‟A MESSIAH NG NAZARETH (1200 B.C.E.) Si Attis ng Gresya ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at „Nabuhay Na Muli‟ sa ikatlong araw.

ALAMAT NI KRISHNA BAGO LUMITAW SI YAHSHU‟A MESSIAH NG NAZARETH (900 B.C.E.) Si Krishna ng India ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at „Nabuhay Na Muli‟ sa ikatlong araw.

21


ALAMAT NI TAMMUZ BAGO LUMITAW SI YAHSHU‟A MESSIAH NG NAZARETH Ezekiel 8:14 (597 B.C.E) Si Nimrod II ay tinawag naTammuz ng mga Babylonia, Azur naman ang tawag ng mga Asyrian, at Osiris naman ang tawag ng mga Egyptian. Si Nimrod II ay napatay at ang kanyang asawa ay nagbuntis sa ibang lalaki at pinalabas na ang bata ay si Nimrod II na „NABUHAY NA MULI‟.Mula noon ang Alamat na ito ay naging bantog sa mga Alamat ng Griyego at Romano kahanay nila Jupiter at Zeus.

ALAMAT NI HORUS BAGO LUMITAW SI YAHSHU‟A MESSIAH NG NAZARETH (300 B.C.E.) Si Horus ng Egypt ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at „Nabuhay Na Muli‟ sa ikatlong araw.

ALAMAT NI DIONYSUS BAGO LUMITAW SI YAHSHU‟A MESSIAH NG NAZARETH (200 B.C.E.) Si Dionysus ng Gresya ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at „Nabuhay Na Muli‟ sa ikatlong araw. Mapapansin na ang mga unang nagsalin (translators) ng Biblia ay nanggaling sa bansang naimpluwensyahan ng mga Alamat na „NABUHAY NA MULI‟. Mapapanood sa Google video clipping „Part 1 The Greatest Story Ever Told‟.

NADALANG PANINIWALA NI HERODES Markos 6:14-16, Mateo 14:1-22 „nakarating kay Haring Herodes ang balita tungkol kay Yahshu‟a, sapagkat bantog na ang pangalan nito. May nagsabi, siya‟y si YahYah Bautista na muling nabuhay, kaya nakakagawa siya ng mga himala. May nagsabi naman na siya‟y si EliYah, siya‟y propeta, katulad ng mga propeta noong una anang iba. Sinabi naman ni Herodes nang mabalitaan niya ito, „NABUHAY NA MULI‟ si YahYah Bautista na pinapugutan ko‟. Mapapansin na dati nang pinaniniwalaan ang alamat na „NABUHAY NA MULI‟ ay sikat na sikat na paniniwala ng halos lahat ng Paganong Bansa bago pa magturo si Yahshu‟a Messiah.

ANO BA ANG TALINGHAGA SA NABUHAY NA MULI? Lukas 15:32 „ngunit dapat tayong magsaya at magalak, sapagkat „NAMATAY NA‟ ang kapatid mo, ngunit –„MULING NABUHAY‟, „NAWALA‟ ngunit muling nasumpungan‟ Epeso 2:5 „tayo‟y „BINUHAY‟ niya kay Messiah kahit noong tayo‟y mga patay pa dahil sa ating mga pagsuway‟. Lukas 9:60 „ipaubaya mo sa mga patay ang paglilibing ng kanilang mga patay‟. Marcos 4:11 „sa inyo‟y ipinagkaloob na malaman ang lihim tungkol sa paghahari ni Yahweh, ngunit sa iba ay ang lahat ng bagay ay itinuturo sa pamamagitan ng talinghaga‟.

22


PANALANGIN NI YAHSHU‟A Lukas 22:42 „Ama‟, wika niya, „kung maaari‟y ilayo mo sa akin ang sarong ito, gayunma‟y huwag ang kalooban ko ang masunod kundi ang KALOOBAN MO‟.

DININIG ANG PANALANGIN NI YAHSHU‟A Hebreo 5:7-8 „Noong si Yahshu‟a ay namumuhay rito sa lupa, siya‟y nanalangin at lumuluhang sumamo kay Amang Yahweh na makapagliligtas sa kanya sa kamatayan, at DININIG SIYA dahil sa lubusan siyang nagpakumbaba‟.

KALOOBAN NG NAGMAMAY-ARI NA MAKAKUHA NG PRUTAS HINDI ANG MAPATAY ANG KANYANG ANAK Mateo 21:33-41 Pakinggan ninyo ang isang Talinghaga: May isang nagmamay-ari ng pataniman ng ubasan at tinayuan niya ng gawaan ng alak at tore at iniwan niya sa kanyang mga Magsasaka at siya ay pumunta sa ibang bansa. Nang dumating ang panahon na malapit ng magbunga ang mga pananim ay ipinadala niya ang ang kanyang mga Tagasunod sa Magsasaka upang makatanggap ng mga prutas. Ang Tagasunod ay binugbog at pinatay at ang iba ay pinagbabato. Muling nagpadala ng iba pang Tagasunod at ganoon din ang ginawa ng Magsasaka. Ngunit sa huli ay ipinadala ang kanyang anak sa paniwalang kanilang igagalang ang kanyang anak. Ngunit ng makita ng mga Magsasaka ang anak ay nagkaisa sila na sinabing “ito ang Tigapagmana, atin siyang Patayin at ating angkinin ang kanyang pagmamanahan” At ang Anak ay kanilang kinuha sa Pataniman ng ubas at kanilang Pinatay. Ngayon kung dumating na ang Nagmamay-ari ng pataniman ng ubas, ano ang kanyang gagawin sa mga Magsasaka? At sumagot sila na matinding sisirain ang mga masasamang tao at ibibigay ang kanyang pataniman ng ubas sa ibang Magsasaka na magsusukli sa kanya ng mga Prutas sa Tamang Panahon”. KALOOBAN ba ng Nagmamay-ari ng ubasan na mapatay ang kanyang Anak o ang KALOOBAN niya ay Makakuha ng Prutas?

INILAGAY SA KANILANG ISIP NA AKO‟Y PATAY Awit 31:12 „ako ay kinalimutan nila at inilagay sa kanilang isip na ako ay patay‟

Awit 118:17-22 „hindi ako mamamatay kundi mabubuhay, ihahayag ang kagila-gilalas na ginawa ni Yahweh. Kinastigo ako ni Yahweh, ngunit hindi ako ibinigay sa kamatayan‟. 118:22 „ang batong inayawan ay siyang naging pinaka-saligang bato‟ Ito ay naisalin sa Gawa 4:11-12 „ang batong inayawan ay naging pinaka-saligang bato, walang kaligtasan sa kaninuman, dahil walang tanging pangalan sa silong ng langit na ipinagkaloob sa mga tao kundi sa pangalan ni Yahshu‟a Messiah‟. Lukas 24:44 „ito ang tinutukoy ko ng sabihin ko sa inyo noong kasama-sama pa ninyo ako, „dapat matupad ang lahat ng nakasulat tungkol sa akin sa Kasulatan ni Moses, sa Aklat ng mga Propeta, at sa mga Aklat ng Awit ni David‟.

23


ANG MGA NAKASULAT SA MGA KASULATAN NI MOSES, AKLAT NG MGA PROPETA AT SA AKLAT NG AWIT NI DAVID Deuteronomo 18:15 „si Yahweh ay magtatalaga ng Propeta sa kalagitnaan ninyo, na kalahi ninyo, na kagaya ko (si Moses ay Levita rin), sa kanya kayo dapat makinig‟. Awit 118:17-22 „hindi ako mamamatay kundi mabubuhay, ihahayag ang kagila-gilalas na ginawa ni Yahweh. Kinastigo ako ni Yahweh, ngunit hindi ako ibinigay sa kamatayan‟. 118:22 „ang batong inayawan ay siyang naging pinaka-saligang bato‟ Daniel 9:26 „at paglipas ng animnapu at dalawang linggo ang Messiah ngunit hindi para sa kanyang sarili‟: Mapuputol ngunit hindi sinabing mamamatay.

ay mapuputol,

Isaiah 53:8 „siya ay inilabas sa kulungan at sa paghatol: at sino ang makakapagsabi sa kasama niya sa kanyang henerasyon na siya ay pinutol sa lupain ng mga buhay? Dahil sa kasalanan ng kanyang bayan siya ay nagdalamhati‟. Si Propeta Isaiah ay sumulat ng pangsubok na katanungan na sino sa kanyang kapanahunang kahenerasyon na makakapagsabi na siya ay naputol sa lupain ng mga buhay. Dahil sa kasalanan ng kanyang bayan siya ay nagdalamhati (stricken).

WALANG NAKASULAT SA MGA KASULATAN NG MGA HUDYO NA ANG MESSIAH AY MAGBABATA NG HIRAP. ITO AY DAGDAG NG NAGSALIN NG SULAT NI MATEO NA ANG MESSIAH AY MAGBABATA NG HIRAP

Mateo 26:27-28 „NAGPASALAMAT‟. Tingnan ang Mateo 15:36 „ibinigay niya sa kanila – LAHAT KAYO, kagaya sa Markos 14:23-24, sa sunud-sunod na ulat ni Markos ang mga Disipolo ay UMINOM at pagkatapos ay sinabi ni Yahshu‟a ang salitang ito. Sa Mateo ay PINALITAN ITO at ginawang pautos na INUMIN NINYO sinundan ng salitang „AKING DUGO‟, tingnan ang Leviticus 17:11 dahil ang dumanak na dugo ang dahilan ng buhay at kung ilalagay ito sa altar ay MAKAKAPAGPATAWAD ng mga KASALANAN na may relasyon sa Huling Hapunan. Sa mga salita na nasalin sa Griyego, tingnan ang Markos 14:24 „MARAMI‟, tingnan ang Mateo 20:28, dahil sa „KAPATAWARAN NG KASALANAN‟ AY IDINUGTUNG SA AKLAT NI MATEO. Parehas na salita ang nasa Markos 1:4 sa pagbabautismo ni YahYah Bautista ngunit sa Mateo ay INIWASAN ITO (Mateo 3:11). Ginawa ito maari dahil „NAIS NIYANG IPALAGAY NA ANG PAGSASAKRIPISYO NG MESSIAH SA KAMATAYAN AY ANG MAGBIBIGAY NG KAPATAWARAN NG MGA KASALANAN‟.

Maliwanan na IDINAGDAG lamang sa Mateo na ang „KAPATAWARAN NG MGA KASALANAN AY ANG KAMATAYAN NG MESSIAH‟. Ano ba ang KAPATAWARAN ng mga kasalanan?

JUBILEE YEAR Ang Kapatawaran sa Mga Kasalanan Leviticus 25:8-55, ang Jubilee Year ay ang KAPATAWARAN sa mga materyal na mga pagkakautang, ngunit ang espiritual na utang ay mga kasalanan na katulad sa Jubilee Year na PINATATAWAD ang materyal na utang ay ganoon din PINATATAWAD ang espiritual na utang na mga kasalanan.

24


Lukas 4:19 „upang ituro ang Katanggap-tanggap na Taon ni Yahweh‟. Ang tinutukoy na Katanggaptanggap na Taon ni Yahweh ay ang Jubilee Year. Lahat ng mga Escolar ay naniniwala na ang Katanggaptanggap na Taon ni Yahweh ay ang Jubilee Year. Lukas 7:36-50 „si Yahshu‟a ay inimbitahan ni Simon na isang Pariseo upang kumain sa kanyang tahanan, at ang isang masamang babae ay hinugasan sa luha at pinunasan ng kanyang buhok, nilagyan ng pabango at hinalikan ang mga paa ni Yahshu‟a. Ang mga nanduroong Pariseo ay nagsabi na kung talagang Propeta si Yahshu‟a ay makikilala niya agad ito na isang masamang babae. Ngunit tinanong ni Yahshu‟a si Simon (na Pariseo) tungkol sa dalawang tao na may pagkakautang na 500 Dinaryo at 50 Dinaryo, Nang hindi parehong makapagbayad ay agad na pinatawad sa pagkakautang ang dalawa. Ngayon sino sa kanila ang higit na magmamahal sa nagpatawad sa utang? Sumagot si Simon na ang mas Malaki ang pagkakautang ang mas higit na magmamahal. Sa ganitong sagot ni Simon ay itinuro ni Yahshu‟a ang makasalanang babae (Lukas 7:47) at sinabi na kahit Marami o Malaki ang kasalanan ng babae ay PINATAWAD NA dahil Malaki rin ang isinukli niyang pagmamahal. At sinabi ni Yahshu‟a sa babae „Ang iyong mga kasalanan ay PINATAWAD NA‟ (Lukas 7:48). At ang mga kasalo sa pagkain ay nagsimulang magtanong sa sarili, „sino ba ito na pati pagpapatawad ng kasalanan ay pinanga-ngahasan? Ngunit sinabi ni Yahshu‟a sa babae „INILIGTAS KA NG IYONG PANANALIG, YUMAON KA NA AT IPANATAG MO ANG IYONG KALOOBAN‟. Samakatwid ang may malaking pagkakautang na pinatawad ay kagaya noong babae na may malaking kasalanan, ito ay ang ibig sabihin ng Jubilee Year, na mas-Malaki ang halaga na maisasanla ang ari-arian kung Malaki pa ang panahon bago dumating ang Jubilee Year, at mas-Maliit naman ang halaga kung maliit na ang panahon bago dumating ang Jubilee Year. Ang Jubilee Year ay nagpapatawad sa mga utang na materyal, samantala ang utang na espiritual ay ang mga kasalanan ay ganoon din ay PINATATAWAD sa Taon na Katanggap-tanggap kay Yahweh . Ang pananampalataya ng babae ang nagligtas sa kanya, ito ang pananampalataya sa itinuro ni Yahshu‟a sa Lukas 4:19 na Jubilee Year. Kung ang pananampalataya sa Taon na Katanggap-tanggap kay Yahweh (Jubilee Year) ay isang daan sa IKAPAPATAWAD sa mga utang na kasalanan, Bakit kailangan pang mamatay ang Messiah sa ikapapatawad ng ating mga kasalanan?

IMBISTIGASYON SA MGA NAGANAP: SINO ANG NAGPLANO NA IPAPATAY ANG MESSIAH? YahYah 11:45-54 „marami sa mga Hudyong dumalaw kay Maria ang nakakita sa ginawa ni Yahshu‟a at nanalig sa kanya. Ngunit ang ilan sa kanila‟y pumunta sa mga Pariseo at ibinalita ang ginawa ni Yahshu‟a, kaya‟t tinipon ng mga punong Seserdote at ng mga Pariseo ang mga Kagawad ng Sanhedrin. „Ano ang gagawin natin? Wika nila, „gumagawa ng maraming kababalaghan ang taong iyon, kung siya‟y pababayaan natin mananampalataya sa kanya ang lahat, paparito ang mga Romano at wawasakin ang Templo at ang ating bansa. Ngunit ang isa sa kanila si Caipas ang pinaka-punong Seserdote noon ay nagsabi ng ganito, „Ano ba kayo, hindi ba ninyo naiisip na mas mabuti para sa atin na isang tao lamang ang mamatay alang-alang sa bayan, sa halip na mapahamak ang buong bansa. ( sinabi niya ito hindi sa ganang kanyang sarili lamang bilang punong-Seserdote sa panahong iyon – hinulaan niya na mamamatay si Yahshu‟a dahil sa bansa – at hindi lamang sa bansang iyon lamang kundi upang tipunin ang nagkawatak-watak na mga Anak ng Maykapal). Mula noon ay binalangkas na nila kung paano ipapapatay si Yahshu‟a. Kaya‟t siya‟y hindi na hayagang naglakad sa Hudea. Sa halip, siya‟y nagpunta sa Efraim, isang bayang malapit sa ilang at doon siya nanirahan kasama ng kanyang mga alagad‟.

25


IBIG IPAPATAY NI HERODES SI YAHSHU‟A Lukas 13:31 „Dumating noon ang ilang Pariseo, sinabi nila kay Yahshu‟a, „umalis ka rito, sapagkat ibig kang ipapatay ni Herodes‟. Lukas 3:6 „umalis ang mga Pariseo at nakipagsabwatan sa mga kampon ni Herodes upang ipapatay si Yahshu‟a‟.

BLASPHEMY Noong kapanahunan nang ang Israel ay masasakop na ng Bansang Assyria ay naglabas ng Batas ang Sanhedrin, sa sinumang bumanggit ng Banal na pangalang Yahweh ay magkakasala ng „Pamumusong‟ (Blasphemy). Ito ay mababasa sa Encyclopedia Judaica sa Titulong „YHWH”. Kahit na ang pinaikling tawag kay Yahweh na „Yah‟ ay binibigkas na ng „Ye‟ (Ezra 2:2) sa pag-iwas sa pagbanggit ng pangalang Yahweh. Sa kapanahunan ni Yahshu‟a Messiah ay pinatawan siya ng pagkakasala ng Blasphemy. Mateo 26: 64-65 „sinasabi ko sa inyo na ang „Anak ng Tao‟ ay uupo sa kanan ng „Makapangyarihan‟ at darating sa mga alapaap ng kalangitan‟ sa ganoon ay pinunit ng punong Seserdote ang sariling kasuutan at pinatawan ng kasalanang „Kapusungan‟ (Blasphemy) si Yahshu‟a. Ang „Blasphemy‟ ay pagkakasala sa pagbigkas ng Banal na pangalang Yahweh, kaya hindi „Makapangyarihan‟ ang binanggit ni Yahshu‟a kundi ang pangalang Yahweh kaya siya ay pinatawan ng pagkakasala ng “Pamumusong‟ (Blasphemy). Si Yahshu‟a ay dinala ng mga tauhan ng punong seserdote kay Gobernador Pilato at ipinadala naman ni Pilato si Yahshu‟a kay Tetraikang Herodes, ngunit hindi hinatulan ng Kamatayan ni Herodes si Yahshu‟a, at si Yahshu‟a ay ibinalik kay Gobernador Pilato. Naging magkaibigan tuloy sila na dati‟y magkagalit. Sa ganiton pananaw ay hindi sasalungatin ni Pilato ang naging desisyon ni Herodes na kabago-bago palang niyang kaibigan, (Lukas 23:13-15). Si Gobernador Pilato naman ay pinagsabihan ng kanyang asawa na huwag pakialaman si Yahshu‟a dahil pinahirapan siya sa panaginip sa nakaraang gabi. Sa ganito ay hindi nanaisin ni Pilato na hindi pagbigyan ang kahilingan ng kanyang asawa, (Mateo 27:19). Dahil lamang sa pangangailangang pagbigyan ang mga tao na alam ni Pilato na sinuhulan ng mga punong Seserdote ay kinailangang baguhin ang una niyang desisyon na „walang kasalanan si Yahshu‟a at kanyang palalayain, (YahYah 18:38, Luke 23:4, Luke 23:13-16, Luke 23:20).

ANO ANG UGALI NI GOBERNADOR PILATO? Paanong maging sunod-sunuran si Pilato sa kagustuhan ng mga tao lamang, kung ang ugali niya ay ganito, „ ang naisulat na niya‟y hindi na pwedeng baguhin? Samakatwid, ang unang desisyon ni Pilato na si Yahshu‟a ay walang kasalanan at palalayain ay hindi pwedeng magbago. Ngunit dahil sa pagnanais ng mga punong Seserdote (na mas mababa ang kapangyarihan kaysa kay Gobernador Pilato) na maipapatay si Yahshu‟a, kinakailangan pulungin ni Pilato ang lahat ng kanyang batalyon. Pinapasok niya ang mga ito sa kanyang palasyo at doon ay sila-sila lamang ang nag-usap na paanong ipatupad ang kagustuhan ng mga tao na sinuhulan ng mga punong Seserdote at ang pagsunod sa unang desisyon ni Pilato na palayain si Yahshu‟a. (Hindi nakapasok sa Palasyo ang mga Hudyo dahil maituturing silang marumi at hindi karapat-dapat sa Hapunang pang-Paskua, (YahYah 18:28, YahYah 19:19-22). Lumabas ang Batalyon na kasama si Yahshu‟a na may buhat na kahoy (krus). Nang makita nila si Simon na taga-Cyrene (Libya sa ngayon), kanilang ipina-buhat kay Simon ang kahoy na buhat ni Yahshu‟a at si Yahshu‟a ay inilagay sa likuran. Ang kanilang dinaanan ay pasilyong makitid na daanan lamang,

26


kaya sa susunod na pagliko ay ang nakita na ng mga tao na may buhat ng kahoy ay si Simon na. Mapapansin na sa ika-labingdala ng tanghali hanggang sa ikatlo ng hapon ay nagdilim sa kapaligiran. Mapapansin din na walang nakasulat sa Bagong Tipan na „isinauli ni Simon kay Yahshu‟a ang kahoy kaya ng siya ay sumigay ng „Ama, patawarin mo sila dahil hindi nila alam ang kanilang ginagawa‟. Si Simon na taga Cyrene ay nagsasalita ng Griyegong wika. Sa Cyrene hanggang sa ngayon ay marami pang lahi ng mga Griyego sa Susa, sa Shihat, sa Beda at sa iba pang lugar sa Libya. YahYah 8:29 „at kasama ko ang nagsugo sa akin, hindi niya ako iniiwan sapagkat lagi kong ginagawa ang nakalulugod sa kanya‟. Paanong si Yahshu‟a ay magsasalita ng „Ama, Ama bakit mo ako pinabayaan? o ang „Eli, Eli lama Sabacthani‟ kung hindi naman siya iniiwan ng nagsugo sa kanya? Ayon sa Strong‟s Exhaustive Concordance of the Hebrew Bible Chaldean Hebrew at Greek Dictionary:

Greek Dictionary: 2241 (Greek) ELI = my God – in Hebrew (EL) „Ale‟ = mighty, Almighty 1682 (Greek) ELOI = my God 2982 (Greek) LAMA = why – in Hebrew 4100 MAH = why In Hebrew 3027 YAD = Thou 4518 (Greek) SABACTHANI = thou has left me – in Hebrew 7662 In Hebrew 7662 SHEBAQ = allow to remain

„Ama, Ama, Bakit Mo Ako Pinabayaan‟ ay salitang sumisisi sa Ama. Yob (Job) 1:22 „sa kabila ng mga pangyayaring ito ay hindi nagkasala si Yob, hindi niya sinisi si Yahweh‟. Hindi maaring sisihin ni Yahshu‟a ang Ama sa Langit dahil ito ay kasalanan. Si Yob ay hindi nagkasala dahil hindi niya sinisi ang Ama sa Langit.

MGA SAKSI May mga saksi na ang taong nakabayubay sa kahoy (krus) ay sumigaw ng Eli, Eli Lama Sabacthani na isang salitang Griego. Hinintay ng mga saksi na baka dumating si Propeta EliYah na tinawag ng nakabayubay sa kahoy.

SI YAHSHU‟A AY HINDI NAGSASALITA NG SALITANG GRIYEGO KUNDI SALITANG HEBREO LAMANG Gawa 10:28, Gawa 26:14 „alam ninyo na ang isang Hudyo ay pinagbabawalan ng kanyang pananampalataya na makisama o dumalaw sa isang hindi Hudyo‟. „ Nakarinig ako na nagsasalita sa wikang Hebreo‟

KASABWAT SI PILATO SA SABWATAN SA GOLGOTHA Markos 15:44 „hindi magugulat si Gobernador Pilato at magtatanong pa, „kung may napatay‟ at kung tutuo na desisyon ni Pilato na ipapatay si Yahshu‟a.

27


ANG DECOY YahYah 19:39 „sumama sa kanya si Nicodemus, may dalang pabango, mga 100 libra ng pinaghalong mira at aloe (si Nicodemus ang nagsadya kay Yahshu‟a isang gabi). Mateo 27:62-65„kinabukasan, pagkatapos ng Araw ng paghahanda, sama-samang nagpunta kay Pilato ang mga punong Seserdote at mga Pariseo. Sinabi nila „Naaalala po namin na sinabi ng mapagpanggap na iyon noong nabubuhay pa na siya‟s muling mabubuhay pagkaraan ng tatlong araw. Baka pumaroon ang kanyang mga alagad at nakawin ang bangkay at sabihin nila sa mga tao na siya‟y muling nabuhay. At ang pandarayang ito ay magiging „MASAHOL PA SA NAUNA‟ Mateo 28:65 „ dahil sa ang napatay ay nagsasalita ng wikang Griyego na Eli, Eli Lama Sabacthani ay pinuntahan kaagad ng mga punong seserdote si Gobernador Pilato upang matiyak nila kung sino ang talagang napatay. Nagdahilan pa sila na baka mabuhay muli ang napatay ayon sa sinabi nito ng nabubuhay pa at baka nakawin ng kanyang alagad at palabasing nabuhay na muli. Ito ay mababaw na dahilan dahil kakailanganing maipakita ang taong napatay na ito ay buhay. Kaya sinabi sa kanila ni Gobernador Pilato na mayroon silang sariling kawal (kawal ng punong Seserdote na dumakip kay Yahshu‟a) kaya sinabihan sila ni Pilato na „bantayan nila ang libingan‟ (Mateo 27:65). Mateo 28:14-15 „bukas na ang libingan ng datnan ng mga kawal at ipinakita sa mga punong Seserdote. Inakala naman nila na makakarating sa Gobernador na pinakialaman nila ang libingan na buksan upang masiguro kung sino ang nailibing doon, ngunit wala silang natagpuang bangkay, kaya nagkatha sila ng salita at sinuhulan ang mga kawal ng punong Seserdote na palabasin na kinuha ang bangkay ng mga alagad ni Yahshu‟a.. „Sinabi ng mga Seserdote na „huwag kayong mag-alala, makarating man ito sa Gobernador „KAMI ANG BAHALA‟.Tinanggap ng mga bantay ang salapi at ginawa ang bilin sa kanila – hanggang sa ngayon ito parin ang sabi ng mga Hudyo‟.

MGA SAKSI NA SI YAHSHU‟A AY BUHAY (Si Gobernador Festo at Si Haring Agrippa) Gawa 25:19 „ ang pinagtatalunan lamang nila ay tungkol sa kanilang pananampalataya at sa isang tao na ang pangalan ay Yahshu‟a, patay na ang taong ito ngunit ipinipilit naman ni Saul (Pablo) na siya‟y SIGURADONG BUHAY. Si Gobernador Festo ang pumalit kay Gobernador Felix at nang dumating si Haring Agrippa upang bumati kay Festo, inilahad ni Festo kay Haring Agrippa ang tungkol kay Pablo, at sa kanyang salita sa Hari ay nabanggit niya na ipinipilit ni Saul na SIGURADONG BUHAY si Yahshu‟a. Sa pagsasalita sa kagalang-galang na Hari, ang isang Gobernador ay magsasalita ng tamang salita, at si Gobernador Festo ay nakapag-aral na tao at alam niya ang salitang „RESURRECTION‟ o nabuhay na muli, ngunit bakit hindi niya ginamit ang salitang „NABUHAY NA MULI‟ kundi ang kanyang tinuran ay „ipinipilit ni Saul na si Yahshu‟a ay SIGURADONG BUHAY‟.

Anghel ni Yahweh Lukas 24:5 „bakit ninyo hinahanap ang BUHAY sa gitna ng mga patay? Ito ang tinuran ng Anghel ni Yahweh na sinabing si Yahshu‟a ay „BUHAY‟ at hindi ang „Resurrection o Nabuhay na Muli‟. Ang isang Anghel ni Yahweh ay hindi magsasalita ng mali, sa Lukas 24:23 „mga Angel na nagsabing „BUHAY SI YAHSHU‟A‟.

Si Yahshu‟a na mismo ang Saksi Lukas 13:31-33 „dumating doon ang ilang Pariseo, sinabi nila kay Yahshu‟a na „umalis ka dito sapagkat ibig kang ipapatay ni Herodes‟. At sumagot si Yahshu‟a, „sabihin mo sa

28


kanya na nagpapalayas pa ako ngayon ng mga demonyo at nagpapagaling, bukas ay ganoon din, at sa ikatlong araw tatapusin ko ang aking gawain. Ngunit dapat akong magpatuloy sa lakad ngayon, bukas at sa makalawa sapagkat „IMPOSIBLENG MAMATAY ANG ISANG PROPETA SA LABAS NG YAHRUSALEM‟. (Hosea 6:2). Si Yahshu‟a narin ang nagsabi na imposibleng mamatay ang propeta na tinutukoy niya ang sarili niya (Deoteronomo 18:15).

Sa Awit ni Haring David Awit 118:17-22 „hindi ako mamamatay kundi mabubuhay, ihahayag ang kagila-gilalas na ginawa ni Yahweh. Kinastigo ako ni Yahweh, ngunit hindi ako ibinigay sa kamatayan‟. 118:22 „ang batong inayawan ay siyang naging pinaka-saligang bato‟

Sa Isinulat ni Lukas Ito ay naisalin sa Gawa 4:11-12 „ang batong inayawan ay naging pinaka-saligang bato, walang kaligtasan sa kaninuman, dahil walang tanging pangalan sa silong ng langit na ipinagkaloob sa mga tao kundi sa pangalan ni Yahshu‟a Messiah‟.

HINDI PWEDENG PATAYIN ANG ANOINTED NI YAHWEH 1 Samuel 24:4-7 “Ang mga tauhan ni David ay sinabihan siya, dumating na ang araw sa sinabi ni Yahweh na aking ipagkakaloob sa iyong kamay ang iyong kaaway upang gawaan mo siya ng iyong ikatutuwa. At si David ay pinutol ang laylayan ng damit ni Saul ng palihim”. Sa puso ni David ay pinatay na niya si Saul dahil pinutol niya ang laylayan ng damit ni Saul. At sinabi ni David sa kanyang mga tauhan “patawarin ako ni Yahweh sa ginawa kong ito sa aking amo na „Anointed ni Yahweh‟ na lumaban ako sa kanya na alam nating siya ay Anointed ni Yahweh”. Sinabihan ni David ang kanyang mga tauhan na huwag silang gagawa ng masama kay Saul. At si Saul ay nagising at lumabas ng kweba”. 1 Samuel 24:10 “Ngayong araw na ito nakita ng mga mata mo sa loob ng kweba ay ipinagapi ka sa akin, ang iba ay sinabihan ako na patayin ka, ngunit sa aking mata ay iniligtas kita at sinabi ko na hindi ko gagamitin ang aking kamay laban sa aking amo DAHIL SIYA AY ANOINTED NI YAHWEH”. 2 Samuel 1:14-16 “sinabi ni David „Hindi kaba Natakot na ginamit mo ang iyong kamay upang wasakin ang Anointed ni Yahweh?, at tinawag ni David ang isang kabataang lalaki at ipinapatay ang Amalekita. At sinabi ni David „ang dugo mo ay sumaiyong ulo dahil sa iyong labi ay sumaksi ka laban sa iyong sarili nang sinabi mong „Pinatay Mo ang Anointed ni Yahweh‟.

Natagpuang aklat ni Pedro sa isang Libingan sa Egypto Bible Dictionary of the Holy Bible Natagpuan sa isang libingan sa Egypto noong 1886 A.D. ang „THE GOSPEL OF PETER‟ at nailathala noong 1892 A.D. ay maaaring DOCETIC GOSPEL at mahalagang katibayan sa istorya na CRUCIFIXION at RESURRECTION kahit na ito ay may halatang BINAGO sa pag-pabor sa mga HERESY na iyan.

29


CHRONOLOGICAL EVENTS BASED ON HOLY BIBLE RECORDS YEAR

REFERENCE

HEBREW NAME-MEANING-EVENTS

B.C.E. (Before Common Era) 3992 Dan.9:24-27 Creation of (1)Adam-Awdam-to show blood in face 3862 Gen.5:3-6 Seth –Sheeth-appoint 3757 Gen.5:9 Enosh-Awnash-to be frail 3667 Gen.5:12 Cainan-Kane-a nest 3597 Gen.5:15 Mahalalel-Halal-praise Yah 3532 Gen.5:18 Yared-Yared-to descend to lower region 3370 Gen.5:21 Jude 1:14 (7)Enoch-Kawnek-discipline 3305 Gen.5:25 Metuselah-Methuselah 3118 Gen.5:28-29 Lamech-Lehmek-uncertain 3062 Gen.5:5 Death of Adam 3005 Gen.5:23Enoch taken away 2950 Gen.5:8 Death of Seth 2936 Gen.5:28 (10)Noah-Nooakh-to rest 2852 Gen.5:11 Death of Enosh 2757 Gen.5:14 Death of Cainan 2702 Gen.5:17 Death of Mahalalel 2570 Gen.5:20 Death of Yared 2436 Gen.5:32 Shem-Seem-call a name. Ham Yahpet born 2341 Gen.5:31 Death of Lamech 2336 Gen.5:27 Death of Metuselah 2336 Gen.7:6 Ark of Noah Great flood,Noah and 3 children, wives survived

Archaeological Findings: Ancient Ebla

In 1974 at site of ancient Ebla northern Syria, exemplify the plethora of pre-flood and post flood writings

2334 Gen.11:10 Arphakshad-Rawpad-to refresh 2299 Gen.11:12 Selah-Shawlakh-to send away 2269 Gen.11:14 Heber-Awba-crossover 2235 Gen.11:14 (15)Peleg-Pawleg-to divide (Hebrew from Heber, Peleg and Yoktam the father of Ophir speaks Hebrew) 2235 Gen.10:25 Tower of Babel-Migdalah Bawlal = Confounded the language of Son of Man. Heber language was called Hebrew from name Heber. (Yoktam father of Ophir speaks Hebrew goes to East Gen. 10:30) 2205 Gen.11:18 Reu-Rawaw-shepherd 2173 Gen.11:20 Serug-Sawrag-to intwine 2143 Gen.11:22 Nachor-Nakharaw-to snore 2114 Gen.11:24 Thare-Tehrakh-trembling 2044 Gen.11:26 (20) Abram a Hebrew Gen. 14:13 (Abraham)Father to be raise of people. Forever Covenant is Circumcision Gen.17:9-14. Prophecy of 400 years in the foreign land Gen.15:13-14, Gen.21:12-13 .

30


Genesis 21:12 And Yahweh said unto Abraham, Let it not be grievous in thy sight because of the lad, and because of thy bondwoman; in all that Sarah hath said unto thee, hearken unto her voice; for in Isaac shall thy seed be called. Genesis 21:13 And also of the son of the bondwoman will I make a nation, because he is thy seed. Genesis 15:13 And he said unto Abram, Know of a surety that thy seed shall be a stranger in a land that is not theirs, and shall serve them; and they shall afflict them four hundred years; Genesis 15:14 And also that nation, whom they shall serve, will I judge: and afterward shall they come out with great substance.

Gen.15:20 Hittite Archaeological Findings: Hittites Monuments: In 1906 excavation at Boghazkoy (ancient Hattusas, capital of Hittite History and culture). In Carchemish, Euprates River in Syria unearthed the Hittites th monuments in the later half of the 19 century. 1996 Gen.11:19 Death of Peleg 1995 Gen.11:25 Death of Nachor 1986 Gen.9:29 Death of Noah 1966 Gen.11:21 Death of Reu 1958 Gen.17:25 Ismael Abraham is 86 years old when Ismael born by Hagar 1944 Gen.11:5 (21)Isaac-Tsawkhak-to laugh outright, born by Sarah Gen.21:14 Ismael sent to Masry (Egypt) 1943 Gen.11:23 Death of Serug 1009 Gen.11:32 Death of Thare 1896 Gen.11:13 Death of Arphakshad 1884 Gen.25:26 (22)Yahkoob-Awkab-heel catcher-change to Yahshear-to be straight Gen.32:28.

Yahkoob name was changed to Yahshear Genesis 32:28 And he said, Thy name shall be called no more Jacob, but Israel – for as a prince hast thou power with Yahweh and with men, and hast prevailed. Strong‟s Exhaustive Concordance Hebrew-Greek Dictionary „search‟ for "Israel"–3474 yashar yaw-shar' a primitive root; to be straight or even; figuratively, to be (causatively, to make) right, pleasant, prosperous:--direct, fit, seem good (meet), + please (will), be (esteem, go) right (on), bring (look, make, take the) straight (way), be upright(-ly). 3475 Yesher yay'-sher from 3474; the right; Jesher, an Israelite: -Jesher. 3476 yosher yo'-sher from 3474; the right:--equity, meet, right, upright(-ness). 3477 yashar yaw-shawr' from 3474; straight (literally or figuratively):--convenient, equity, Jasher, just, meet(-est), + pleased well right(-eous), straight, (most) upright(-ly, -ness). 3484 Yshuruwn yesh-oo-roon' from 3474; upright; Jeshurun, a symbol. name for Israel:--Jeshurun. 3478 Yisra'el yis-raw-ale' from 8280 and 410; he will rule as God; Jisrael, a symbolical name of Jacob; also (typically) of his posterity: --Israel. 3479 Yisra'el yis-raw-ale' (Aramaic) corresponding to 3478:--Israel. 3481 Yisr'eliy yis-reh-ay-lee' patronymically from 3478; a Jisreelite or descendant of Jisrael:--of Israel, Israelite. 3484 Yshuruwn yesh-oo-roon' from 3474; upright; Jeshurun, a symbol. name for Israel:--Jeshurun.

31


The 12 Sons of Yahshear (Jacob) from Leah, Rachel, Bilha, Zilpa : Gen.35:23-26 1. Ruben (Leah) 2. Simeon (Leah) 3. Levi (Leah) 4. Yahuwdah (Leah) 5. Dan (Bilha-Rachel 6. Nepthali (Bilha-Rachel) 7. Gad (Zilpa-Leah) 8. Asher (Zilpa-Leah) 9. Isachar (Leah) 10. Zabulon (Leah Dinah (Leah) 11. Yohseph (Rachel) 12. BenYahmin 1869 Gen.25:7 Death of Abraham 1866 Gen.11:15 Death of Selah 1836 Gen.11:11 Death of Shem 1805 Gen.11:17 Death of Heber 1784 Gen.37:28 The 12 Sons of Yahshear - Yohseph sold to Ismael and sold to Masry (Egyptian) 1764 Gen.35:28 Death of Isaac 1754 Gen.47:9 Yahkoob and 11 sons enter Masry (Egypt) for 400 years

Efraim and Manaseh counted as Son of Yahshear replaced Yohseph Gen. 48:5-6 The 13 Sons of Yahshear (Jacob) from Leah, Rachel, Bilha, Zilpa & Yohseph: 1. Ruben 2. Simeon 3. Levi sons YahshearDath-Gershon, YahshearDath-Kohat and YahshearDath-Merari 4. Yahuwdah 5. Dan 6. Nepthali 7. Gad 8. Asher 9. Isachar 10. Zabulon Yohseph 11. Manaseh (Yohseph son Gen. 48:5-6) 12. Efraim (Yohseph son Gen. 48:5-6) 13. BenYahmin

Gen.49:33 Yahkoob died in Masry (Egypt) Gen.50:26 Yohseph died in Masry (Egypt)

To Distinguish Both Circumcised Tribes of Ismael and Yisrawale in Masry (Egypt) The sons of Yahshear was called Yisrawale (Israel) and Son of Hagar called Ismael Strong’s Exhaustive Concordance Hebrew Dictionary SEC no. 3478 from no. 8280 Yisrawale (Israel) means “Prince of Sarah” to distinguished from Ismael means “In the name of my master Sarah”. 1354 Ex.12:40-51 Exodus of Moses-Mawshaw-to pull out of water. On Passover Day Moses brought out of (Egypt) Masry all (13 Tribes) Tribes of Yisrawale. The Prophecy of Yahweh to

32


Abraham in Gen.15:13-14 was fulfilled. The blood of Ismael brought by Efraim and Manaseh and the blood of Yahshaak brought by sons of Yahshear. Prophecy of Yahweh to Abraham in Gen.15:13-14 was fulfilled The blood of Ismael brought by Efraim and Manaseh and the blood of Yahshaak brought by sons of Yahshear Genesis 21:12 And Yahweh said unto Abraham, Let it not be grievous in thy sight because of the lad, and because of thy bondwoman; in all that Sarah hath said unto thee, hearken unto her voice; for in Isaac shall thy seed be called. Genesis 21:13 And also of the son of the bondwoman will I make a nation, because he is thy seed. Genesis 15:13 And he said unto Abram, Know of a surety that thy seed shall be a stranger in a land that is not theirs, and shall serve them; and they shall afflict them four hundred years; Genesis 15:14 And also that nation, whom they shall serve, will I judge: and afterward shall they come out with great substance.

Genesis 15:13 And he said unto Abram, Know of a surety that thy seed shall be a stranger in a land that is not theirs, and shall serve them; and they shall afflict them four hundred years; Genesis 15:14 And also that nation, whom they shall serve, will I judge: and afterward shall they come out with great substance.

Levite Aaron and his Sons Generations to come was Appointed to Priesthood of Yahweh for Perpetual Statute meaning Forever Exodus 29:9 And thou shalt gird them with girdles, Aaron and his sons, and put the bonnets on them: and the priest's office shall be theirs for a perpetual statute: and thou shalt consecrate Aaron and his sons. Dath Dath

‫תד‬

‫תד‬

1) decree, law, edict, regulation, usage ,a) decree, edict, commission, b) law, rule

dath <1881> Strong’s Exhaustive Concordance Hebrew Dictionary Pronunciation:

Dawth

Definition:

1) decree, law, edict, regulation, usage 1a) decree, edict, commission 1b) law, rule of uncertain (perhaps foreign) derivation: a royal edict or statute:-commandment, commission, decree, law, manner.

DaTH

33


I used to think of DaTH (dawth) as meaning void, since that's the way the fluffy bunny new age kabbalah books present it. I was curious one day and decided to see if the word was in the Bible (in Hebrew version) and found that it means something like the Law written in our hearts, a kosmic consciousness that lets us know if we are in sync with the Tao That Be (or however you want to describe it). Here are a few of my notes on my research into DaTH. Go on a spiritual quest to find values you can hold up as being what you stand for. You have found your inner DaTH. You have found the law written in your heart. What is law? A king gives a decree or edict that is the expression of the king’s will. *Esther 3:14, 8:13, 9:14+ There was the concept that once a king issued this DaTH, it cannot be altered or revoked. [Daniel 2:15, 6:16] DaTH is entrusted to people. In the case of civil law, this DaTH is in the hands of judges, enforced by police, argued by lawyers, voted upon and recorded by politicians. The Israelites had the concept of the ToWRaH being the DaTH of Yahweh. Ezra was given the title of Secretary of the irrevocable DaTH of the Almighty of heaven. [Ezra 7:2, 1 Esdras 8:9] The irrevocability of the DaTH from Yahweh was not questioned by Yahshua. Yahshua was not out to destroy the ToWRaH representing the DaTH from Yahweh, but to bring it to life in the hearts of people. [Matthew 5:17] He was not getting out a giant cosmic eraser. What he challenged was that DaTH of Yahweh was complete and contained in scriptures and traditions. He offered that DaTH of Yahweh can be known in the heart, directly experienced, with continued insights into this DaTH, renewed revelation, and ongoing prophecy. This was not anti-Jewish at all. The idea was found in the Dead Sea Scrolls. The Jews continued to redefine DaTH with the Mishnah, the Talmud, the Kabbalah, and to this day with books being published, web sites being built, deeper insights explored and lived out. Here is something you can count on to be true for your entire life — CHoKMaH/Sophia and DaTH are treasures that will be your salvation. The greatest treasure comes from uniting with Yahweh. [Isaiah33:6] A treasure is a reward after following a treasure hunt. A gift is never really valued as a treasure. YAHWEH with a multitude approaches, from his right hand comes a shining DaTH. [Deuteronomy 33:2] DaTH is the invisible SHiPHRaH, the Law in the heart of Yahweh. DaTH is Law, but DaTH is also having an active conscious, a living Law written in the heart. DaTH is being conscious of the will of Yahweh, which we can concentrate upon, which we can be mindful of, which can direct our view of what Yahweh wants in each given situation. DaTH is beyond memorizing a collection of ancient rules. DaTH is a living part of each of us. I would dare say that people who have never heard one word of religion still know that it would be wrong to go on a murdering spree or steal from the neighbors when they are not at home. The commandments part of ToWRaH are not the DaTH, but are examples of using the DaTH in specific situations. The DaTH extends far beyond the few ancient case-by-case examples of what would not be acceptable behavior. Thus the Jewish/Kabbalist quest for the invisible DaTH is much like the Gnostic quest for direct connect, for gnosis. Maybe it is invisible because it is from another dimension, that light trapped in the darkness, our core Messiah’s Consciousness, our native our Nature.

34


Moses was Called Dath Moses Wikipedia, the Free Encyclopedia - Dath Mosha Middle Eastern and North African Jewish community headdress may also resemble that of the ancient Israelites. In Yemen, the wrap around the cap was called ‫ ַמצַר‬massar; the head covering worn by all women according to Dath Mosha was a ‫" גַרגּוש‬Gargush"

Sons of Levi called Yahshear-Dath (Sacerdote) was distributed to 12 Tribes The 13 Sons of Yahshear (Jacob) from Leah, Rachel, Bilha, Zilpa & Yohseph: Joshua 21:1-8, 1Chronicles 6:63-81, distribution of Levites to 12 Tribes, Judges 17:7

Judges 17:7 And there was a young man out of Bethlehemjudah of the family of Judah, who was a Levite, and he sojourned there. (That Levite comes from blood of Kohath who was assigned to Yahuwdah)

12 tribes

13 Tribes

Levites Distributed to 12 Tribes

1. Ruben --------1. Ruben (Leah) -----------1. Ruben- YahshearDath Merari the Priest 2. Simeon ------2. Simeon (Leah) –--------2. Simeon- YahshearDath Kohath the Priest 3. Levi ----------3.Levi(Leah)sons YahshearDath-Gershon, YahshearDath-Kohat and YahshearDath-Merari 4. Yahuwdah---4. Yahuwdah (Leah) ------3. Yahuwdah- YahshearDath Kohath the Priest 5. Dan ----------5. Dan (Bilha-Rachel ) –--4. Dan- YahshearDath Kohath the Priest 6. Nepthali ----6. Nepthali (Bilha-Rachel)5. Nepthali- YahshearDath Gershon the Priest 7. Gad ----------7. Gad (Zilpa-Leah) –-----6. Gad- YahshearDath Merari the Priest 8. Asher------- 8. Asher (Zilpa-Leah) -–---7. Asher- YahshearDath Gershon the Priest 9. Isachar------9. Isachar (Leah) –---------8. Isachar-YahshearDath Gershon the Priest 10.Zabulon---- 10. Zabulon (Leah) –--------9. Zabulon- YahshearDath Merari the Priest 11.Yohseph -- Yohseph (Rachel) sons Manaseh and Efraim 12.BenYahmin-11. Manaseh-----------------10.Manaseh half Tribe -YahshearDath-Gershon the Priest Manaseh half Tribe -YahshearDath-Kohath the Priest 12. Efraim –------------------11. Efraim- YahshearDath-Kohath the Priest 13. BenYahmin(Rachel) ----12. BemYahmin- YahshearDath-Kohath the Priest

35


Yisrawale (Israel) asked for King King Saul (Tribe of BenYahmin) King David (Tribe of Yahuwdah) King Solomon (King YahdidiYah) (Tribe of Yahuwdah)

th

874 1Kings 6:1 480 years From Exodus to 4 year of King YahdidiYah (Solomon) 1Kings 9:26 King Solomom made Navy of Ships to go to Ophir for Gold 838 1Kings 11:42 Divided Kingdom (Kingdom of Yahuwdah & Kingdom of Yisrawale) Kingdom of Yahuwdah (Jews) 838 1Kings 14:2 King Rehoboam-Rakhobam 2 tribes City of Yahrusalem 1Kings 11:26 King 1Kings 12:31-32 /1Kings 13:33-34

= = = = =

Kingdom of Yisrawale (Israel) King Jeroboam-Yeroboam 10 tribes City of Samaria Jeroboam from Efraim Tribe Jeroboam replaced Levites Priest by ordinary Israeli to become Priest (the illegitimate, non-

Levite Priests) 2Chronicles 13:9 Have ye not cast out the priests of , the sons of Aaron, and the Levites, and have made you priests after the manner of the nations of other lands? so that whosoever cometh to consecrate himself with a young bullock and seven rams, the same may be a priest of them that are no elohim.

LEGITIMATE AND ILLEGITIMATE PRIESTS 2Chro.11:13-17

=

all legitimate (Sacerdote)Levite Priest YahshearDath-Gershon, YahshearDath-Kohat And YahshearDath-Merari left Samaria to Yahrusalem and stay for three (3) years.

2Chro.9:21 Solomon’s Navy of Ships arrived with Golds in Yahrusalem every three (3) years. Yisrawale (Israel) legitimate Levites Priest YahshearDath-Gershon, YahshearDath-Kohat and YahshearDathMerari after three (3) years stay they cannot be found in Yahrusalem. This is the FIRST TIME Yahweh recover the remnant of his people and the SECOND TIME is in Isaiah 11:11 “And it shall come to pass in that day, that Yahweh shall set his hand again the SECOND TIME to recover the remnant of his people, which shall be left, from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the islands of the sea”. 821 818 816 815 792 791

1Kings 15:20 King Abia-AbiYah-father is Yah 1Kings 15:10 King Asa-Awsaw 1Kings 15:25 1Kings 15:28 1Kings 16:18 1Kings 16:15

36

King Nadab King Baasha King Elah King Zimri


787 1Kings 16:23

King Omri-bought the hills of Samaria from Shemer later become Samaria King Ahab-EliYah, ObadiYah, Elisha, MicaYah period

780 1Kings 16:29

Archaeological Findings: Moabite stone

-

King Mesha of Moab inscribed in stone erected as historical record of his revolt against Yisrawale as recorded in 2Kings 1:1,3:4-5. The name Yahweh inscribed in ancient Paleo-Hebrew characters while the whole text was written in PhoenicianMoabite form. Reason is that they cannot pronounced the name Yahweh in their Moabite language so they just copied the name in original form of writings.

776 1Kings 22:51 King Yehoshaphat 760 1Kings 22:51

King Ahaziah

2Chro.20:18-19 Yisrawale (Israel) Levites Priest YahshearDath-Gershon, YahshearDath-Kohat and YahshearDath-Merari cannot found in Yahrusalem. This is the FIRST TIME Yahweh recover the remnant of his people mentioned in Isaiah 11:11.

2Chro.20.35-37 King Yehoshaphat and King Ahaziah made alliance to construct fleet of ships to go to Tarshish.

BOTH KING JEHOSHAPHAT OF YAHUWDAH AND KING AHAZIAH OF ISRAEL WANT TO GO TO TARSHISH AND OPHIR 2Chronicles 20:35-37â&#x20AC;? And after this did Jehoshaphat king of Judah join himself with Ahaziah king of Israel, who did very wickedly: And he joined himself with him to make ships to go to Tarshish: and they made the ships in Ezion-geber. Then Eliezer the son of Dodavah of Mareshah prophesied against Jehoshaphat, saying, Because thou hast joined thyself with Ahaziah, Yahweh hath broken thy works. And the ships were broken, that they were not able to go to Tarshish

758 2Kings 3:1 King Yoram 744 2Chro.21.5 King Yoraim â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Yaham-people of Yahweh 744 2Chro.22:2 King Ahaziah-AwkhasYah-Yah has siezed 743 2Kings 9:24 King Yehu-he killed both kings Yoram and Ahaziah 743 2Chor.22:12 Queen Atali-Athlahee-Yah strength of Yah 737 2Chro.24:1 King Yoash-Yahaysh-Yah fired 715 2Kings 13:1 (ZechariYah stoned to death) King Yehoahaz 700 2Kings 13:10 King Yoash 697 2Chro.25:1 King Amasiah-AwmatsYah-strength of Yah 682 2Kings 14:23 King Yeroboam 668 2Kings26:3 King Uziah-OozeeYah-power of Yah - Isaiah, Hosea, Amos 630 2Kings 15:8 King ZachariYah 629 2Kings 15:13

37

King Shallum


629 2Kings 15:17 619 2Kings 15:23 617 2Kings 15:23 616 600 588 584

King Menahim King Pekahiah King Pekah-Tribe of Nepthali deported to Assyria

2Chro.27:1 King Yoatam-Yahthawn-Yah is perfect 2Chro.28:1 King Acaz-Awkhaz-to sieze possesor 2Kings 15:30 2Chro.29:1 King Ezequiaz-ChawzkYah-strengt of Yah

578 2Kings 17:24

2Kings 17:23-28

King Hoshea

Shalmanazer King of Assyria deported 9 tribes of Yisrawale into Assyria. Start of Captivity. Ezekiel period = Israeli deported to Assyria replaced by Five (5) Nations in the land of Israel, One (1) ordinary Israeli Priest but Not Levite Returned to Samaria and ordained other Priest from five (5) Nations to be called Israel Priest.( the illegitimate, non-Levite priest ordained non-Israeli Priests)

Five (5) Nations Replaced Yisrawale (Abba, Cutha, Hammath, Separvaim and Babylon) Isaiah 11:11 And it shall come to pass in that day, that Yahweh shall set his hand again the SECOND TIME to recover the remnant of his people, which shall be left, from ASSYRIA, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the islands of the sea. 2Kings 18:26 Then said Eliakim the son of Hilkiah, and Shebna, and Joah, unto Rab-shakeh, Speak, I pray thee, to thy servants in the Aramaic Syrian language; for we understand it: and talk not with us in the Jews' language in the ears of the people that are on the wall.

DURING ASSYRIAN CAPTIVITY THE PRIEST OF YISRAWALE WHICH WERE NOT THE SONS OF LEVI WAS CALLED ‘KOHAN’

„KOHAN‟ MEANS PRIEST IS ARAMAIC WORD THAT REPLACED THE FORMER LEVITE PRIEST OR YAHSHEAR-DATH OR SACERDOTE 3547 kahan kaw-han' a primitive root, apparently meaning to mediate in religious services; but used only as denominative from 3548; to officiate as a priest; figuratively, to put on regalia:--deck, be (do the office of a, execute the, minister in the) priest('s office). 3548 kohen ko-hane' active participle of 3547; literally, one officiating, a priest; also (by courtesy) an acting priest (although a layman):--chief ruler, X own, priest, prince, principal officer. 3549 kahen kaw-hane' (Aramaic) corresponding to 3548:--priest. (KOHAN IS ARAMAIC)

38


THEREFORE THE PRIEST BEFORE ASSYRIAN CAPTIVITY WAS CALLED ‘YAHSHEAR-DATH’ or “SACER-DOTE” AND DURING ASSYRIAN CAPTIVITY WAS CHANGED TO ARAMAIC WORD ‘KOHAN’. Encyclopedia Judaica YHWH vol.7 p.680

BLASPHEMY =

The Sacred Name pronounced “Yah-oo-ay” was avoided to pronounced during Assyrian Captivity but only High Priest can utter that Name eight (8) times on the Day of Atonement, a day of fasting on the th th 10 day of the 7 month. Sanhedrin (Highest Court) ruled a decree of offense of BLASPHEMY to whoever pronounced and uttered that name in public or in solemn assemblies and instead they substituted the word ADONAI the name of diety of Canaan where they were living.

555 2Chro.33:1 King Manases-Nawshaw-causing to forget 500 2Chro.33:21 King Amon-Awmone-skilled 498 2Chro.34:1 King Yosias-YahayshYah-fire of Yah, ZephaniYah period 480 2Chro,35:19 King Yosias restored the Feast of Passover 2Chro.36:2 King Yoacas-EeshYah-formation of Yah 467 2Chro.36:4-5 King Yoaquim-YahkoonYah-Yah will establish 464 Daniel 1:1 King Nebuchadnesar of Babylonia Start of Babylonian Captivity464 BCE is 463 th years BCE plus 27-28 CE the 49 year Sabbathical Year=490 years as prophesied by Daniel in 9:24-27.

Daniel 9:24-27 “Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy. Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in trouble times. And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary, and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined. And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.” 490 years from Babylonian Captivity (70 x 7 = 490 years)( Sabbathical Year) On year 0027-0028 A.D. Sabbathical year or 49th year (seven weeks Sabbathical Year) On year 0028-0029 A.D. Jubilee year or first year or the 50th year On year 0029-0030 A.D. second year

39


On year 0030-0031 A.D. third year ( and three) On year 0031-0032 A.D. fourth year, on 14th day of the first month (Aviv) is Passover day (two weeks) On year 1987-88 A,D. a Sabbathical Year or 49th year On year 1988-1989 A.D. is a Jubilee Year On year 2036-2037 A,D. a Sabbathical Year or 49th year On year 2037-2038 A.D. is a Jubilee Year

70th Jubilee Year In Leviticus 25 was mentioned the Jubilee year is the 50th year and the first year of the 49th year cycle. From Exodus of Moses to start of Babylonian Captivity happened 19 Jubilee Years. From Babylonian Captivity to Ministerial of Yahshu‟a Messiah of Nazareth in Yisrawale happened 10 Jubilee Years. From ministerial of Yahshu‟a Messiah of Nazareth in Yisrawale to year 1988-1989 A.D. happened 40 Jubilee Years. Total of 69 Jubilee Years happened from Exodus of Moses to year 1988-1989 A.D.Jubilee Year. The next Jubilee Year on year 2037-2038 A.D. will be the 70th Jubilee Years from Exodus of Moses.

40


Tribe of Levi The tribe is named after Levi, one of the twelve sons of Jacob (later called Yahshear). Levi had three sons: Gershon, Kohath, and Merari (Genesis 46:11).

Levi

Gershon

Amra m

Jochebed

Miriam

Aaron

Melcha

Kohath

Izhar

Merari

Hebron Uzziel

Moses

“KOHAN” or “KOHANIM” IS PRIESTS IN ARAMAIC Kohath's son Amram was the father of Miriam, Aaron and Moses. The descendants of Aaron: the Kohanim ("Priests"), had the special role as priests in the Tabernacle in the wilderness and also in the Temple in Jerusalem. The remaining Levites (Levi'yim in Hebrew), divided into three groups (the descendants of Gershon, or Gershonites, the descendants of Kohath, or Kohathites, and the descendants of Merari, or Merarites) each filled different roles in the Tabernacle and later in the Temple services. Levites' principal roles in the Temple included singing Psalms during Temple services, performing construction and maintenance for the Temple, serving as guards, and performing other services. Levites also served as teachers and judges, maintaining cities of refuge in Biblical times. The Book of Ezra reports that the Levites were responsible for the construction of the Second Temple and also translated and explained the Torah when it was publicly read. In Egypt the Levites were the only tribe that remained committed to Yahweh. During the Exodus the Levite tribe were particularly zealous in protecting the Mosaic law in the face of those worshipping the Golden Calf, which may have been a reason for their priestly status.

41


In the Torah Leviteâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Duty 1) In the Book of Numbers the Levites were charged with ministering to the Kohanim (priests) and keeping watch over the Tabernacle: 2) And with you bring your brother also, the tribe of Levi, the tribe of your father, that they may join you and minister to you while you and your sons with you are before the tent of the testimony. 3) They shall keep guard over you and over the whole tent, but shall not come near to the vessels of the sanctuary or to the altar lest they, and you, die. 4) They shall join you and keep guard over the tent of meeting for all the service of the tent, and no outsider shall come near you. 5) And you shall keep guard over the sanctuary and over the altar, that there may never again be wrath on the people of Israel. 6) And behold, I have taken your brothers the Levites from among the people of Israel. They are a gift to you, given to Yahweh, to do the service of the tent of meeting. Numbers 18:2-4-6.

In the Prophets The Book of Jeremiah speaks of a covenant with the Kohanim (priests) and Levites, connecting it with the covenant with the seed of King David: As the host of heaven cannot be numbered, neither the sand of the sea measured; so will I multiply the seed of David My servant, and the Levites that minister unto Me. And the word of Yahweh came to Jeremiah, saying: 'Considerest thou not what this people have spoken, saying: The two families which Yahweh did choose, He hath cast them off? Jeremiah 33:22-24 The prophet Malachi also spoke of a covenant with Levi: Know then that I have sent this commandment unto you, that My covenant might be with Levi, saith Yahweh of hosts. My covenant was with him of life and peace, and I gave them to him, and of fear, and he feared Me, and was afraid of My name. The law of truth was in his mouth, and unrighteousness was not found in his lips; he walked with Me in peace and uprightness, and did turn many away from iniquity. Malachi 2:4-6 Malachi connected a purification of the "sons of Levi" with the coming of Yahweh Messenger: Behold, I send My messenger, and he shall clear the way before Me; and Yahweh, whom ye seek, will suddenly come to His temple, and the messenger of the covenant, whom ye delight in, behold, he cometh, saith Yahweh of hosts. But who may abide the day of his coming? And who shall stand when he appeareth? For he is like a refiner's fire, and like fullers' soap; And he shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver; and he shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver; and there shall be they that shall offer unto Yahweh offerings in righteousness. Malachi 3:1-3

42


In contemporary Jewish practice today:

Today, Levites in Orthodox Judaism continue to have additional rights and obligations compared to lay people, although these responsibilities have diminished with the destruction of the Temple. For instance, Kohanim are eligible to be called to the Torah first, followed by the Levites. Levites also provide assistance to the Kohanim, particularly washing their hands, before the Kohanim recite the Priestly Blessing. They also do not participate in the Pidyon haben (redemption of the firstborn) ceremony, because they are traditionally pledged to Divine service. Conservative Judaism recognizes Levites as having special status, but not all Conservative congregations call Kohanim and Levites to the first and second reading of the Torah, and many no longer perform rituals such as the Priestly Blessing and Pidyon Haben in which kohanim and Levites have a special role. Reconstructionist and Reform Judaism do not observe the distinctions between Kohanim, Levites, and other Jews. Orthodox Judaism believes in the eventual rebuilding of a Temple in Jerusalem and a resumption of the Levitical role. A tiny minority of Orthodox Jews support schools, primarily in Israel, to train priests and Levites in their respective roles. Conservative Judaism believes in a restoration of the Temple as a house of worship and in some special role for Levites, although not the ancient sacrificial system as previously practiced. Reform and Reconstructionist Judaism do not believe in a future Temple at all, or in a form of worship in which role is determined by ancestry. However, some Reform synagogues will refer to members who volunteer to help with services and other functions as "Levites." This is more of an honorific title and has no basis of lineage.

Bat Levi A Bat Levi (daughter of a Levite) is recognized as having lineal sanctity in both Orthodox and Conservative Judaism, stemming from her traditional eligibility to receive proceeds of the Levitical tithe (Maaser Rishon). In both Orthodox Judaism and Conservative Judaism, children of a Bat Levi, regardless of her marital status or husband's tribe, retain the traditional exemption for their children from the requirement of being redeemed through the Pidyon HaBen ceremony because of this lineal sanctity. Conservative Judaism permits a Bat Levi to perform essentially all the rituals a male Levi would perform, including being called to the Torah for the Levite aliyah in those Conservative synagogues which have both retained traditional tribal roles and modified traditional gender roles.

In Biblical criticism The parts of the Torah attributed by advocates of the Documentary Hypothesis to the Elohist, seem to treat Levite as a descriptive attribute for someone particularly suited to the priesthood, rather than as the designator of a tribe and feel that Moses and Aaron are being portrayed as part of the Joseph group rather than being part of a tribe called Levi. The Levites are not mentioned by the Song of Deborah considered one of the oldest passages of the Bible. Jahwist passages have more ambiguous language; traditionally interpreted as referring to a person named Levi they could also be interpreted as just referring to a social position titled levi. In the Blessing of Jacob (later than the Song of Deborah), Levi is treated as a tribe, cursing them to become scattered; critics regard this as an aetiological postdiction to explain how a tribe could be so scattered, the simpler solution being that the priesthood was originally open to any tribe, but gradually became seen as a distinct tribe to themselves. In the Priestly Source and Blessing of Moses, which critical scholars view as originating centuries later, the Levites are firmly established as a tribe, and the only tribe with the right to be priests.

Notable descendants Moses, Aaron, Miriam, Samuel, Ezekiel, Ezra, Malachi, , ZechariYah and Elizabeth, YahYah (John) the Baptist, Miriam Mother of Yahshuâ&#x20AC;&#x;a and Yahshuâ&#x20AC;&#x;a the Messiah of Nazareth

43


Geneology of Levites 1Chronicles 6:1 Gerson Libni Shimei Jahath Zimmah Joah Iddo Zerah Jeaterai

Babylonian Captivity:

Cohat

Merari

Amran Ishar Hebron Uzziel Mahli Mushi Aaron-Moses Korah Libni Eleazar Ebiasaph Shimea Phinehas Assir Uzza Abishua(Abijah) Tahath Shimea Bukki ZephaniYah Haggiah Uzzi Azariah Asaiah Zerahiah Joel Maraioth Elkanah Amariah Amasai Ahitub Mahath Zadok Elkanah(father of Prophet Samuel) Ahimaaz Zuph Azariah Toah Johanan Eliel Azariah- (Priest of Solomon Temple) Jeroham Amariah Elkanah Ahitub Shumuel Zadok Joel Shallum Heman Hilkiah Azariah Seraiah Ezra (Jehozadak-Babylon captivity for 70 years)

Daniel 9:1 In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus, of the seed of the Medes, which was made king over the realm of the Chaldeans; Daniel 9:2 In the first year of his reign I Daniel understood by books the number of the years, whereof the word of Yahweh came to Jeremiah the prophet, that he would accomplish seventy years in the desolations of Jerusalem. Jeremiah 29:10 For thus saith Yahweh, That after seventy years be accomplished at Babylon, I will visit you, and perform my good word toward you, in causing you to return to this place.

44


Persian Kingdom Captured Babylonian Kingdom: Behistun Rock in Mountain of Iran Depict Persians Captured Babylonians:

RECONSTRUCTING THE MISSING NAMES IN THE GENEOLOGY OF THE LEVITES: Ezra 7:1 Now after these things, in the reign of Artaxerxes king of Persia, Ezra the son of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah, Ezra 7:2 The son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the son of Ahitub, Ezra 7:3 The son of Amariah, the son of Azariah, (missing: â&#x20AC;&#x153;the son of Johanan, the son of Azariah, the son of Ahimaaz, the son of Zadok, the son of Ahitub, the son of Amariah) the son of Meraioth, Ezra 7:4 The son of Zerahiah, the son of Uzzi, the son of Bukki, Ezra 7:5 The son of Abishua (Abijah), the son of Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron the chief priest:

Book of the Law by Moses Ezra a Levites who is in the lineage of Aaron is the ONLY AUTHORIZED to handle the Book of the Law by Moses, it was instructed in the books of 2Samuel 6:6-7, Deuteronomy 10:8, 31:26. Deuteronomy 10:8 At that time Yahweh separated the tribe of Levi, to bear the ark of the covenant of Yahweh, to stand before Yahweh to minister unto him, and to bless in his name, unto this day.

45


Deuteronomy 31:26 Take this book of the law, and put it in the side of the ark of the covenant of Yahweh your Mighty One, that it may be there for a witness against thee. 2Samuel 6:6 And when they came to Nachon's threshingfloor, Uzzah put forth his hand to the ark of Yahweh, and took hold of it; for the oxen shook it. 2Samuel 6:7 And the anger of Yahweh was kindled against Uzzah; and Yahweh smote him there for his error; and there he died by the ark of Yahweh. According to the Tanakh, Uzzah (fl. 1010 BC) was an Israelite whose death is associated with touching the Ark of the Covenant. He was the son of Abinadab. Abinadab is the second of the eight sons of Jesse. Jesse the father of King David.

King Jeroboam of Israel replaced the Legitimate-Levites Priests with Ordinary Israeli who is Non-Levites Illegitimate Priests 1Kings 12:31 And he made an house of high places, and made priests of the lowest of the people, which were not of the sons of Levi. 1Kings 12:32 And Jeroboam ordained a feast in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month, like unto the feast that is in Judah, and he offered upon the altar. So did he in Bethel, sacrificing unto the calves that he had made: and he placed in Bethel the priests of the high places which he had made. 1Kings 13:33 After this thing Jeroboam returned not from his evil way, but made again of the lowest of the people priests of the high places: whosoever would, he consecrated him, and he became one of the priests of the high places. 1Kings 13:34 And this thing became sin unto the house of Jeroboam, even to cut it off, and to destroy it from off the face of the earth. 2Chronicles 11:13 And the priests and the Levites that were in all Israel resorted to him out of all their coasts. 2Chronicles 11:14 For the Levites left their suburbs and their possession, and came to Judah and Jerusalem: for Jeroboam and his sons had cast them off from executing the priest's office unto Yahweh: 2Chronicles 11:15 And he ordained him priests for the high places, and for the devils, and for the calves which he had made. 2Chronicles 11:16 And after them out of all the tribes of Israel such as set their hearts to seek Yahweh the Mighty One of Israel came to Jerusalem, to sacrifice unto Yahweh the Mighty One of their fathers. 2Chronicles 11:17 So they strengthened the kingdom of Judah, and made Rehoboam the son of Solomon strong, three years: for three (3) years they walked in the way of David and Solomon.

46


Five (5) Nations replaced Israeli in Israel land 2Kings 17:23 Until Yahweh removed Israel out of his sight, as he had said by all his servants the prophets. So was Israel carried away out of their own land to Assyria unto this day. 2Kings 17:24 And the king of Assyria brought men from Babylon, and from Cuthah, and from Ava, and from Hamath, and from Sepharvaim, and placed them in the cities of Samaria instead of the children of Israel: and they possessed Samaria, and dwelt in the cities thereof. 2Kings 17:25 And so it was at the beginning of their dwelling there, that they feared not Yahweh: therefore Yahweh sent lions among them, which slew some of them. 2Kings 17:26 Wherefore they spake to the king of Assyria, saying, The nations which thou hast removed, and placed in the cities of Samaria, know not the manner of the Elohim of the land: therefore he hath sent lions among them, and, behold, they slay them, because they know not the manner of the Elohim of the land. (The people from Five (5) Nations that replaced Israeli from the land are believers of Elohim)

Illegitimate Priest Returned Only One Illegitimate Priest (Israeli who is Non-Levites) Returned to the City of Samaria 2Kings 17:27 Then the king of Assyria commanded, saying, Carry thither one of the priests whom ye brought from thence; and let them go and dwell there, and let him teach them the manner of the Elohim of the land. 2Kings 17:28 Then one of the priests whom they had carried away from Samaria came and dwelt in Bethel, and taught them how they should fear Yahweh.

The Only One Illegitimate Priest that Returned Ordained Non Israeli to become Priests Non-Israeli Priest from Five (5) Nations become Priest of Israel 2Kings 17:29 Howbeit every nation made elohim of their own, and put them in the houses of the high places which the Samaritans had made, every nation in their cities wherein they dwelt.

Illegitimate Non Levites Priests and Illegitimate Non-Israeli Priests Genealogy was Not Found Nehemiah 7:64 These sought their register among those that were reckoned by genealogy, but it was not found: therefore were they, as polluted, put from the priesthood.

47


WHAT HAPPENED TO ISRAEL LEGITIMATE PRIESTS CALLED YAHSHEARDATH OR SACERDATH OR SACERDOTE? 1Kings 12:31 And he made an house of high places, and made priests of the lowest of the people, which were not of the sons of Levi. 1Kings 12:32 And Jeroboam ordained a feast in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month, like unto the feast that is in Judah, and he offered upon the altar. So did he in Bethel, sacrificing unto the calves that he had made: and he placed in Bethel the priests of the high places which he had made. 1Kings 13:33 After this thing Jeroboam returned not from his evil way, but made again of the lowest of the people priests of the high places: whosoever would, he consecrated him, and he became one of the priests of the high places. 2Chronicles 13:9 Have ye not cast out the priests of , the sons of Aaron, and the Levites, and have made you priests after the manner of the nations of other lands? so that whosoever cometh to consecrate himself with a young bullock and seven rams, the same may be a priest of them that are no elohim. EVERY THREE (3) YEARS THE SHIPS COMING FROM TARSHISH AND OPHIR ARRIVED IN YAHRUSALEM AND THREE (3) YEARS THE LEGITIMATE PRIESTS FROM ISRAEL STAY IN YAHRUSALEM

2Chronicles 9:21 For the king's ships went to Tarshish with the servants of Huram: every three years once came the ships of Tarshish bringing gold, and silver, ivory, and apes, and peacocks. 2Chronicles 11:13 And the priests and the Levites that were in all Israel resorted to him out of all their coasts. 2Chronicles 11:14 For the Levites left their suburbs and their possession, and came to Judah and Jerusalem: for Jeroboam and his sons had cast them off from executing the priest's office unto : 2Chronicles 11:15 And he ordained him priests for the high places, and for the devils, and for the calves which he had made. 2Chronicles 11:16 And after them out of all the tribes of Israel such as set their hearts to seek Elohim of Israel came to Jerusalem, to sacrifice unto Elohim of their fathers.

48


2Chronicles 11:17 So they strengthened the kingdom of Judah, and made Rehoboam the son of Solomon strong, three years: for three years they walked in the way of David and Solomon. THE LEGITIMATE PRIESTS FROM ISRAEL NO LONGER FOUND IN YAHRUSALEM 2Chronicles 20:18 And Jehoshaphat bowed his head with his face to the ground: and all Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem fell before , worshipping . 2Chronicles 20:19 And the Levites, of the children of the Kohathites, and of the children of the Korhites, stood up to praise Elohim of Israel with a loud voice on high. Yisrawale (Israel) legitimate Levites Priest YahshearDath-Gershon, YahshearDathKohat and YahshearDath-Merari after three (3) years stay they cannot be found in Yahrusalem. This is the FIRST TIME Yahweh recover the REMNANT of His people when they were NOT YET deported to Assyria, and the SECOND TIME is when they were ALREADY in Assyria in Isaiah 11:11 “And it shall come to pass in that day, that Yahweh shall set his hand again the SECOND TIME to recover the REMNANT of His people, which shall be left, from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the islands of the sea”. EVEN THE KING OF ISRAEL AND KING OF YAHUWDAH WANT TO GO TO TARSHISH AND OPHIR

2Chronicles 20:35 And after this did Jehoshaphat king of Judah join himself with Ahaziah king of Israel, who did very wickedly: 2Chronicles 20:36 And he joined himself with him to make ships to go to Tarshish: and they made the ships in Ezion-geber. 2Chronicles 20:37 Then Eliezer the son of Dodavah of Mareshah prophesied against Jehoshaphat, saying, Because thou hast joined thyself with Ahaziah, hath broken thy works. And the ships were broken, that they were not able to go to Tarshish.

WHERE IS TARSHISH AND OPHIR?

49


THE PHILIPPINES IS OPHIR (ACCORDING TO MY EVIDENCE)

the name of Creator found in Dead Sea Scroll written in Ancient Paleo-Hebrew pronounced Yahweh

the name of Creator written in Modern Hebrew pronounced Yahweh

THE NAME ‘ISRAEL’ ORIGINATED FROM THE NAME (YASHAR) ‘YAHSHEAR’ yaw-shar' a primitive root; to be straight ‘yesh-oo-roon' Jeshurun, a symbol. name for Israel yis-raw-ale' a symbolical name of Jacob Strong’s Exhaustive Concordance Hebrew-Greek Dictionary ‘search’ for "Israel"–₃₄₇₄ Genesis 32:28 And he said, Thy name shall be called no more Jacob, but Israel –₃₄₇₄ for as a prince hast thou power with Elohim and with men, and hast prevailed. 3474 yashar yaw-shar' a primitive root; to be straight or even; figuratively, to be (causatively, to make) right, pleasant, prosperous:--direct, fit, seem good (meet), + please (will), be (esteem, go) right (on), bring (look, make, take the) straight (way), be upright(-ly). 3475 Yesher yay'-sher from 3474; the right; Jesher, an Israelite: -Jesher. 3476 yosher yo'-sher from 3474; the right:--equity, meet, right, upright(-ness). 3477 yashar yaw-shawr' from 3474; straight (literally or figuratively):--convenient, equity, Jasher, just, meet(-est), + pleased well right(-eous), straight, (most) upright(-ly, -ness). 3484 Yshuruwn yesh-oo-roon' from 3474; upright; Jeshurun, a symbol. name for Israel:--Jeshurun. 3478 Yisra'el yis-raw-ale' from 8280 and 410; he will rule as God; Jisrael, a symbolical name of Jacob; also (typically) of his posterity: --Israel. 3479 Yisra'el yis-raw-ale' (Aramaic) corresponding to 3478:--Israel. 3481 Yisr'eliy yis-reh-ay-lee' patronymically from 3478; a Jisreelite or descendant of Jisrael:--of Israel, Israelite. 3484 Yshuruwn yesh-oo-roon' from 3474; upright; Jeshurun, a symbol. name for Israel:--Jeshurun.

50


YAHSHURUN FROM THE NAME YAHSHEAR THE 12 TRIBES OF YAHSHURUN WAS CALLED YISRAWALE IN MASRY (NOW EGYPT) 3478 from no. 8280 Yisrawale (Israel) means “Prince of Sarah” to distinguished from Ismael means “In the name of my master Sarah”

The 12 Sons of Yahshear (Jacob) from Leah, Rachel, Bilha, Zilpa 1. Ruben (Leah) 2. Simeon (Leah) 3. Levi (Leah) Levi sons Gershon , Kohath and Merari 4. Yahuwdah (Leah) 5. Dan (Bilha-Rachel ) 6. Nepthali (Bilha-Rachel) 7. Gad (Zilpa-Leah) 8. Asher (Zilpa-Leah) 9. Isachar (Leah) 10. Zabulon (Leah) Dinah (Leah) 11. Yohseph (Rachel) Yohseph sons Manaseh and Efraim 12. BenYahmin (Rachel)

THE 13th TRIBES OF YAHSHURUN Manaseh and Efraim Replaced the seat of Yohseph Genesis 48:5 And now thy two sons, Ephraim and Manasseh, which were born unto thee in the land of Egypt before I came unto thee into Egypt, are mine; as Reuben and Simeon, they shall be mine. Genesis 48:6 And thy issue, which thou begettest after them, shall be thine, and shall be called after the name of their brethren in their inheritance. Numbers 1:5-16 1. Ruben 2. Simeon 3. Levi 4. Yahuwdah 5. Dan 6. Nepthali 7. Gad 8. Asher 9. Isachar 10. Zabulon Dinah (Leah) 11. BenYahmin 12. Manaseh - Replaced the seat of Yohseph his eldest son 13. Efraim - Replaced the seat of Yohseph his second son

51


DESCENDANT OF LEVI THE SONS OF LEVI Genesis 46:11 And the sons of Levi; Sacerdote Kohath, Sacerdote Gershon and Sacerdote Merari

1Chronicles 6:1 Sacerdote Gershon Libni Shimei Jahath Zimmah Joah Iddo Zerah Jeaterai

Sacerdote Kohath

Amran Ishar Hebron Uzziel (High Priest) Aaron Korah Eleazar Ebiasaph Phinehas Assir Abishua Tahath Bukki ZephaniYah Uzzi Azariah Zerahiah Maraioth Elkanah Amariah Amasai Ahitub Mahath Zadok Elkanah Ahimaaz Zuph Azariah Toah Johanan Eliel Azariah - Jeroham (Priest of Solomon temple ) Elkanah Shumuel Joel Amariah Heman Ahitub Zadok Shallum Hilkiah Azariah Seraiah Jehozadak - captive in Babylon

Sacerdote Merari Mahli Mushi Libni Shimea Uzza Shimea Haggiah Asaiah Joel

Noticed that Kohath son Ishar served in the time of King David. Noticed that Kohath son Amran his grandson Jehozadak reached Babylonian captivity. Noticed that the grandson of Gershon and Merari discontinue on the 7th generation of Jeaterai and Joel. They were the FIRST Levites that escape onboard the navy of ships going to Ophir while the second escaped was mentioned on Isaiah 11:11. The grandson of Amran is Jehozadak served during Babylonian captivity. The Feast of Yahweh discontinue at the reign of King Jeroboam of 10 tribes until restored back by King Josias near the time of Babylonian captivity. 2Kings 23:22 Surely there was not holden such a Passover from the days of the judges that judged Israel, nor in all the days of the kings of Israel, nor of the kings of Judah;

52


THE GRANDSON OF LEVI AARON AND HIS SON THE HIGH PRIEST FOR PERPETUAL STATUTE

THE SONS OF LEVI CALLED LEVITES TO DO SERVICE OF THE TABERNACLES OF CONGREGATION Exodus 29:9 And thou shalt gird them with girdles, Aaron and his sons, and put the bonnets on them: and the priest's office shall be theirs for a perpetual statute: and thou shalt consecrate Aaron and his sons. Numbers 7:5 Take it of them, that they may be to do the service of the tabernacle of the congregation; and thou shalt give them unto the Levites, to every man according to his service. Numbers 8:19 And I have given the Levites as a gift to Aaron and to his sons from among the children of Israel, to do the service of the children of Israel in the tabernacle of the congregation, and to make an atonement for the children of Israel: that there be no plague among the children of Israel, when the children of Israel come nigh unto the sanctuary. Numbers 18:23 But the Levites shall do the service of the tabernacle of the congregation, and they shall bear their iniquity: it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations, that among the children of Israel they have no inheritance.

THE THREE SONS OF LEVI - GERSHON, KOHATH & MERARI Called Yahshear-Dath or Sacerdote or Priest mixed with 12 Tribes of Yisrawale

Joshua 21:1 Then came near the heads of the fathers of the Levites unto Eleazar the priest, and unto Joshua the son of Nun, and unto the heads of the fathers of the tribes of the children of Israel; Joshua 21:2 And they spake unto them at Shiloh in the land of Canaan, saying, commanded by the hand of Moses to give us cities to dwell in, with the suburbs thereof for our cattle. Joshua 21:3 And the children of Israel gave unto the Levites out of their inheritance, at the commandment of , these cities and their suburbs. Joshua 21:4 And the lot came out for the families of the Kohathites: and the children of Aaron the priest, [which were] of the Levites, had by lot out of the tribe of Judah, and out of the tribe of Simeon, and out of the tribe of Benjamin, thirteen cities. Joshua 21:5 And the rest of the children of Kohath [had] by lot out of the families of the tribe of Ephraim, and out of the tribe of Dan, and out of the half tribe of Manasseh, ten cities. Joshua 21:6 And the children of Gershon [had] by lot out of the families of the tribe of Issachar, and out of the tribe of Asher, and out of the tribe of Naphtali, and out of the half tribe of Manasseh in Bashan, thirteen cities. Joshua 21:7 The children of Merari by their families [had] out of the tribe of Reuben, and out of the tribe of Gad, and out of the tribe of Zebulun, twelve cities. Joshua 21:8 And the children of Israel gave by lot unto the Levites these cities with their suburbs, as commanded by the hand of Moses. Bethlehem-judah of the family of Judah = descendants of Yahshear-Dath Kohath the Levite Priest Judges 17:7 And there was a young man out of Bethlehem-judah of the family of Judah, who was a Levite, and he sojourned there.

53


Three Sons of Levi called Yahshear-Dath or Sacerdote or Priest mixed with 12 Tribes of Yisrawale Joshua 21:1-8 Sacerdote or Yahshear-Dath Gershon Sacerdote or Yahshear-Dath Kohath Sacerdote or Yahshear-Dath Merari The Sons of Yahshear (Jacob) from Leah, Rachel, Bilha, Zilpa: 1. Ruben ---------- 1. Ruben (Leah) - Yahshear Dath Merari the Priest 2. Simeon ---------- 2. Simeon (Leah) – Yahshear Dath Kohath the Priest 3. Levi ---------Levi (Leah) sons Gershon , Cohat and Merari 4. Yahuwdah ---------- 3. Yahuwdah (Leah) – Yahshear Dath Kohath the Priest 5. Dan ---------- 4. Dan (Bilha-Rachel ) – Yahshear Dath Kohath the Priest 6. Nepthali ---------- 5. Nepthali (Bilha-Rachel) – Yahshear Dath Gershon the Priest 7. Gad ---------- 6. Gad (Zilpa-Leah) – Yahshear Dath Merari the Priest 8. Asher ---------- 7. Asher (Zilpa-Leah) – Yahshear Dath Gershon the Priest 9. Isachar ---------- 8. Isachar (Leah) –Yahshear Dath Gershon the Priest 10.Zabulon ---------- 9. Zabulon (Leah) – Yahshear Dath Merari the Priest Dinah (Leah) 11.Yohseph ---------Yohseph (Rachel) sons Manaseh and Efraim 12.BenYahmin ---------10. Manaseh-half Tribe - Yahshear Dath Gershon the Priest Manaseh- half Tribe – Yahshear Dath Kohath the Priest 11. Efraim – Yahshear Dath Kohath the Priest 12. BenYahmin(Rachel) - Yahshear Dath Kohath the Priest

YISRAWALE (ISRAEL) ASKED FOR KING 1Samuel 8:5 And said unto him, Behold, thou art old, and thy sons walk not in thy ways: now make us a king to judge us like all the nations. 1Samuel 8:6 But the thing displeased Samuel, when they said, Give us a king to judge us. And Samuel prayed unto . 1Samuel 12:19 And all the people said unto Samuel, Pray for thy servants unto thy Elohim, that we die not: for we have added unto all our sins this evil, to ask us a king.

King Saul (BenYahmin) Kohath the Priest King David (Yahuwdah) Kohath the Priest King Solomon (Yahuwdah) Kohath the Priest

King Solomon Made a Navy of Ships to take Gold from Ophir 1Kings 9:26 And King Solomon made a navy of ships in Ezion-geber, which is beside Eloth, on the shore of the Red sea, in the land of Edom. (to take gold from Ophir). 2Chronicles 9:21 For the king's ships went to Tarshish with the servants of Huram: every three (3) years once came the ships of Tarshish bringing gold, and silver, ivory, and apes, and peacocks.

54


DIVIDED KINGDOM AFTER KING SOLOMON King Jeroboam from Tribe of Efraim - King Reroboam from Tribe of Yahuwdah

YISRAWALE (ISRAEL) King Jeroboam (Efraim) of 10 tribes of Yisrawale (Israel) City of Samaria

YAHUWDAH (JEWS) -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Assigned Sacerdote: ---------------------------Sacerdote or Yahshear Dath Merari -----------------------the Priest for Tribes of Ruben, Gad, Zabulon

King Rehoboam (Yahuwdah) of 2 tribes Yahuwdah and BenYahmin tribes (Jews) City of Jerusalem Assigned Sacerdote: Yahshear Dath Kohath the Priest for Tribes of Yahuwdah & BenYahmin

Sacerdote or Yahshear Dath Kohath the Priest for Tribes of Simeon, Dan, ½Manaseh, Efraim Sacerdote or Yahshear Dath Gershon the Priest for Tribes of Nepthali, Asher, Isachar, , ½Manaseh

King Jeroboam of Yisrawale from Tribe of Efraim 1Kings 11:26 And Jeroboam the son of Nebat, an Ephrathite of Zereda, Solomon's servant, whose mother's name was Zeruah, a widow woman, even he lifted up his hand against the king.

King Jeroboam made priests of the lowest of the people, which were not of the sons of Levi 1Kings 12:31 And he made an house of high places, and made priests of the lowest of the people, which were not of the sons of Levi. 1Kings 12:32 And Jeroboam ordained a feast in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month, like unto the feast that is in Judah, and he offered upon the altar. So did he in Bethel, sacrificing unto the calves that he had made: and he placed in Bethel the priests of the high places which he had made. 1Kings 13:33 After this thing Jeroboam returned not from his evil way, but made again of the lowest of the people priests of the high places: whosoever would, he consecrated him, and he became one of the priests of the high places. 1Kings 13:34 And this thing became sin unto the house of Jeroboam, even to cut it off, and to destroy it from off the face of the earth.

King Jeroboam and his sons had cast them off from executing the priest's office unto 2Chronicles 11:13 And the priests and the Levites that were in all Israel resorted to him out of all their coasts. 2Chronicles 11:14 For the Levites left their suburbs and their possession, and came to Judah and Jerusalem: for Jeroboam and his sons had cast them off from executing the priest's office unto :

55


2Chronicles 11:15 And he ordained him priests for the high places, and for the devils, and for the calves which he had made. 2Chronicles 11:16 And after them out of all the tribes of Israel such as set their hearts to seek Elohim of Israel came to Jerusalem, to sacrifice unto Elohim of their fathers. 2Chronicles 11:17 So they strengthened the kingdom of Judah, and made Rehoboam the son of Solomon strong, three years: for three (3) years they walked in the way of David and Solomon.

King Solomon’s Navy of Ships arrived every three (3) years in Jerusalem 1Kings 9:26 And King Solomon made a navy of ships in Ezion-geber, which is beside Eloth, on the shore of the Red sea, in the land of Edom. (to take gold from Ophir). 2Chronicles 9:21 For the king's ships went to Tarshish with the servants of Huram: every three (3) years once came the ships of Tarshish bringing gold, and silver, ivory, and apes, and peacocks.

The Levite Priests Yahshear-Dath or Sacerdote stayed in Jerusalem for three (3) years 2Chronicles 9:21 For the king's ships went to Tarshish with the servants of Huram: every three (3) years once came the ships of Tarshish bringing gold, and silver, ivory, and apes, and peacocks. The priests the Yahshear-Dath or Sacerdote and the Levites that were in all Israel that left their suburbs and their possession, and came to Judah and Jerusalem and stay in Jerusalem for three (3) years they saw King Solomon’s ships of Tarshish bringing gold for every three (3) years once come the ships from Ophir.

Sacerdote of Ten (10) Tribes were no longer found in Jerusalem SACERDOTE OF TEN (10) TRIBES OF YISRAWALE (ISRAEL) Sacerdote or Yahshear Dath Merari the Priest for Tribes of Ruben, Gad, Zabulon Sacerdote or Yahshear Dath Kohath the Priest for Tribes of Simeon, Dan, ½Manaseh, Efraim Sacerdote or Yahshear Dath Gershon the Priest for Tribes of Nepthali, Asher, Isachar, , ½Manaseh 2Chronicles 20:18 And Jehoshaphat bowed his head with his face to the ground: and all Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem fell before , worshipping . 2Chronicles 20:19 And the Levites, of the children of the Kohathites, and of the children of the Korhites, stood up to praise Elohim of Israel with a loud voice on high.

WHEN THEY LEFT THEIR COLOR OF SKIN IS TAN (KAYUMANGGI) Song of Solomon 1:6 ‘look not upon me because I am Black (see footnote is Tan), because the sun hath looked upon me: (Tagalog Magandang Balita Biblia translated Kayumanggi). The color of their skin is Tan (Kayumanggi) before the Assyrian Captivity.

56


THE ONLY WAY TO ESCAPED IS BY THE NAVY OF SHIPS OF SOLOMON THAT TRAVELS TO OPHIR BEFORE THEY LEFT THE LEVITE PRIEST IS CALLED SACERDOTE from YAHSHER-DATH (DAWTH) Dath

‫תד‬

1) decree, law, edict, regulation, usage ,a) decree, edict, commission, b) law, rule

dath <1881> Strong’s Exhaustive Concordance Hebrew Dictionary Pronunciation:

Dawth

Definition:

1) decree, law, edict, regulation, usage 1a) decree, edict, commission 1b) law, rule of uncertain (perhaps foreign) derivation: a royal edict or statute:-commandment, commission, decree, law, manner.

DaTH I used to think of DaTH (dawth) as meaning void, since that's the way the fluffy bunny new age kabbalah books present it. I was curious one day and decided to see if the word was in the Bible (in Hebrew version) and found that it means something like the Law written in our hearts, a kosmic consciousness that lets us know if we are in sync with the Tao That Be (or however you want to describe it). Here are a few of my notes on my research into DaTH. Go on a spiritual quest to find values you can hold up as being what you stand for. You have found your inner DaTH. You have found the law written in your heart. What is law? A king gives a decree or edict that is the expression of the king’s will. *Esther 3:14, 8:13, 9:14+ There was the concept that once a king issued this DaTH, it cannot be altered or revoked. [Daniel 2:15, 6:16] DaTH is entrusted to people. In the case of civil law, this DaTH is in the hands of judges, enforced by police, argued by lawyers, v oted upon and recorded by politicians. The Israelites had the concept of the ToWRaH being the DaTH of Yahweh. Ezra was given the title of Secretary of the irrevocable DaTH of the Almighty of heaven. [Ezra 7:2, 1 Esdras 8:9] The irrevocability of the DaTH from Yahweh was not questioned by Yahshua. Yahshua was not out to destroy the ToWRaH representing the DaTH from Yahweh, but to bring it to life in the hearts of people. [Matthew 5:17] He was not getting out a giant cosmic eraser. What he challenged was that DaTH of Yahweh was complete and contained in scriptures and traditions. He offered that DaTH of Yahweh can be known in the heart, directly experienced, with continued insights into this DaTH, renewed revelation, and ongoing prophecy. This was not anti-Jewish at all. The idea was found in the Dead Sea Scrolls. The Jews continued to redefine DaTH with the Mishnah, the Talmud, the Kabbalah, and to this day with books being published, web sites being built, deeper insights explored and lived out.

Here is something you can count on to be true for your entire life — CHoKMaH/Sophia and DaTH are treasures that will be your salvation. The greatest treasure comes from uniting with Yahweh. [Isaiah33:6]

57


A treasure is a reward after following a treasure hunt. A gift is never really valued as a treasure. YAHWEH with a multitude approaches, from his right hand comes a shining DaTH. [Deuteronomy 33:2] DaTH is the invisible SHiPHRaH, the Law in the heart of Yahweh. DaTH is Law, but DaTH is also having an active conscious, a living Law written in the heart. DaTH is being conscious of the will of Yahweh, which we can concentrate upon, which we can be mindful of, which can direct our view of what Yahweh wants in each given situation. DaTH is beyond memorizing a collection of ancient rules. DaTH is a living part of each of us. I would dare say that people who have never heard one word of religion still know that it would be wrong to go on a murdering spree or steal from the neighbors when they are not at home. The commandments part of ToWRaH are not the DaTH, but are examples of using the DaTH in specific situations. The DaTH extends far beyond the few ancient case-by-case examples of what would not be acceptable behavior. Thus the Jewish/Kabbalist quest for the invisible DaTH is much like the Gnostic quest for direct connect, for gnosis. Maybe it is invisible because it is from another dimension, that light trapped in the darkness, our core Messiah’s Consciousness, our native our Nature.

YISRAWALE (ISRAEL) DURING ASSYRIAN CAPTIVITY The Hebrew language was replaced by Aramaic language when they were under Assyrian Captivity , the word ‘DATH’ for Priest was replaced by Aramaic word ‘KOHAN’

ARAMAIC VERSION OF DATH IS KOHAN (Aramaic Language during Assyrian captivity, 2Kings 18:26 Then said Eliakim the son of Hilkiah, and Shebna, and Joah, unto Rab-shakeh, Speak, I pray thee, to thy servants in the Syrian language; for we understand it: and talk not with us in the Jews' language in the ears of the people that are on the wall) Syrian language is Aramaic.

BEFORE ASSYRIAN CAPTIVITY THE LEVITE PRIEST IS CALLED SACER-DOTE from YAHSHER-DATH (DAWTH) AND DURING ASSYRIAN CAPTIVITY THE PRIEST (NOT ANYMORE LEVITES 2Kings 17:24 , 2Kings 17:27 ,1Kings 12:31 ) IS CALLED “KOHAN” King Jeroboam made priests of the lowest of the people, which were not of the sons of Levi 1Kings 12:31 And he made an house of high places, and made priests of the lowest of the people, which were not of the sons of Levi. 1Kings 12:32 And Jeroboam ordained a feast in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month, like unto the feast that is in Judah, and he offered upon the altar. So did he in Bethel, sacrificing unto the calves that he had made: and he placed in Bethel the priests of the high places which he had made. 1Kings 13:33 After this thing Jeroboam returned not from his evil way, but made again of the lowest of the people priests of the high places: whosoever would, he consecrated him, and

58


he became one of the priests of the high places. 1Kings 13:34 And this thing became sin unto the house of Jeroboam, even to cut it off, and to destroy it from off the face of the earth. Yisrawale (Israel) 2Kings 17:23 Until removed Israel out of his sight, as he had said by all his servants the prophets. So was Israel carried away out of their own land to Assyria unto this day. 2Kings 17:24 And the king of Assyria brought men from Babylon, and from Cuthah, and from Ava, and from Hamath, and from Sepharvaim, and placed them in the cities of Samaria instead of the children of Israel: and they possessed Samaria, and dwelt in the cities thereof. 2Kings 17:27 Then the king of Assyria commanded saying Carry thither one of the PRIESTS whom ye brought from thence, and let them go and dwell there and let him teach them the manner of the God of that land. 2Kings 17:28 Then one of the Priests whom they had carried away from Samaria came and dwell in Beth-el and taught them how they should fear the God of that land.

DURING ASSYRIAN CAPTIVITY THE PRIEST OF YISRAWALE WHICH WERE NOT THE SONS OF LEVI WAS CALLED ‘KOHAN’ ‘KOHAN’ MEANS PRIEST IS ARAMAIC WORD THAT REPLACED THE FORMER LEVITE PRIEST OR YAHSHEAR-DATH OR SACERDOTE 3547 kahan kaw-han' a primitive root, apparently meaning to mediate in religious services; but used only as denominative from 3548; to officiate as a priest; figuratively, to put on regalia:--deck, be (do the office of a, execute the, minister in the) priest('s office). 3548 kohen ko-hane' active participle of 3547; literally, one officiating, a priest; also (by courtesy) an acting priest (although a layman):--chief ruler, X own, priest, prince, principal officer. 3549 kahen kaw-hane' (Aramaic) corresponding to 3548:--priest. (KOHAN IS ARAMAIC) THEREFORE THE PRIEST BEFORE ASSYRIAN CAPTIVITY IS CALLED ‘YAHSHEAR-DATH’ (SACER-DOTE) AND DURING ASSYRIAN CAPTIVITY WAS CHANGED TO ARAMAIC WORD ‘KOHAN’.

Yisrawale (Israel ) and Yahuwdah (Jews) carried away out of their own land to Assyria and Babylonia Yisrawale (Israel) 2Kings 17:23 Until removed Israel out of his sight, as he had said by all his servants the prophets. So was Israel carried away out of their own land to Assyria unto this day. 2Kings 17:24 And the king of Assyria brought men from Babylon, and from Cuthah, and from Ava, and from Hamath, and from Sepharvaim, and placed them in the cities of Samaria instead of the children of Israel: and they possessed Samaria, and dwelt in the cities thereof. Yahuwdah (Jews) 2Kings 17:19 Also Judah kept not the commandments of their Elohim, but walked in the statutes of Israel which they made. Daniel 1:1 In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim king of Judah came Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon unto Jerusalem, and besieged it.

59


Jeremiah 44:2 Thus saith of hosts, the Elohim of Israel; Ye have seen all the evil that I have brought upon Jerusalem, and upon all the cities of Judah; and, behold, this day they are a desolation, and no man dwelleth therein, Jeremiah 44:7 Therefore now this saith , the Elohim of hosts, the Elohim of Israel; Wherefore commit ye this great evil against your souls, to cut off from you man and woman, child and suckling, out of Judah, to leave you none to remain;

THE LEVITE PRIEST OF YISRAWALE ONLY WAY TO ESCAPED IS BY THE NAVY OF SHIPS OF SOLOMON THAT TRAVELS TO OPHIR

WHERE IS OPHIR? "Tarsis and Ofir" During the early period of European colonization, the Biblical lands of Tarshish and Ophir, or Tarsis and Ofir, as they were called, held the imagination of European explorers. Not only was it believed that the "lost tribes" of Israel were to be found in these lands, but also untold wealth. To these kingdoms King Solomon and King Hiram of Tyre sent ships for trade that "brought from Ophir great plenty of almug trees, and precious stones," (I Kings 10:11). Concerning Tarshish it is written: "Fro the king's ships went to Tarshish with the servants of Hiram: every three years once came the shop of Tarshish bringing gold and silver, ivory, and apes, and peacock." (II Chronicles 9:21) In Samuel Purchas's well-known travel compendium Purchas His Pilgrim, he devotes the entire first chapter to a discussion of Tarshish and Ophir. In particular, he argues strenously that it is beloved Britain and not Spain that deserved the title as the modern Tarshish and Ophir. Curiously, in Careri's journal of his visit to the Philippines, he mentions that he would not go into the argument raging in Europe at that time over whether the Philippines was originally populated by the descendants of Biblical Tarshish. In modern times, scholars have attempted to relate Tarshish and Ophir with a number of areas, none of which include the Philippines. However, things were different in Europe prior to the discovery of the Philippines. There, they believed that Tarsis and Ofir were some lands far to the east of biblical Israel. Their reasoning was actually quite logical. King Solomon built the port from which ships departed for Tarsis and Ofir at Ezion-Geber on the coast of the Red Sea. The return journey took about three years, so obviously the location must be somewhere far to the East. In modern times, some scholars have tried to suggest that Solomon's navy circumnavigated Africa to reach the Mediterranean, but the seafaring Europeans of those times would not consider such nonsense. Tarsis and Ofir were unknown lands beyond the Golden Chersonese of Ptolemy. Their discovery would undoubtedly bring untold wealth and great fame in the minds of the people of those times. But what, one may ask, has this to do with the Philippines? The truth is that the search for Tarsis and Ofir was directly related to the "discovery" of these islands by Magellan!

60


Magellan and the Search for Ophir

Magellan's contemporary, Duarte Barbosa, wrote that the people of Malacca (in modern Malaysia) had described to him an island group known as the Lequios whose people were as "rich and more eminent than the Chins (Chinese)," and that traded "much gold, and sliver in bars, silk, rich cloth, and much very good wheat, beautiful porcelains and many other merchandises." However, Barbosa was not the only one to mention the Lequios during Magellan's time. About a decade after Magellan's voyage, Ferdinand Pinto had wrote in his journal of the experience of his crew and himself after being shipwrecked on the Lequios! Pinto was traveling through the Malay Archipelago at the time and he describes the Lequios islands as belonging to large group of islands many of which were rich in gold and silver. He mentions that at that time the Portugese were familiar with Japan and China, and also with the island of "Mindanaus" or Mindanao, so the Lequois islands must have been somewhere between these two areas. Furthermore, Pinto even goes as far as to give the exact latitude of the main Lequios island. He states that is was situated at 9N20 latitude and that the island was on a merdian similar to that of Japan. Now, in Magellan's time all exploration was done by latitude sailing and dead reckoning, as no navigational clocks were in use. Latitude sailing required fixing one's latitude precisely by means of an astrolabe. Longitude could only be approximated roughly by using a patent log to track the distance the ship has travelled in any particular direction. When Magellan began to suspect he was nearing the region of the Moluccas he deliberately steered on a north course and then turned westward at a latitude of 13 degrees North according to both Pigafetta and Albo. Pigafetta states that the reason was to get near the port of "Gaticara" which was the Cattigara mentioned by Ptolemy. In the book, Magellan's Voyage around the World, the author, Charles E. Nowell, offers another possible reason for Magellan steering so far to the north of the Moluccas. He notes that Magellan himself had rewrote part of Barbosa's book referring to the Lequios, and in his version Magellan substituted "Tarsis" and "Ofir" for the world "Lequios." Although these lands are not mentioned in Magellan's contract, less than six years after his voyage, Sebastian Cabot signed a contract with Spain which did have as one of its objectives the "lands of Tarshish and Ophir." Magellan had been to Malacca himself, and probably many have heard of the community of Filipino workers and merchants that lived there under the protection of the king of Malacca. Probably many of you already know of the theory that Black Henry, the slave Magellan purchased at Malacca, may have belonged to the Filipino community of Malacca as he was able to speak with the natives at Limasawa. Whatever the case, we know from his own pen that Magellan thought the Lequios islands might be the same as the Biblical Tarsis and Ofir, and it may be that his idea of the position of the Lequios was partly shaped by Barbosa's book, and partly by information he may have received from Filipinos in Malacca. Was the fact that Black Henry was able to converse with the people living at the latitude given by Pinto (but not with the people of Samar or Leyte) a coincidence, or something planned in advance from information gleaned in Malacca? Even after their discovery, many still regarded the Philippines, rich in gold and silver, to be the same as ancient Tarsis and Ofir. Father Colin, referred to them as such in the early 1600's and even at the turn of the century, the Philippine historian Pedro Paterno, still claimed that the Philippines were really Tarshish and Ophir! Whatever one thinks of these claims though, the search for the Biblical El Dorado appears to have played an important role in the European discovery of the Philippines.

61


Ferdinand Magellan While in the service of Spain, the Portuguese explorer Ferdinand Magellan (1480-1521) led the first European voyage of discovery to circumnavigate the globe. Ferdinand Magellan was born in Oporto of noble parentage. Having served as a page to the Queen, Magellan entered the Portuguese service in the East in 1505. He went to East Africa and later was at the battle of Diu, in which the Portuguese destroyed Egyptian naval hegemony in the Arabian Sea. He went twice to Malacca, the Malayan spice port, participating in its conquest by the Portuguese. He may also have gone on an exploratory mission to the Molucca Islands (Spice Islands), the original source of some of the most valuable spices. In 1513 Magellan was wounded in one of the many frustrating battles against the Moors in North Africa. But all of his services brought him little favor from the Crown, and in 1517, accompanied by his friend the cosmographer Ruy Faleiro, he went to Seville, where he offered his services to the Spanish court. The famous Treaty of Tordesillas (1494) had divided the overseas world of the "discoveries" between the two powers. Portugal acquired everything from Brazil eastward to the East Indies; the Spanish hemisphere of discovery and conquest ran westward from Brazil to 134°E meridian. This eastern area had not yet been explored by the Spaniards, and they assumed that some of the Spice Islands might lie within their half of the globe. They were wrong, but Magellan's scheme was to test that assumption. In addition it must be recalled that Columbus had made a terrible mistake, brought home by his "discovery" of America. Accepting the academic errors of learned geographers, ancient and modern, he had grossly underestimated the distance between Europe and the East (sailing westward from the former). Balboa's march across the Panamanian Isthmus had subsequently revealed the existence of a "South Sea" (the Pacific) on the other side of Columbus's "mainlands in the Ocean Sea." Thereafter, explorers eagerly sought northern and southern all-water passages across the stumbling block of the Americas; Magellan, too, sought such a passage. Major Voyage King Charles V of Spain (the emperor Charles V) endorsed the design of Magellan and Faleiro, and on Sept. 20, 1519, after a year's preparation, Magellan led a fleet of five ships out into the Atlantic. Unfortunately the ships - the San Antonio, Trinidad, Concepción, Victoria, and Santiago - were barely seaworthy, and the crews, including some officers, were of international composition and of dubious loyalty to their leader. With Magellan went his brother-in-law, Duarte Barbosa, and the loyal and able commander of the Santiago, João Serrão. Arriving at Brazil, the fleet sailed down the South American coast to the Patagonian bay of San Julián, where it wintered from March to August 1520. There an attempted mutiny was squelched, with only the top leaders being punished. Thereafter, however, the Santiago was wrecked, and its crew had to be taken aboard the other vessels. Leaving San Julián, the fleet sailed southward; on Oct. 21, 1520, it entered the Strait of Magellan. It proceeded cautiously, taking over a month to pass through the strait. During this time the master of the San Antonio deserted and sailed back to Spain, and so only three of the original five ships entered the Pacific on November 28. There followed a long, monotonous voyage northward through the Pacific, and it was only on March 6, 1521, that the fleet finally anchored at Guam. Magellan then passed eastward to Cebu in the Philippines, where, in an effort to gain the favor of a local ruler, he became embroiled in a local war and was slain in battle on April 27, 1521; Barbosa and Serrão were killed shortly thereafter. With the crew wasted from sickness, the survivors were forced to destroy

62


the Concepción, and the great circumnavigation was completed by a courageous former mutineer, the Basque Juan Sebastián del Cano. Commanding the Victoria, he picked up a small cargo of spices in the Moluccas, crossed the Indian Ocean, and traveled around the Cape of Good Hope from the east. With a greatly reduced crew he finally reached Seville on Sept. 8, 1522. In the meantime the Trinidad, considered unfit to make the long voyage home, had tried to beat its way against contrary winds back across the Pacific to Panama. The voyage revealed the vast extent of the northern Pacific, but the attempt failed, and the Trinidad was forced back to the Moluccas. There its crew was jailed by the Portuguese, and only four men returned after 3 years to Spain. Magellan's project brought little in the way of material benefit to Spain. The Portuguese were well entrenched in the East, their trans-African route at that time proving to be the only feasible maritime connection to India and the Spice Islands. Charles V acknowledged the political and economic facts by selling his vague East Indian rights to Portugal, rights that were later in part resumed with the Spanish colonization of the Philippines. Yet though nearly destroying itself in the process, the Magellan fleet for the first time revealed in a practical fashion the full extent of humanity's inheritance upon this globe. And in this, its scientific aspect, it proved to be the greatest of all the "conquests" undertaken by the gold-, slave-, and spice-seeking overseas adventurers of early modern Europe. Further Reading A primary source is the narrative of Antonio Pigafetta, principal chronicler of the expedition, Magellan's Voyage around the World by Antonio Pigafetta, translated by James A. Robertson (2 vols., 1906). The Pigafetta translation and other source narratives are included in Charles E. Nowell, ed., Magellan's Voyage around the World: Three Contemporary Accounts (1962). The best works on Magellan, by Jean Denuce and Jose Toribio Medina, are in Spanish. In English, Francis H. H. Guillemard, The Life of Ferdinand Magellan (1890), is still good. Another study is Charles M. Parr, So Noble a Captain: The Life and Times of Ferdinand Magellan (1953; 2d ed. entitled Ferdinand Magellan, Circumnavigator, 1964). George E. Nunn, in The Columbus and Magellan Concepts of South American Geography (1932), shows the Magellan voyage to have been a logical consequence of the final views of the Columbus brothers. Pedro Chirino Pedro Chirino was a Spanish historian who spent 12 years in the Philippines as a Jesuit missionary at the beginning of the 17th century. He established a boarding school at Tigbauan in 1592, but the work he is most remembered for is his Relación de las Islas Filipinas (1604), a record of life in 17th century Philippines which, Historian Ambeth Ocampo notes, is highly regarded "by those reading early accounts of the Philippines, including Jose Rizal." He recorded an example of an exorcism by a Catholic friar of a Filipino woman who had been bewitched and seized with trembling and paroxysms. Chirino wrote, "Our Brother was sent to ascertain what this disturbance meant, and when he learned what had happened, he called the husband and gave him a little piece of the "Agnus" in a reliquary, exhorting him at the same time to have faith, and promising that his wife would soon be healed.…The husband went home with the agnus, and no sooner had he applied it to his wife than she was freed of the trembling and terror and remained calm. This occurrence soon became public, and another Indian [the term "Indios" was used by the Spanish to refer to the people of the Philippines] who had been bewitched by the same Indian woman, on seeing this marvel, was convinced that God granted health to those who invoked him. Accordingly, he asked for the same relic, and he also was healed. Father Chirino also recorded the transition of Filipino writing from the Baybayin script to the Latin alphabet.

63


PHILIPPINE NATIONAL LANGUAGE ‘TAGALOG” “has MYSTERY and OBSCURITIES of the HEBREW” According to ‘Pedro Chirino’ in Gregorio F. Zaide ‘History Of The Filipino People’ page 24 “Of all our languages, the Tagalog has been adjudged the best by scholars. “I found in this language,” said Padre Chirino, eminent Jesuit-historian, “four qualities of the four greatest languages of the world – Hebrew, Greek, Latin and Spanish. It has “MYSTERY and OBSCURITIES of the HEBREW”, Ancient Hebrew the Sri-Visjaya language Bisaya and Tagalog TAGALOG

HEBREW WORD

1. ABA 2. AGAM 3. AGAP 4. AHA 5. ALILA 6. ALAM 7. ALE 8. ALIS 9. ANAK 10. ANTIK 11. ANIYA 12. ASA 13. ASAYA 14. ASAL 15. AYAW

Abah Agam Aggaph Ahahh Alilah Alam ALE Alees Anak Anthiyq Aniyah Awsaw Asayah Azal Ahyaw

1. BAKA 2. BAKYA 3. BALAM 4. BALAK 5. BAROK 6. BASURA 7. BATA 8. BATAK 9. BATAK 10. BAWAT 11. BAWAL 12. BAWAT 13. BAWAS 14. BUKID 15. BWISIT

Bawkah Bekee-ah Balam Balaq Baruwk Besowrah Bata Bathaq Batach Baw-at Baw-al Bawat Baw-ash Bukki Bosheth

be ready to burst break forth in pieces to be held in to annihilate blessed reward for good news to babble in speech thrust through be bold to trample down to be master kick to smell bad to depopulate shame, confusion

1. CUBAO

Chobawb

to hide, hiding place

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Chanaq Chaba Kabah Chabareth Chabayah

to narrow to cherish, love to expire in heart female consort Yah has hidden

KAANAK KABA KABA KABARET KABAYAN

64

MEANING IN HEBREW be dense a marsh a cover exclamatory to overdo concealed master , lady jump for joy to be narrow antique sorrow to do or make Yah has made depart screamer


6. KABOD 7. KABILA 8. KAGAYA 9. KALAM 10. KALAS 11. KALUKAW 12. KAMAO 13. KAMOT 14. KANAN 15. KANAN 16. KANILA 17. KANYA 18. KAPA 19. KAPAS 20. KAPIT 21. KARIT 22. KARAS 23. KARAYOM 24. KASA 25. KATAS 26. KATAL 27. KILYA 28. KISAY 29. KUPE

Kabod Khav-ee-law Khag-ghee-yaw Chalam Khaw-lash Khal-ook-kaw Khaw-mawn Khamoth Chanan Khanaw Khan-nee-ale (el) Khan-nee-ale (el) Kapa Chaphas Chaphets Charits Charash Charayown Kasah Kathash Chathal Chelyah Kissay Khofe (kupe)

1. DAGAN 2. DALAG 3. DAMA 4. DAMA 5. DARAK 6. DATU 7. DAYA 8. DIBA 9. DODONG 10.DUWAG

Dagan Dalag Dama Damah Darak Dath Dayah Dib-bah Dowdow Du-weg

increase grain leap to weep to compare draw a royal edict or commandment fly rapidly evil report King David - love be afraid

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

GABAY GALA GERA GIBA GINAW GULAT

Gabbay Galah Gerah Gibah Ghinnaw Giylath

curve, rounded to exile, depart continuing, destroy house, cup, pot a garden joy, rejoicing

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

HAH HALA HALAK HALAL HALIKA HAPAK HILIGAYNON

Hahh Hala Halak Halal Haliykah Haphak Higaynon

express grief to remove to walk, be conversant celebrate, renowned company, going to change solemn sound

Ibtsan Illaw

inflammatory to ascend

1. IBSAN 2. ILAW

65

weight circular festival of Yah to bind to overthrown division image wisdom to favor to in dine favor of Yah become favor of Yah become to cover disguise self, hide to incline to incisure, sharf to scratch doves dung to grow fat to butt to swathe jewel overwhelm a cove


3. INDAY 4. ITAY

Dowdah Ittay

female of Dowdow -love unadvisedly

1. LABA 2. LABAN 3. LABAS 4. LAHAT 5. LAKAD 6. LAKAS 7. LAOAG 8. LAPAT 9. LAYAW 10. LEKAT 11. LUKOT 12. LUWA

Lavah Laban Labash Lahat Lakad Lachash Lawag Laphath La-yaw Leh-kakh Luchowth Luwa

to unite white wrap around tower to catch amulet to deride, speak take hold weary to take to glisten swallow down

1. MAGALAW 2. MAGALAW 3. MAGARA 4. MAGINAW 5. MAGDALO 6. MAHABA 7. MAHAL 8. MAHALAL 9. MAHALAY 10. MAKALAT 11. MAKIRI 12. MALAKI 13. MALAKI 14. MALAT 15. MALAYAW 16. MALAYU 17. MALE 18. MATA 19. MATSAKAW 20. MAYKAYA 21. MINDANAO 22. MOOG 23.MULA 24. MUOK 25. MURA 1. PALAG 2. PALAYAW 3. PANAW 4. PARA 5. PARAM 6. PARA 7. PASA 8. PASAK 9. PASAY 10. PATAK 11. PATAW 12. PETSA

Mah-gaw-law Mah-gaw-law Maguwwrah Maginnaw Migdalah Mahavahee Mahal Mahalal Mahalay Machalat Makiyriy Mahlake Malakiy Malat Meleah(mel-ay-aw) Mala Male Mattah Mutsa-kaw Mayka-Yah Mig-daw-naw Moog Muhlah Mook Morah Palag Pel-aw-yaw Pa-naw Parah Param Para Pasa Pasaq Paw-say-akh Pathach Paw-thaw Petsa

a track to revolve permanent residence shield tower desire to adulterate fame steep sickness salesman walking mininstrative be smooth female of Mala, abundance to fulfilled filling rod something pound out who is like Yah be eminent, preciousness flow down circumcision to become thin fear divide Yah has favored go away, cast out increase to tear to bear fruit to stride to disport exemption, skip over to open persuade wound

66


13. PILI 14. PILILLA 15. PILEGES 16. PINILI 17. PINYA 18. PISIL 19. PISTE 20. PITAK 21. PO (Po) 22. POOK 23. PUKAW 24. PUTA 25. PUTI 1. SABA 2. SABAK 3. SABAD 4. SABAW 5. SAKA 6. SAKAB 7. SAKANYA 8. SAKAL 9. SAKA 10. SAKAY 11. SAKIT 12. SAGAD 13. SALAG 14. SALAMAT 15. SALAT 16. SALO 17. SAMA 18. SAMAR 19. SAMAT 20. SANAYIN 21. SAPAT 22. SAPAW 23. SARAT 24. SARA 25. SARAP 26. SAWA 27. SELOSA 28. SIBOL 29. SIBOL 30. SIKIP 31. SILAY 32. SILO 33. SITAHIN 34. SUMAKWEL 35. SUMAYAW 36. SULTAN 1. TABAK 2. TAKA

67

Pilee Peliyla Piylegesh Peneeale Peneeale Pehsel Pishteh Pethach Po or Hoo (1931) Pook Pookaw Pothah Poothe Saba Sabak Zabad Saybaw Shakah Shakab Shekanyah Shaqal Shaqa Zakkay Sheqets Saw-gad Salga Shalom Shalat Sal-loo Shamma Shamar Shamat Shenayin Shaphat Shawfaw Sarat Sara Saraph Shawah Shelowshah Zebool Shibbol Sheqeph Selay Shiyloh Shettayim Shemuwel Shemayaw Sholtan Tabach Takah

secret judge,Yah has judge concubine face of Yah(el), Piniyah-face of Yah Piniyah-face of Yah carve images stupidity opening derive from Hoo,third person obtain stumbling block hinge or the female pudenda scatter into corner abundance to intwine to confer old age to roam to lie down Yah has dwell to suspend to subside pure abominable fall down be white peace to dominate weighed desolation save yourself fling down to transmute to judge to abrade cut in pieces to prolong thought please, amuse third wife dwelling, residence ear of grain loophole be in safety tranquil two fold hear intelligently, cast out Yah has heard ruler, dominion to slaughter sit down, to strew


3. TAKAS 4. TAKIP 5. TAGA 6. TALA 7. TANAW 8. TANIM 9. TAPAK 10.TAPAL 11.TAPAT 12.TATUWA 13.TAWA 14.TEKLA 15.TENA 16. TENGA 17. TERA 18. TIKOM 19. TIMPLA 20. TIRA 21. TORE 22. TUMIRA 23. TUNAW

Tachash Taqqiyph Tagah Tala Tannaw Tsanim Taphach Taphal Taphath Tatua Tawah Tiklah Tenah Teqa Tera Tiykom Tiphlah Tiyrah Tore Tiymarah Toanaw

bottom strong slap hang, suspended female jackal thorn flatten down stick on as a patch a dropping error to cheat perfection, completeness fig tre sound adoor middle, central unsavoury a wall, fortress ring dove be erect purpose

1. URI

Uwriy

east the region of the light

1. YAKAL 2. YAMAN 3. YARE

Yachal Yaman Yare

be patient right hand side afraid, frighten

Batanguenos, Ilonggos and the Tausogs of Sulu Bloodline ANG MARAGTAS KANG MADYA-AS The "Maragtas" legend explained that sometime between 1200-1250's; ten (10) Malay Datus' together with their families, households and subordinates fled the tyrannical rule of Makatunaw, the Shri-Vijaya Sultan of Bornay (Borneo). Led by Datu Puti, the Sultanate Minister, they landed in the Island of "Aninipay" or Panay. They bartered their gold and jewelries with the local Ati Chieftain Marikudo for the lowlands, plains and valleys of the Island they called "Madya-as" or Paradise. The land where time began; the birth of the "Ilonggo Nation" and the cradle of ancient Filipino civilization. For about 300 years before the coming of the Spaniards, the Ilonggos lived in comparative prosperity and peace under an organized government, the "Katiringban et Madia-as" or the Confederation of Madya-as and with such laws as the Code of Kalantiaw and/or the Maragtas Code of Sumakwel.

68


The Period of emigration was later confirmed to be during the early part of the 1400's as recorded in the ancient Chinese Ming Dynasty Chronicles. (Related articles below) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~oo0oo~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The Maragtas Legend and the Ancient Chinese Ming Dynasty: The inclusion in the ancient Chronology of the "Chinese Ming Dynasty and Islamic Influences" by Guo Zhongli about the saga of Bornean Datu Putih, Code of Kalantiaw and the Maragtas Code of Sumakwel, are like drops of rain on a hot summer day. Likewise, this is a shot in the arm to ilonggo believers of their glorious past & noble heritage. According to Ming Chroniclers: "...1372 AD -Sabah Journal reported a Ming envoy, Prince Sahib ul-Kahar Ong Sum-ping to have sailed through the Sulu Archipelago to Kinabatangan in North Borneo and established a permanent Chinese foothold in that vast uninhabited island...." ------------ --------- "...1390 AD - Srivijayan Raja Baguinda, a minor ruler of Minangkabau, arrived in Sulu from Swarna Dwipa and founded the town of Bwansa in Jolo Island;...." ------------ --------- Postulated analysis: With the passage of time, inter-racial marriages and inter-relationship between neighboring islanders brought about a new generation of north Borneans under Sri-Vijayan Ruler Raja Baguinda (Sultan Makatunaw ?)... Sahib ul-Kahar Ong Sum-ping, the light-complected Sino patriarch (Datu Putih ?) and nine Bornean datus later fled Bornay and landed in Panay in the early 1400's. (Not between 1214-1250 as earlier believed) ------------ --------- --------- --------- ---We noted the following in contradiction viz-a-viz our contentions: ------------ --------- --------- --------- ---According to Ming Chroniclers: "...1433 AD - A Seven-Datu-Council codified the Code of Kalantiaw (by Kalantiaw) and the Maragtas Code (by Sumakwel) for the people of Panay Island; -Three Adatus from the original ten who came to Panay left for Batangas and Mindoro; -Datu Putih was one of them but eventually returned to North Borneo from where no trace of him was found...." ---------- -------- --------- --------Maragtas Legend:------------------------------------- Ming Dynasty Chronicler's: 1) The name: Datu Puti-------------------------------Datu Putih 2) Landed in Panay: middle 13th Century-------Early 15th century 3) 3-datus remained 7 left for luzon--------------7-datus remained 3 left for luzon 4) Reached Batangas & explored Luzon---------Reached Batangas via Mindoro 5) From Batangas, settled & died in Sulu--------Back to Borneo with no trace thereafter.

"Astana Putih" - present seat of the Royal Sulu Sultanate at Umbal Duwa in Indanan, Jolo Island in the Tausog Region of Sulu could have been named after Datu Putih. ------------ --------- --------- ---We are inclined to believe the ancient Chinese Ming Dynasty recorded chronicles because of the confirmed two points early emigration to the Philippine archipelago, also above-cited. ------------ --------- --------- ---Be that as it may, Pedro A. Monteclaro's "Maragtas" painstakingly created --became his legacy to the Ilonggo's; a guide for future generations, notwithstanding attempts of distortions by others to discredit his efforts.

69


------------ --------- --------- --The "Maragtas Legend" shall forever be in the minds and enshrined in the hearts of Ilonggos, wherever they may be...a nostalgic memory...of a perceived myth that became a legend ...and the legend that turned out to be the history of a proud and noble People...of the once great Ilonggo Nation! ==============================================================

ANG MGA KALIWAT NI "DATU PUTI" Sadto nga mga panahon, sang ang "Aninipay" ukon Isla sang Panay nabahin na sa mga tribu sa pag pamuno nanday Datu Bangkaya ang Akean" (Aklan & Capiz); Datu Paiburong ang "Irong-Irong" (Iloilo) kag sa kay Datu Sumakwel naman ang "Hamtik" (Antique); ang tribu iya ni Datu Puti kag sang iban pa, nag pasad puluy-an sa "Araut" (Dumangas) malapit sa pampang sang suba nga indi man malayo sa dagat nga naga atubang sa Isla sang "Himal-os" (Guimaras). ------------------------------------------------------Nag ligad ang mga tinuig, ang apo ni Datu Puti ang ngalan Raja-Mun upod ang iya sakop nag balhin sa lugar nga madamo ang tanum nga putat kag ila gin hingadlan "Kaputatan" (Pototan). Apang ang iya guid suod nga bugto ngalan si Raja-il nag pabilin sa "Araut" (Dumangas) sang ang mal-am nga Apoy kag anum ka Datu upod iban nga sakop liwan nga nag bugsay sang ila mga "Balanghai" padulong sa "Selorang Lusong" (Luzon) kag sila naka abot sa pampang sang daku nga suba didto sa "Taal" (Batangas). ------------------------------------------------------After partitioning "Aninipay" or the Island of Panay which they called "Madya-as" or Paradise, among the tribes under Datu Bangkaya, Paiburong and Sumakwel--- the exit point of Datu Puti and the remaining tribes after deciding to sail farther north towards Luzon was the Malay settlement at the banks of Araut (Dumangas) River. ------------------------------------------------------While some of his kinsmen accompanied him, others opted to remain in Araut... finding the place rich .. fertile soil and with abundance in marine products. ------------------------------------------------------Years later, one of his Malay grandson Raja-Mun, (Datu Ramon-evidently a convert) left Dumangas together with his family and settled in "Kaputatan" what is now the Town of Pototan in Iloilo. While his closest brother Raja-il and others stayed behind. ------------------------------------------------------Historians believe that the present Batanguenos are also descendants of Datu Puti and the other Bornean Datu who later left the Island of Panay and set up the first Malay settlement at the mouth of Taal (Batangas) River. -----------------------------------------------------In the year 1570, Kapitan Juan de Salcedo -- grandson of the "El Adelantado" Don Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, as second in command to Spanish Conquistador Martin de Goiti, together...explored the coast of Batangas on their way to "Maynilad" and came upon the Malay settlement at the mouth of the Taal River and in 1572, the town of Taal in Batangas was founded. ----------------------------------------------------Undoubtedly, before Datu Puti -- the Shri-Vijaya Sultanate Minister went back to Bornay (Borneo) to face uncertain fate, his seeds were planted along the banks of Araut (Dumangas) River in Iloilo; Taal (Batangas) River in Southern Luzon and the most logical route back to Bornay.... via the Tausog Region where early Malay settlements were established in Mindanao. ----------------------------------------------------Therefore, the Ilonggos, Batanguenos and Tausogs have direct bloodline from Datu Puti. And that was long before the Portuguese Ferdinand Magellan and the Spanish Conquistadores Don Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, his grandson Kapitan Juan de Salcedo and Martin de Goiti came into the picture. -----------------------------------------------------Here's excerpt from article; A Rejoinder: The Ilonggo Nation Movement "League of Filipino Nations" THE SOUTHERN TAGALOG NATION; To include both CALABARZON and MIMAROPA? -The first "Tagalog

70


Nation" came into being when the group of Datu Puti settled the fertile banks of Batangas river (ilog). He left Panay Island to be ruled by Datu: Paiburong, Bangkaya and Sumakwel. Datu Puti, a Shri- Vijaya Sultanate Minister of Bornay (Borneo) went home to face uncertain fate. -----------------------------------------------------Left behind to explore Luzon and the remaing islands were the six bornean tribes of Datu Dumansil, Dumalugdog, Balkasusa, Paduhinog, Balinsusa, and Lubay. Many great Filipino Patriots and Heroes descended from these equally great ancestors. Among them, Gen. Emilio Aguinaldo, Gen. Miguel Malvar and Dr. Jose P. Rizal considered "The Pride of the Malayan Race". ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~oo0oo~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Modern scholars of the 20th century re-discovered the Sri-Visjaya Kingdom and revealed traces of the ancient origins of the Filipinos especially the Visaya and Tagalog.

Colliers Encyclopedia 1991 Edition, vol.3, p.50 Srivijaya Kingdom. In the seventh century China was reunited under Tâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ang Dynasty, thus providing an enormous market. Several port-states tried to tap the China trade, but the kingdom of Srivijaya, located near the present city of Palembang on Sumatra, succeeded in crushing its rivals and imposing its authority on both Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula, straddling the Straits of Malacca. Through a combination of bribery, political manipulation, and punitative expeditions the other ports were forced to submit or were destroyed, and Srivijaya became known to the Chinese as the sole state with which they could trade. Several extant inscriptions from the late seventh century-royal edicts carved on stones â&#x20AC;&#x201C; attest to the absolute loyalty demanded by the king of Sri-Visjaya of his servants, subjects, and vassals. Passing traders were forced to stop at Srivijaya, where they have to pay tolls demanded by the king for passage through the straits. From these tolls derived the royal revenues, but the tolls were kept moderate so that traders would not consider using the more difficult land route across the Malay Peninsula. The key to Srivijayaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s power was its navy, which was needed to destroy its rivals, Srivijayan naval expedition may even have th th reached as far as Cambodia in the 8 century, and in the 11 century Srivijaya itself was raided from Ceylon. In dominating the Straits of Malacca, Srivijaya controlled one of the key points in the whole Asian trade system. Through its empire passed all the wondrous goods desired by Asian kings and aristocrats-gems, precious metals, scented woods, and even African lions to amuse the emperor of China-as well as the bulk trade in such goods as rice. In the practice, of course, the dominance of Srivijaya and its successors was often less than complete. Especially during periods when trade declined, vassals were likely to fall away as the money and prestige offered by the king to entice their loyalty also declined. But the tradition of central port on the straits dominating the trade routes and of a single supreme king survived for many centuries. By about the sixth century the economic role of Indonesia in the China trade was beginning to change. Indonesia traders began to sell the natural products of Indonesia, sometimes substituting them for the

71


luxury goods the Chinese customarily imported from western Asia. In particular, Indonesia benzoin began to be substituted for the aromatic gum resins. Srivijaya and its successors continued to function as entrepot ports, where goods were transshipped, but the importance of Indonesia’s own products also increased. Srivijaya was a Buddhist kingdom. Indeed its religious scholarship was internationally so highly valued that Chinese Buddhist pilgrims making the long journey to India wouldspend several years in Srivijaya. There they studied the scriptures and rules for monks before going to India. Srivijaya’s wealth and power, waxed and waned with changing trade condition and with the rise and fall th of its rivals. It was finally destroyed by the Javanese in the 14 century and the royal family and the traders of Srivijaya moved across the straits to Malaya, where eventually they established the port of Malacca in about 1400. Srivijaya, one of the greatest trade empires of Asia, was then so completely forgotten that even its name was unknown until its history was rediscovered by modern scholars in the th 20 century. Mataram Kingdom. To the east of Sumatra lies Java, and there, too, a great kingdom emerged beginning in about the eighth century. The Kingdom of Mataram, near the present city of Yogyakarta (Jogjakarta) in central Java, reached its greatest power in the ninth century. The dynasty that founded Mataram took the Sanskrit name Sailendra – the king of the mountains – and the title Maharaja, they were Mahayana Buddhists. They left behind many famous temples, which their contemporaries, the kings of Srivijaya seem not to have done. Among the most famous Mataram temples is Burabudur, which was built about 800. It is an enormous artificial temple-mountain, which miles of bas-reliefs depicting the life story of Buddha. At the nearby temple of Merdut are large stone statues of the Buddha and two Bodhisattvas, which are the most exquisite in all of Asia. Sailendra power in Mataram was challenged by a rival royal line who were not Buddhists but followers of the Hindu god Shiva. In 856 there was a battle between the two rivals, which the Sailendra lost. The last surviving Sailendra prince fled from Java to Sumatra, where, for reasons that are not known, he become the king of Srivijaya. His successors in Mataram built the very beautiful and graceful temple complex Prambanan, just east of Yogyakarta. There, temples to the Hindu gods Brahma and Vishnu flank a high central tower where Shiva was worshipped in four aspects. The bas reliefs depict the story of the Hindu Ramayana epic. Mataram was located on the plain of Kedu in central Java, one of the richest rice-growing areas of Indonesia.

Original Sri-Visjaya Religion is Not Buddhist This Sri-Visjaya Kingdom is one of the greatest trade empires of Asia. The Sri-Visjaya on the 7th century when China was reunited under the T’ang Dynasty, the Sri-Visjaya become known to the Chinese as the sole state with which they could trade. Passing traders were forced to stop at Sri-Visjaya, where they have to pay tolls demanded by the king of Sri-Visjaya for passage through the straits of Malacca. Sri-Visjaya controlled one of the key points in the whole Asian trade system.

72


Sri-Visjaya Religion Sri-Visjaya’s religious scholarship was internationally so highly valued that Chinese Buddhist pilgrims making the long journey to India would spend several years in Sri-Visjaya, there they studied the scriptures and rules for monks before going to India. This may think that Sri-Visjaya’s religion is a th Buddhist religion. That happened when the original 7 century Sri-Visjaya king and royal families and th traders moved across the straits to Malaya on the 8 century where they established the port of Malacca in about 1400 and they have trade in Borneo and Sulu ISLES AFAR OFF. A great kingdom emerged th beginning in about 8 century the Kingdom of Mataram in central Java. The dynasty that founded Mataram took the Sanskrit name Sailendra – the king of the mountains – and the title Maharaja, they were Mahayana Buddhists. They left behind many famous temples, which their contemporaries, the kings of Sri-Visjaya seem not to have done. Among the most famous Mataram temples is Burabudur, which was built about 800. At the nearby temple of Merdut are large stone statues of the Buddha and two Bodhisattvas, which are the most exquisite in all of Asia. A rival royal line that was not Buddhists but followers of the Hindu god Shiva challenged Sailendra power in Mataram. In 856 there was a battle between the two rivals, which the Sailendra lost and the last surviving Sailendra prince fled from Java to Sumatra, where, for reasons that are not known, he become the king of Sri-Visjaya in Sumatra. Therefore become the new king of Sri-Visjaya in Sumatra is Sailendra. This are the reasons that Sri-Visjaya’s religion was thought to be Buddhist. th

The original 7 century Sri-Visjaya king and royal families and traders moved across the straits to Malaya th on the 8 century where they established the port of Malacca made trade in Borneo and Sulu. The second th Sri-Visjaya of 8 century was ruled by Sailendra a Buddhist was finally destroyed by the Javanese in the th th 14 century and this people of Sri-Visjaya were different religion than the original first Sri-Visjaya of 7 century. In fact the kingdom of Sailendra who become king of Sri-Visjaya were Mahayana Buddhist that this Mahayana Buddhists left behind many famous temples, which their contemporaries the king of th original 7 century Sri-Visjaya seem not to have done. Therefore the Sri-Visjaya that was defeated by the th th Javanese in the 14 century was the second Sri-Visjaya of 8 century who become Buddhists and ruled by king Sailendra a Mahayana Buddhists. The first Sri-Visjaya of 7th century did not make any temples of worship and were not Buddhists and they fled to Malacca and trade with Borneo and Sulu. The historian th claiming that Sri-Visjaya is a Buddhists kingdom is referring to the second Sri-Visjaya of 8 century that th was ruled by Sailendra a Mahayana Buddhists but not the original Sri-Visjaya of the 7 century that th moved across the straits to Malaya on the 8 century where they established the port of Malacca made trade in Borneo and Sulu.

DATU from Yahshear-Dath (Sacerdote or Priest of Yahshear): Jacob named Yahshear Genesis 32:28 Bisaya and Tagalog At the same period the well-known Maragtas in Visaya’s history claimed that ten (10) Datu lead by Datu Puti arrived in Panay and bought the plain land of Panay island. This people were called “VISAYA” the th descendant of original Sri-Visjaya of 7 century from Borneo and Sulu. They carried the word “ya-we” in Visaya which means “key”, this was mentioned in Luke 11:52 “woe unto you, lawyers, for ye have taken away the “key of knowledge”, (the scribes took away the name Yahweh and replaced it with other name Adonai, the key is the name Yahweh). The other three (3) Datu, Datu Puti, Datu Dumangsil and Datu

73


Balensusa reached Taal (Batangas) where the language of the three Datu believed to be the origin of Tagalog language. The remaining seven (7) Datu in Panay they reached Cebu, Samar and Bicol. Datu Puti last record is in Sulu before going to Borneo. The word Dawth in Hebrew language means royal edict or statute, commandment, decree, law, manner. The Dawth is pronounced Datuh is the one who ruled and make decree, law and a royal family in Filipino history. The title “DATU” from the word Yashear-Dath or Sacer-dote or Priests of Yahshurun (Israel).

ESCAPED REMNANT FROM ASSYRIA SPEAKS ANCIENT-HEBREW The Levite Priests or Sacerdote or Yahshear-Dath Kohath, Yahshear-Dath Gershon and Yahshear-Dath Merari that was removed from the kingdom of Yisrawale that Yahweh set His hand for the FIRST TIME to recover the Remnant of his people, they speak Ancient-Hebrew for they were not yet been captives by Assyrian and after that during the time of captivity in Assyria it was mentioned by Prophet Isaiah in 11:11. Isaiah 11:11 And it shall come to pass in that day, that shall set his hand again the SECOND TIME to recover the remnant of his people, which shall be left, from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the islands of the sea. LANGUAGE DURING CAPTIVITY IS ARAMAIC SYRIAN LANGUAGE 2Kings 18:26 Then said Eliakim the son of Hilkiah, and Shebna, and Joah, unto Rab-shakeh, Speak, I pray thee, to thy servants in the Syrian language; for we understand it: and talk not with us in the Jews' language in the ears of the people that are on the wall.

THE LANGUAGE OF SRI-VISJAYA IS ANCIENT HEBREW The First European Historian Pedro Chirino wrote that Tagalog is Hebrew When the first European set their foot in the land of Mortar (translated by Fernando Magallanes as Luzones means mortar), it was written by historian Gregorio F. Zaide in page 2 and page 24 of History of the Filipino People, that Padre Chirino an eminent Jesuit historian found in Tagalog language that “it has the Mystery and obscurities of the Hebrew language”. According to Merriam-Webster International Unabridged dictionary that the Tagalog language and Visaya language comes from one group of language called Tagala that is branch-language of ancient MalayJavanese language called Kawi which is now instinct. The Tagalog language has 30,000 root words, 700 affixes, and the root words which are famous about 5,000 words from Spanish, 3,200 from MalayIndonesia, 1,500 words from Hebrew, 1,300 words from English, 300 from Sanskrit, 250 words from Arabic and very few words from Persian, Japanese, Russian. The Latin language was influenced from Spanish and English. The language of Visaya and Tagalog has many similarities about 3,800 well known words are the same and similar in usage. The Hiligaynon is the language of Visaya is also like the Higaynon in Hebrew word means “solemn sound”. The word “ya-wa” means a cursing word means evil, while “wa” means “not in you” in Visayan language. The word ‘ya” in Hebrew means “Yah” the short form of the name of the Mighty One of Yahshurunites (Israelites). Therefore the meaning of “ya-wa” means “Yahweh

74


is not in you” or “evil” which is also a curse word in Hebrew language. The word ‘po’ derived from ‘ho’ is an ancient primitive Hebrew words are being mentioned in all dialects of the Philippines. The Title “SRI” become “Si” The word “Sri” comes from Indian language means Prince, Holiness and a word of praise and respect to respectable and honorable person in India. The word “Vis” means Spirit in Samsi English Dictionary. Therefore the meaning of Sri-Vis-Jaya is “Prince or Holiness Spirit of Jaya”. In the Philippine History when Fernando Magallanes (Ferdinand Magellan) reached the soil of now the Philippines he met for blood-compact the brother of Raja Kulambo of Limasawa and that person is called “Si”- Agu (Siagu). Notice also the name Si-Malakas, Raja Si-Lapulapu. This was written by Historian Teodoro A. Agoncillo 1974 edition page 35 and 36 Filipino History. “Si” is the same as the “Sri” in SriVisjaya is a title of honorable person, which means Prince or Holiness. Escaped Remnant Relations with India During Romans Empire the Messiah of Nazareth appeared in Yahrusalem and gave instructions to his 12 disciples in Matthew 10:5-6 “These twelve Yahshu’a sent fort, and commanded them, saying, Go not into the way of the Gentiles (uncircumcised), and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not: But go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel”. In Bible Dictionary of the Holy Bible of 1864 the Apostle Thomas was in India and mentioned that he was speared to death by King Misdeus of India. This is an evidence that the Apostles were looking for the lost tribe of Israel in India. In book of Ester 1:1, India was mentioned the furthest place controlled by Kingdom of Persia before Greek and Roman Empires. The Holy Koran In Holy Koran the name of John the son of ZechariYah the priest is called Yahya (please see copy of Sura: Mary ). In Medina the city of Yathrib where residing the tribe of Yahuwdah (Jews) called “Ansar”. This was about before 622 AD. The Prophet of Islam religion Prophet Mohammed (Peace be upon Him) married KhadiYah a widow from Syria and they reside together with the Ansar people in Medina the city of Yathrib. The name Yahya was famous and it was a name of a Yahuwdi (Jewish) person and the name of the son of the Levite Priest ZechariYah and Elizabeth the great granddaughter of Aaron the High Priest-the elder brother of Moses. At that time the Arab people were not yet converted into Mohammed religion and therefore the name YahYa is a Hebrew name not an Arabic name. The Holy Bible In the New Testament of the Bible a person with a name John (Yahya) is the same name whom the Messiah of Nazareth says that person will not die until Yahshu’a Messiah comes again, John 21:21-23 “Peter seeing him saith to Yahshu’a, ‘Yahshu’a and what shall this man do’? Yahshu’a saith unto him, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? Follow thou me” Then went this saying abroad among the brethren, that that disciple should not die: yet Yahshu’a said not unto him, he shall not die; but, if I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee?

75


The letter J The Encyclopedia Americana contains the following on the J: th

“The form of J was unknown in any alphabet until the 14 century. Either symbol (J, I) used initially generally had the consonantal sound of Y as in year. Gradually, the two symbols (J, I) were differentiated, the J usually acquiring consonantal force and thus becoming regarded as a consonant, and the I becoming a vowel. It was not until 1630 that the differentiation became general in England.” The letter J was invented in 1633 AD about 376 years ago there is no letter “J”, and the letter J comes from letter Y and read as ‘y’. If the name of John is YahYa whom Yahshu’a Messiah said will be alive until Yahshu’a comes back, the name Sri-Vis-Jaya is supposed to be Sri-Vis YahYa.

SEARCH FOR OPHIR

Chryse, the "Golden One," is the name given by ancient Greek writers to an island rich in gold to the east of India. Pomponius Mela, Marinos of Tyre and the Periplus of the Erythraean Sea mention Chryse in the first century CE. It is basically the equivalent of the Indian Suvarnadvipa the "Island of Gold." Josephus calls it in Latin Aurea, and equates the island with biblical Ophir, from where the ships of Tyre and Solomon brought back gold and other trade items. Chryse is often coupled with another island Argyre the "Island of Silver" and placed beyond the Ganges. Ptolemy locates both islands east of the Khruses Kersonenson the "Golden Peninsula" i.e. the Malaya Penisula. North of Chryse in the Periplus was Thin, which some consider the first European reference to China. In addition to gold, Chryse was also famed for having the finest tortoise shell in the world according to the Periplus. Large ships brought trade goods back and forth between Chryse and the markets at the mouth of the Ganges. Chin-lin In ancient Chinese literature, a mysterious region beyond their southern border in Annam was known as Chin-lin "Golden Neighbor" and the Southeast Asian border was also called the "Golden Frontier." When China invaded Annam (northern Vietnam) in the first century BCE, the kingdom of Champa fortified villages along the old caravan trail. This path became Route Colonial 9 during the French colonial period, and it was used by the Americans to build the McNamara Line of fortified bases during the Vietnam War. With this fortified line, the rugged Central Highlands and a policy of constant piracy, the Champa kingdom held the Chinese at bay for a thousand years. After the fall of the Chin dynasty in the 5th century, Cham raids on Tongking became so frequent that the governor appealed to the emperor for assistance. A war of attrition between China and Champa began that lasted until the rise of the T'ang dynasty.During this time though, China was well aware of the golden lands far to the south. The Buddhist pilgrim I-Tsing mentions

76


Chin-Chou "Isle of Gold" in the archipelago south of China on his way back from India. Zabag and Wakwak The kingdoms of Zabag and Wakwak, famed among the medieval Muslims as rich in gold, referred to the eastern islands of the Malay archipelago i.e. the Philippines and Eastern Indonesia. Zabag was based in what would later become the kingdom of Lusung. In this sense, the Philippines fits the bill as a gold-rich realm. The country has consistently ranked second in the world behind only South Africa in gold deposits per land area. The Philippines has historically been the largest producer of gold in Asia despite its relatively small size and the fact that until 1980 most gold was obtained only through small alluvial deposits. Although some ancient gold artifacts have been found in this region, they don't match the age suggested by linguistic reconstruction. Gold may have been mostly handed down from generation to generation rather than being used as a burial good item. In about the second century CE, there arose a practice of using gold eye covers, and then, gold facial orifice covers to adorn the dead resulting in an increase of ancient gold finds. More than a millennium later, the popularity of dental gold to decorate the teeth significantly increased the amount of gold found at archaeological sites. When the Spanish came they discovered an abundance of gold used among the people of the Philippine islands. Here are some relevant quotes: Pieces of gold, the size of walnuts and eggs are found by sifting the earth in the island of that king who came to our ships. All the dishes of that king are of gold and also some portion of his house as we were told by that king himself...He had a covering of silk on his head, and wore two large golden earrings fastened in his ears...At his side hung a dagger, the haft of which was somewhat long and all of gold, and its scabbard of carved wood. He had three spots of gold on every tooth, and his teeth appeared as if bound with gold.

--- Pigafetta on Raja Siaui of Butuan during Magellan's voyage For brass, iron and other weighty articles, they gave us gold in exchange...For 14 pounds of iron we received 10 pieces of gold, of the value of a ducat and a half. The Captain General forbade too great an anxiety for receiving gold, without which order every sailor would have parted with all he had to obtain this metal, which would have ruined our commerce forever. --- Pigafetta on gold trade in Cebu Sailing in this manner, for some time, in 16째 of north latitude, they were obliged by continual contrary winds, to bear up again for the Philippine islands, and in their way back, had sight of six or seven additional islands, but did not anchor at any of them. They found also an archipelago, or numerous cluster of islands, in 15 or 16 degrees of north latitude, well inhabited by a white people, with beautiful well-

77


proportioned women, and much better clothed than in any other of the islands of these parts; and they had many golden ornaments, which was a sure sign that there was some of that metal in their country. --- Antonio Galv達o in 1555 describing the journey of Bartholomew de la Torre in 1548 "...the ore is so rich that I will not write any more about it, as I might possibly come under a suspicion of exaggerating; but I swear by Christ that there is more gold on this island than there is iron in all Biscay." --- Hernando Riquel et al., 1574 In this island, there are many gold mines, some of which have been inspected by the Spaniards, who say that the natives work them as is done in Nueva Espana with the mines of silver; and, as in these mines, the vein of ore here is continous. Assays have been made, yielding so great wealth that I shall not endeavor to describe them, lest I be suspected of lying. Time will prove the truth. --- Hernando Riquel et al. on island of Luzon, 1574 There are some chiefs in this island who have on their persons ten or twelve thousand ducats' worth of gold in jewels--to say nothing of the lands, slaves, and mines that they own. There are so many of these chiefs that they are innumerable. Likewise the individual subjects of these chiefs have a great quantity of the said jewels of gold, which they wear on their persons--bracelets, chains, and earrings of solid gold, daggers of gold, and other very rich trinkets. These are generally seen among them, and not only the chiefs and freemen have plenty of these jewels, but even slaves possess and wear golden trinkets upon their persons, openly and freely. --- Guido de Lavezaris at al., 1574 About their necks they wear gold necklaces, wrought like spun wax, and with links in our fashion, some larger than others. On their arms they wear armlets of wrought gold, which they call calombigas, and which are very large and made in different patterns. Some wear strings of precious stones--cornelians and agates; and other blue and white stones, which they esteem highly. They wear around the legs some strings of these stones, and certain cords, covered with black pitch in many foldings, as garters.

-- Antonio de Morga, 1609 "... the natives proceed more slowly in this ,and content themselves with what they already possess in jewels and gold ingots handed down from antiquity and inherited from their ancestors. This is considerable, for he must be poor and wrethced who has no gold chains, calombigas, and earrings."

-- Antonio de Morga, 1609 The Portugese explorer Pedro Fidalgo in 1545 found gold so abundant on Luzon the inhabitants were willing to trade two pezoes of gold for one pezo of silver. When the Portuguese first arrived, most of the gold traded into Brunei came from Luzon. That island was

78


known as Lusung Dao or "Golden Luzon" to the Chinese who also traded for gold in this region.

References: Legeza, Laszlo. "Tantric Elements in pre-Hispanic Philippines Gold Art," Arts of Asia, July-Aug. 1988, pp.129-136. (Mentions gold jewelry of Philippine origin in first century CE Egypt) Peralta, J.T. "Prehistoric gold ornaments from the Central Bank of the Philippines," Arts of Asia 1981, no.4, p.54.Villegas, Ramon N. Ginto: History Wrought in Gold, Manila: Bangko Central ng Pilipinas, 2004.

Mines Dating Back to at Least 1,000 B.C. Have Been Found in the Philippines According to De Morga: (1,000 B.C. is when King Solomon’s navy of ships going to Ophir for gold) Mines dating back to at least 1,000 B.C. have been found in the Philippines. When the Spanish arrived the Filipinos worked various mines of gold, silver, copper and iron. They also seemed to have worked in brass using tin that was likely imported from the Malay Peninsula. The iron work in particular was said to be of very high quality in some cases, and occasionally in some areas, even better than that found in Europe. When the Spanish arrived, the Philippines was so gilded with gold that most of the gold mines had been neglected. "... the natives proceed more slowly in this, and content themselves with what they already possess in jewels and gold ingots handed down from antiquity and inherited from their ancestors. This is considerable, for he must be poor and wrethced who has no gold chains, calombigas, and earrings." As the missionary Francisco Colín wrote in 1663: In the punishment of crimes of violence the social rank of the slayer and slain made a great deal of difference. If the slain was a chief, all his kinsfolk took the warpath against the slayer and his kinfolk, and this state of war continued until arbiters were able to determine the amount of gold which had to be paid for the killing… The death penalty was not imposed by public authority save in cases where both the slayer and slain were commoners, and the slayer could not pay the blood price. Blair and Robertson, Vol. II, p. 116. Legazpi describes one of the "Moro" pilots captured from Butuan: "...a most experienced man who had much knowledge, not only of matters concerning these Filipinas Islands, but those of Maluco, Borney, Malaca, Jaba, India, and China, where he had had much experience in navigation and trade." According to Pigafetta: However, things seem to already diminished from Pigafetta's time: "On the island [Butuan] where the king came to the ship, pieces of gold as large as walnuts or eggs are to be found, by sifting the earth. All the dishes of the king are of gold, and his whole house is very well set up."

79


Pigafetta goes on to describe the huge gold ornaments, gold dagger handles, tooth plating and even gold that was used to decorate the outside of houses! On the gold work of the Filipinos is this description of the people of Mindoro: ( copied by Israel recorded in 1Chronicles 29:4 Even three thousand talents of gold, of the gold of Ophir, and seven thousand talents of refined silver, to overlay the walls of the houses withal) "...they possess great skill in mixing it [gold] with other metals. They give it an outside appearance so natural and perfect, and so fine a ring, that unless it is melted they can deceive all men, even the best of silversmiths." Arts of Asia, Jul-Aug 1988, p. 131 Arts of Asia 1981, no.4, p.54 Apparently, even foreigners desired Filipino gold products. Recent discoveries show that gold jewelry of Philippine origin was found in Egypt near the beginning of the era. These finds are mentioned in Laszlo Legeza's "Tantric elements in pre-Hispanic Philippines Gold Art," (Arts of Asia, Jul-Aug 1988, p. 131) along a discussion of Philippine Tantric art. Some outstanding examples of Philippine jewelry, which included necklaces, belts, armlets and rings placed around the waist, are showcased in J. T. Peralta's "Prehistoric gold ornaments from the Central Bank of the Philippines," Arts of Asia 1981, no.4, p.54.

80

OPHIR TO ELDERS OF CONGREGATIONS  

TO ALL ELDERS OF CONGREGATIONS

Read more
Read more
Similar to
Popular now
Just for you